The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutCranston,Robertson,And Whitehurst,P.C. Augusta Richmond GA DOCUMENT NAME: CX6DS\l:xl ,X cte'(-tS::J\ ~ l.ct\ \\eru ,&-) ? c. DOCUMENT TYPE: ~OC-'-\- YEAR: 0\' BOX NUMBER: YL\ FILE NUMBER: \~WC\ NUMBER OF PAGES: rA~ -I' 'I I I I I I' I I I I I I~ I I I I I I CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I-A Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION Cranston, Robertson & 'Vhitehurst, P.C. Engineers - Planners - Surveyors P.O. Box 2546 - 452 Ellis Street Augusta, Georgia 30903 [I April 27, 2001 99-220.30 Ij I' I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I Post Bid Addendum No: 4 to the Contract Documents and Drawings for the construction of AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE IA October 29, 2001 I. Revised Base Bid Amount The bid total on the proposal dated October II, 200 I is hereby corrected to account for extension errors in Items 1lI-6, VI-2, and VIlA as marked on the revised Bid Schedule, therefore the ba$e bid amount is $1,551,556.90. . H. Alternates All of the alternate bids II-A-I, II-A-2, VI-AI and VI-A2 are accepted resulting in the following revisions to the bid total: Description Decrease Increase 1. Substitute Alternate Item Il-A-I, I' Granite Edging 4" thick for Bid Item 11-7, l' Concrete Edging $ 3,800.00 $ 6,840.00 2. Substitute Alternate Itemll-A-2, 2' Granite Edging, 4" thick for Bid Item 11-8, 2' Concrete Edging $ 14,925.00 $ 27,860.00 3. Substitute Alternate Item VI-A-l, Willow Oak Tree - 6" Caliper for Bid Item VI-2, Willow Oak Tree - 3" Caliper. $ 9.500.00 $ 13,500.00 4. Substitute Alternate Bid Item VI-A-2, Trident !Vlaple Tree - 4" Caliper for Bid Item VI-2 Trident Maple Tree 3 1/2" Caliper. $ 7.200.00 $ 13,600.00 Totals $ 35,425.00 $ 61,800.00 Net Increase $ 26,375.00 Revised Contract Amount $ 1,577.931.90 Post Bid Addendum No. 4- Page I of 2 "I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I III. Supplement to Snecial Conditions for Contract 1.11' it is determined that. any milestone individually or collectively, as shown on the construction schedule, is more than 30 calendar days behind schedule the contract may be considered in default ancl shall be subject to immediate termination by Augusta- Richmond County. Accepted By: ~ - -i?S- DIANE RUSHING c1lbla ADV ANCE OUTDOOR SERVICES TITLE: OWNER Post Bid Addendum No. 4- Page 2 of 2 II' " I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - ,\ H)-29-IH , . \ \ ADVAI-lCE OUTDOOR SERV ICES . PHONE NO. 803 798 6696 Oct. 29 2001 12: 12PM P2 Addendum No.3 to the Contract DiXUtnC1lU and D~W1DgS for the tonstruction of Augusta Common; Phase I..A Qatober 4, 2001 1. The following C1rificatiozu' Ame.ndme:J.ts are roade to t.;,e Contract Documents: S2ct1on TS-l DEMouttON, Sub5ecnon -01. . General, Paragraph E. Subp:lIagraph 3. is here'Q'y revised by the addition oflttm b. InteJ:7'JPtion ofServite and :iliall read ai follo'NS: A. "b. lnterroption of Service. The Contractor is to verify that Georgia Power Company J.1A.s Cisconnectid to. power .;ervices to each of the bU11d.ings from the POWI:J: so:.rrce p:i.ar to beg:inrJng any cQffioiltion work.'" B. Section TS-19) FOUN1~, S'.1OOection -05.1 Str'J~, Pa..~h 3 Ca..<;t Stone, ItC1I'. (a) is hereby ol;leted and rtplaced with th~ following para.gt'1ph: U(a) Minimum steell'cinfordng shall be 0.25 percent of tr:te cros.s ~ctiQn &(ea," Addendum 3 - Page 1 of I 12:e4 TO:CRANSTON ROBERTSON WHITEHURST FROM:8e3 798 6696 pe2 '1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Addendum No. 2 to the Contract Documents and Drawings for the construction of Augusta Common, Phase I-A September 27,2001 I. The following Clarifications/Amendments are made to the Contract Documents: A. The Proposal Bid Schedule has been revised by the following changes: 1. Under Section III, Utilities, Subsection A. Storm Sewer, Item No.7. the quantity has been revised. 11. Under Section III. Utilities, Subsection A. Storm Sewer, Item No. 10. the quantity has been revised. lll. Under Section III. Utilities, Subsection A. Storm Sewer, Item Nos. 11. and 12. have been added. IV. A revised Bid Schedule is included herein for your use. B. The Special Conditions section is hereby revised to add the following note at the end of Item -02., List of Drawings: "Sheets 20, 21, and 22 of the construction plans were revised on the date stated in this section. . The revision date is not reflected on these sheets." C. Item -02. Materials, of TS-6, Subsurface Drains is hereby revised as follows: "B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe or Corrugated Plastic Pipe (CPP): CPP, both perforated and solid, shall be High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe. Perforation may be of the uniform slot or drilled hole type. The pipe and pipe installation must conform to AASHTO M252, AASHTO MP6 and ASTM D2321." Addendum 2 - Page I of 13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I D. Items K. Construction/DemoHiionWaste and L Waste Disposal are hereby added after Item J, page TS-I-8 of Section TS-l, Demolition and read as follows: "K. CONSTRUCTION/DEMOLITION WASTE "Construction/Demolition Waste" means waste building materials and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations on pavements, houses, commercial buildings, and other structures. Such wastes include, but are not limited to asbestos containing waste, wood, bricks, metal, concrete, wall board, paper, cardboard, inert waste landfill material, and other nonputrescible wastes which have a low potential for groundwater contamination. 1. Prohibited Wastes Disposal: If, because of unusual physical or chemical properties, or geological or hydrological conditions, or for other reasons, the EPD finds that solid waste should not be accepted at a solid waste handling facility, the EPD may require that such waste be prohibited, and that a proposal for disposal of such waste, with supporting data as may be deemed necessary, be submitted by the generator of such waste for consideration of approval by the EPD. The prohibition of such waste shall continue in effect until an acceptable procedure for processing or disposal has been developed and approved. 2. The following solid wastes are specifically prohibited from disposal at solid waste disposal facilities in Georgia: a. lead acid batteries; b. regulated qualitites of hazardous waste as defined in Rules promulgated by the Board of Natural Resources, Chapter 391-3-11. 3. Any generator who disposes of a prohibited waste or person who accepts for disposal a prohibited waste shall be deemed to be in violation of these Rules. L. WASTE DISPOSAL: 1. Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) Test: a. The contractor shall engage the services of a Testing Laboratory to collect and analyze one (I) sample each of paint chip debris and rinse water generated by the abatement activities. These samples shall be analyzed using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) testing to determine if the waste is hazardous or non-hazardous. b. If TCLP test results show that the waste generated by the abatement activities contains greater than five parts per million (5 ppm) total Lead, then said materials Addendum 2. - Page 2 of 13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I shall be disposed of at Ii. Subtitle C. hazardouS waste landfill or disposal facility. 2. Hazardous Waste Disposal a. Waste which has been characterized as hazardous by TCLP testing shall be disposed of at a Subtitle C hazardous waste landfill or a disposal facility known as a Treatment, Storage, and Disposal (TSD) Facility. A TSD must have an EPA Identification Number and authorization to operate. b. Hazardous Waste shall be transported by a Hazardous Waste Transporter. Transporters must have an EP A Identification Number and must meet U.S. Department of Transportation requirements for shipping containers. c. All methods and procedures utilized for solid or hazardous waste disposal shall be in compliance with all Federal and State of Georgia regulations and guidelines. 3. Waste Disposal Documentation a. Prior to the disposal of any waste generated by abatement activities, the following documents must be produced: (1) A copy of all TCLP test results, and Chain of Custody forms. (2) A copy of a letter to the solid waste landfill where non-hazardous waste will be deposited. This letter will describe said waste materials, their lead content, and the disposal procedures to be followed. (3) A copy of a letter from the solid waste landfill documenting that they will accept the non-hazardous waste described above. (4) A copy of a letter to the hazardous waste landfill where the hazardous waste will be deposited. This letter will describe said waste materials, their lead content, and the disposal procedures to be followed. (5) Copy of a letter from the hazardous waste landfill documenting that they will accept the hazardous waste described above, and describing the disposal procedures to be followed. (6) Detailed procedures for the temporary storage, containerization, and transportation of the non-hazardous waste in accordance with applicable guidelines. (7) Detailed procedures for the temporary storage, containerization, and transportation of the hazardous waste in accordance with applicable guidelines. Addendum 2 - Page 3 of 13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! Temporary storage 6fhazardous waste mat~riais is limited to thirty (30) calendar days. (8) Copies of the Universal Hazardous Waste Manifest for hazardous waste disposal shall be included in the post-abatement documentation. \ E. Section TS-12, CONCRETE PAVEMENT is hereby revised by the addition of the following paragraph under Subsection -03. MATERIALS: "Concrete to be used for the streets shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3500 psi. Concrete to be used elsewhere shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3000 psi." II. Attached hereto isa Lawn Underdrain Detail for Augusta Common, Phase I-A dated October 3, 2001. III. A compilation of the questions and responses from the Pre-Bid Meeting are attached hereto. IV. A compilation of questions and responses to Allen-Batchelor Construction, Inc. and Advanced Outdoor Services is attached hereto. Addendum 2 - Page 4 of 13 '~;~\';~<!.~',i~~:i~~~~i~~~~;1~~i8t~;~~~i~~.}~~~~~t!:i!'!'t{ '.~;..." .,,": . ~ ..::", .: .~,~.~ :' ,,';,"l.:..~,~~-~~:~~~~'.:.;;.~~~:: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ..,1 .~' ., ~. REVISED BID SCHEDULE AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I-A 99-220.30 TO ACCOMPANY THE PROPOSAL'OF BIDDER: ADDRESS: Item No. Description. Quantity. Unit & Unit Price Amount I. Demolition I. Demolition* Lump Sum 2. 3. $ Asbestos Removal & Disposal Lump Sum $ Backfill of Below Grade Areas Lump Sum $ Subtotal $ *Enclose breakdown of items to be included with line item 1.1. II. Streets & Sidewalks 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Site Grading & Haul Off Excess Material Lump Sum $ Saw Cut, Remove & Patch Asphalt - 4" Thick 98 S.Y. @ $ IS.Y. $ Milling Road & Haul Off 1,921 S.Y. @ $ IS.Y. $ I W' of9.5 mm Asphalt. Overlay 1,921 S.Y. @ $ IS.Y. $ Concrete Curb & Gutter Removal & Disposal 383 L.F. @ $ /L.F. $ Concrete Sidewalk Removal & Disposal 955 S.Y. @ $ IS.Y. ';'i;';~Adaefiaum\!2~".iPage~5zof':jn~;, ."f.':i" $ " - ~.::~':-,.... . -., -':~'~. ..~.:;;.d~l~~;;l'..~'i~~' :; DUPLICATE ORIGINAL '"' - Bond Number: SE 6485 SECTION PB PERFORMANCE BOND - (NOTE: THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PAYMENT BOND ON PAGE PB-3. IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDITIONED FOR THE PAYMENT OF L~OR AND MATERIAL.) KNOW ALL .MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 11lat Advance Outdoor Services as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company a corporation organized and existing Wlder the laws of the State of Ma ry 1 and . with '- its principal office in the City of St. Paul . State of Mi nnesota . as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto AUGUSTA. GEORGIA BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION as Obligeet hereinafter called th. One Mi 11 i on, Fi ve Hundred SeventrSeven houstl{ld.. e Owner, In the penal amount of Ni ne Hundred Thi rt.y-One and 90/1 0*** vonars ($ 1 ,577 ,93'1 .90***) for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents for the faithful performance of a certain vvritten agreement. WHEREAS, Contractor bas by said written agreement dated ~,,~() I ~ed into a contract with Owner for the construction of AUGUSTA COMMON, SE I-A, Augusta, Georgia, in accordance with the drawings and specifications issued by the Augusta Public Works and Engineering Department and the Augusta-Riclunond County .Commission, which contract is by reference made a part hereof. and is hereinafter referred to as the CONTRACT. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, ifConttactor shall promptly and faithfully perform said CONTRACT. then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in default under the CONTRACT. the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the' Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly (1) Complete the CONTRACT in accordance with its terms and conditions, or (2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder. or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be a default or a PB-I '- " DUPLICATE ORIGINAL ,.. - - succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereWlder, the amoWlt set forth in the ftrSt paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amoWlt properly paid by Owner to Contractor. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which fmal payment under the CONTRACT falls due. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors. administrators or successors of the Owner. "- Signed and sealed this / f$T day of AJtJ v" A.D. 20-2../ WitncsS~d ~ Advance Outdoor Services (Seal) (Contractor) " - Attest By (L~, ~ (Seal) (Title) -- United States Fidelity and Guaranty~y (Surety) ~~y~~~ ~id.~Se&) Attorney-i n-Fact ,: -: .~: .,' '- ....""'t;.':;\, .~..,.- / ~ ...." "'f/, .r-:;" < r :::1:::/ ,..;.....'~' ~ ;:: f r:;"S"~ .,. _..~ ~. Fl.~ : > -;= (.-, "..n - ) ...,~'-:_- : - ~~est .,,~"':,"":.~ .-.,". c':-~_.v~f'(f ~'f. "". r ... .I?p ~.$''\,. ~ .\ . ,'.: . <~ !',.,~ ~ -..---=-.. /v ~ $' :.-- r, ----:~ ~ g ~ ~t-: ~. --~ ~ ~ ~ts : :; }~ ~ ......::. --: ,..\ ":\ ~ :--== ~~. ~ ...r \ :;.. _....., ~ ~~.--.. / - '~.:--,~ 'i ;n'",- /"'I< .' ~ ~ ~ ~~ - ~---...; ':\ ~ ~.. -..r-""'r ,..... ~.<.:;.. '" ".....' i'"'r: ~, ':'." #F~fp;;:'!:e>!._:-.~.'1.r;~' PB-2 .. i' DUPLICATE ORIGINAL Bond Number: SE 6485 S'[CTION PB L\BORAND MATEIUAL PAYMENT BOND - - (NOTE: TInS BOND IS ISSUED SlMUL T ANEOUSL Y WITH PERFORMANCE BOND ON PAGE PB-1, IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDITIONED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Advance Outdoor Servi ces as Principal, - hcrciDafter called Contractor, and Un; ted States Fi deli tv and Guaranty Company a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryl and ,with itsprincipalofliceinthc:Cityof St. Paul ,Stateof Minnesota ,asSurety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto AUGUSTA, GEORGIA BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUST A-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION, as Obli~. h~inafter called the Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined in the amount of - One Million, Five Hundred Seventy-Seven Thousand Ni ne Hundred Thi rty-One and 90/100*** ' Dollars ($1,577 ,931 .90***) for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated / I / I / eN entered into a contract with Owner for the construction of AUGUST A coMM'o~ PHASE I-~ in accordance with drawings and specifications issued by the Augusta Public Works and Engineering Departm~t and Augusta-Richmond County Commission, which contract is by reference made a part hereo~ and is hereinafter ~fcrrcd to as the: CONTRACT. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if the Contractor shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required to use in the perfonnance of the CONTRACT, then this obligation shall be void.; otherwiSe it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions: (1) A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor for labor, material, or both. 'used or reasonably ~uircd for use in the performance of the contract, labor and material being construed as to include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the CONTRACT. (2) The above named Contractor and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such claiman~s work or labor was done or performed. or materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to PB-3 "t - - (3) - - - - (c) - DUPLICATE ORIGINAL final judgement for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant. (a) Unless. claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the Contractor, shall have given written notice to any two of the following: The Contractor, the Owner, or the Surety above named, within ninety (90) days after such claimsnt did or performed the last of the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made, staring with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom the work or labor was done or perfonned. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail or certified mail, postage prepai~ in an envelope addressed to the Contractor, Owner or Surety, at any place where an office regularly maintained for the transaction of business, or served in any Marmer in which legal process may be served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located, save that such servi~ need not be made by a public officer. (b) After the expiration of one (I) year following the date on which Contractor ceased work on said CONTRACT, it being understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof, such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum peri~ oflimitation permitted by such law. Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the project, or any part thc:rcof, is situated, or in the United States District Court for the district in which the project, or any part thereof. is situated, and not elsewhere. (4) The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith heretmder, inclUsive of the payment by Surety of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this bond. PB-4 t' . Signed and sealed this yt-. / Wttn.~d ?LL - Attest ~c.~. Attest ,...",...............-:-~'~~. +:-:=7;t?Dr. ;>!:-,..~'...... '\;' ,'~ _: .,..J'",,;- ~ ~~\.:..__-..... .. rV ~ -~ ~..-" ~r '~..f ~ ~ ~ -~:- ...~ --' -::. .:::-":.'.... .CP' ......_-::. ~....;:- _ _ ,..,.\ C._::: ~:[ ~ ~. ~ ~~~ ...... -. /' r ",4 ... _.. _ ::.~-. ~:~.::::-- ~~"...)~ }..~""~ ~ ~ ...... C .........~'" ~ '/ I: r -------".-,., ,,-' ~ '~...,. V i~~ ':: --:"'_ "V 'F;"V....;.-:c~,~ _-.;. ___#,,,,,"," DUPLICATE ORIGINAL day of AfW Advance Outdoor Services A.D. 20 J2j (Contractor) (Seal) By [) -- 4A ) ~(Sca1) (Title) Uni ted States Fi de 1 i ty and Gua ranty (~~ny (Surety) By Raymond E. obb, Jr. Attorney-in-Fact PB-S (Sean. . r r ;- (T.t!) " -..-- .,.,.- 1 e "",,:, ;.' .r., '., " .;.;--- , . ~y ~_~,; r :>:;j' .-:~"- ...- ~ ~- f~ ,.;) ,.,::;z.. :.0;'.. ,-", ,/,'"'- -,' ~- / -.~>-- ) - :; L1CATE ORIGINAL .. "---- TheStRlul POWER OF ATTORNEY Seaboard Surety Company 51. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company 51. Paul Guardian Insurance Company SI. Paul Mercury Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Compan~' Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters. Inc. Power of Attorney No. 21905 Certiticate No. ., r ....... ().1 .-; /1 "", I ! r--. : ..- -:- v' ",_, "_.1 ;-:. ~. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York. and that SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and SI. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (hereill colleCTively called The "Compallies"), and that the Companies do hereby make. constitute and appoint C. Wayne McCartha and Raymond E. Cobb, Jr. Columbia South Carolina of the City of . State . their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Facl. each in their separ'\te capacity if more than one is named above. to sign its name as surety to. and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds. undertakings. contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or~~rmitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. . A"~"""""'" -\i "- . IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the 'Companies have caused this instrument t~-oe~;gned:a'i1d'se;;led;this. 7th day of July . . '~~'l:::""'- "';-\( ""," .' .'" ,\.... .,.. -e-. . ~~..a~ \- J ~ ~ .\ .~- ... "v. .:1./ . Seaboard Surety Company".' \ ..('I;../ ,'"';" ,,' _. \:2,United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insuraric'e~Coinpany ):..... ~~'\'\:.- . Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insu~anc~Comp~.."y;~i;) '",,,,... '\. '".. \. , .,. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Mercury Insurance C~~p~y" 1-"':\; ~ ,..;y:\- 4'\"~_ """). ~" ." \.' ~\, fo-' _.(~x:~~.-:J ..~~~,,/ ~~..~~~,. .~V~ 6~ bE ~ AKI~ '~.f ~ ,2000 c ~ F- :H!!:::::!' ~ R. Vc.~ State of Maryland City of Baltimore MICHAEL R. MCKIBBEN, Assislanl Secrelary On this 7th day of July 2000 . before me. the undersigned officer. personally appeared John F. Phinney and Michael R. McKibben. who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary. respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company. 51. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters. Inc.: and that the seals affixed to .the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies; and that they, as such. being authorized so to do. executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers, In Witness Whereof. I hereunto set my hand and official seal. ~t~.~ My Commission expires the 13th day of July. 2002. REBECCA EASLEY.ONOKALA. Notary Public .. - { J- ,/ , ,-: ~""-:'I--' ~ i~~2/' r .~ --.. cl,..... ~ ~ ~"'" ,..(' r.:-.. :~ ~.,~~. (! ....', / . ,. J. ,"'" " 86203 Rev. 11-99 Printed in U.S.A. This Power of f\ttorne\' is granted under and by the authority of the folluwing resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company. St. Paul Fire and l\brine Insurance Cnmpanv. St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company. St. Paul l\-Icn:ury Insurance Company. United Stares ride!ity "nd Guaranty COlllpany. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company. and Fidelity and Guaranty Insur,uk'c Underwriters. Inc. nn September 2.1998. which resolutions are nuW in !t,i! :'D;,,-, and effect. reading as follows: RESOLVED. that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Compan\'. all bonds. undertakings. contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed. executed. and acknowledged by persons <'I' emities appuintcd as Attorney(sl-in-Faet pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Powerts) of Attornev for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company. either by the Chairman. or the President. or any Vice President. or an Assistant Vice President. jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. under their respective designations. The signature of such oftlcers may be engraved. printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(sj-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. and subject to any limitations set forth therein. any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company. and any such power so executed and certitled by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is validly attached: and RESOLVED FURTHER. that Allorney(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority. and. in any case. subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Allomey issued them. to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings. and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Faet shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. I. Michael R. McKibben. Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company. SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company. SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company. SI. Paullvlercury Insurance Company. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company. and Fidelity and.Guaranty Insurance Underwriters. Inc. do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attomey executed by said Companies. which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. I hereunto set my hand this day of ~~~~~..!.~~~~ ,.tOllP01t~;"~ ~i C"':C" \~~..?E~L.ii ~t:~:.t ~ R. }Ac.~ Mkhad R. iv1cKibben. Assistant SCL'n:Lary Please refer to the Power of AI/oriley II/i111ber. i' , ,/'..,-:'""--..... : <~~- -~:.J {:~;W'.,f , - ....;; ./ ....:.i( " .r ./ ....~ ~/ -/ '.1 >- .... -, ,..... ...~ ,.I ~./' --;J ~,,,- ~~/;~: -"'-~ ". I Item No. Description. Ouantity. Uliit& Unit Price I 7..-/ r I' Concrete Edging I 380 L.F.@ $ /L.F. $ 8. 2' Concrete Edging I 995 L.F.@ $ /L.F. $ I 9. 2' Granite Entrance Strip 20 L.F.@ $ /L.F. $ I 10. 6" Concrete Sidewalk 822 S.Y.@ $ IS.Y. $ I II. 6" Concrete Pavement 2,389 S.Y.@ $ IS.Y. $ I 12. 24" OGEE Curb & Gutter I 1,592 L.F.@ $ /L.F. $ I 13. 30" Standard Curb & Gutter 254 L.F.@ $ /L.F. $ I 14. 24" Standard Curb & Gutter 250 L.F.@ $ /L.F. $ I 15. Brick Paver Sidewalk I 23,183 S.F.@ $ IS.F. $ 16. 6" Concrete Base for Brick Paver Sidewalk I 2,576 S.Y.@ $ IS.Y. $ I 17. Raised Brick Planters wI Concrete Coping and Topsoil Backfill 4 EA.@ 0- $ /EA. $ I 18. Adjust Existing Manholes to Grade 3 EA.@ $ /EA. $ I Subtotal $ I ,.1 .. - '~.:".'.:C' -"-' ,,:"~:,'?'~;f:l{rnt\ddefi.ailiii~;2~~~;Rage-::6~-of) 1-3. _~ t: ..' Amount . .- . .~.~-"""""'- . .;.. . . .... ;~;;~.::':~"'. '.-:~"'.~' ~:;. :i.~:;.~:~:r::it I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I _I . ~.~~~ :.1 " Item No. Description. Quantity. Uriit & Unit Price III. Utilities A. Storm Sewer I. 18" RCP (H=l to 10) 113 L.F. @ $ 2. 15" RCP (H=l to 10) 581 L.F. @ $ 3. 12" RCP (H=1 to 10) 107 L.F. @ . $ 4. Grate Trap 14 EA. @ $ 5. Storm Manhole 5 EA.@. $ 6. Underdrain System 2,130 L.F. @ $ 7. 4" French Drain with Pipe, Complete 481 L.F. @ $ 8. Reconstruct Existing DWT I EA.@ $ 9. Tie to Existing Storm Manhole 3 EA.@ $ 10. Clean-Out 2 EA..@ $ /L.F. /L.F. /L.F. lEA. lEA. /L.F. /L.F. lEA. lEA. lEA. II. 6" PVC Drain Line (For Roof Drain Tie-in) 121 L.F. @$ /L.F. 12. 4" Perforated Flexible PVC Pipe (Tree Well Drainage) 640 L.F. @ $ /L.F. Subtotal . :~;._:;';~~:'~2Aadetidiifiiib2t~)Bage,:jJ\of,;~a-3i*> .;,~ - Amount $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ - - . - :',.-., I Item No. Description. Ouantity. 'uriit & Unit Price Amount I B. Sanitary Sewer I 1. 8" Sanitary Sewer 75.5 L.F.@ $ IL.F. $ I 2. Sanitary Sewer Manhole I 4 EA.@ $ lEA. $ 3. Tie to Existing Sanitary Sewer Manhole I I EA.@ $ lEA. $ I 4. Clean-Out 7 . EA.@ $ lEA.. $ I 5. 8" Plug 7 EA.@ $ lEA. $ I Subtotal $ I C. Water Main and Appurtenances 1. 6" Water Main, Installed Complete I 540 L.F.@ $ IL.F. $ I 2. 6" Gate Valve, Installed Complete I EA.@ $ /EA. $ I 3. 6" x 12" Tapping Sleeve & Valve 2 EA.@ $ /EA. $ I 4. 2" x 12" Tapping Sleeve & Valve I 1 EA.@ $ lEA. $ I 5. 2" Water Main, Installed Complete 95 L.F.@ $ IL.F. $ I 6. 2" Backflow Preventer, Including Box 2 EA.@ $ /EA. $ I 7. 1 12" Water Meter, Including Box .1 5 EA.@ $ lEA.. $ ",-:;'~~%.i":.'Adderidiiffi;2:'~;'Rage:'8' of 13 -. ,~...-...... ..- '" .. . L~ ., '.. '. th,.t.._~~I'lUu.;: .~ .. .",.~.:". _' .' - . - ,. ~_:: ~ ,j:"{1~',fktJ:t:iif,:,l~ I Item No. Description. Quantity. Uiiit & Unit Price Amount I 8. 2" Plug I 2 EA.@ $ lEA. $ I Subtotal $ I IV. Specialty Items 1. Wall Fountain I Lwnp Swn $ I 2. Pierced Brick Wall Lwnp Swn $ I 3. Bronze Relief Map Foundation & Setting (Map itself to be furnished by Owner) I Lwnp Swn $ 4. Granite Project Plaque I Lwnp Swn $ I 5. Oglethorpe Statue (Statue Foundation & Erection only. Statue and Pedestal to be furnished by Owner) LwnpSwn $ I 6. Interpretive Plaque I 4 EA.@ $ lEA. $ I 7. Interpretive Plaque Base & Frame 4 EA.@ $ lEA. $ I 8. Freedom Comers (Engraved Granite Strips to Be Placed in Brick Seat Walls) I 3 EA.@ $ lEA. $ 9. Freedom of Speech Comer ("Speakers Comer"), Including Soap I Box & Politicians Stump Lwnp Swn $ I 10. Trash Receptacle and Concrete Pad 6 EA.@ $ lEA. $ ",I - , :~'\""; :':'~~rA:ddendi.1m;'2i~d~age,9_' oL13 ':;i. ~..' ~I J Item No. Description. Ouantity. Uiiit & Unit Price Amount I 4. Utility Box, 100 AMP Receptacle and Disconnect for Stage Power I Lump Sum $ I 5. Electrical Service for Fountain Lump Sum $ I 6. Refeeding Existing Lights Remaining on Broad & Reynolds Lump Sum $ I 7. Electrical System (enclosure, disconnect, panels, feeder conduit I & conductors) Lump Sum $ I Subtotal $ I VI. Landscaping 1. Sod I 29,095 SF.@ $ /SF. $ I 2. Willow Oak. Tree - 3" Caliper 20 EA.@ $ lEA. $ I 3. Trident Maple Tree - 3" - 3 W' Caliper 16 EA.@ $ lEA. $ I 4. Shrubs & Ground Cover I Lump Sum $ 5. Annuals I Lump Sum $ I 6. Irrigation Lump Sum $ I Subtotal $ I I Addendum 2 - Page II of 13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . "..., , ,. Item No. Description. Quantity. Unit & Unit Price Amount VII. Miscellaneous I. Soil Erosion Control MeaSures Lump Sum $ 2. Mobilization (Including Performance Premium Bond) Lump Sum $ 3. Traffic Control Lump Sum $ 4. Stucco Existing Augusta Federal Building (If determined necessary) 220 S.Y. @ $ IS.Y. $ 5. Overcut & Clean Stone Bedding 50 TON @ $ $ /TON Subtotal $ GRAND TOTAL $ VIII. Alternates** ** All Contractors are to bid both alternatives. n-A Streets Alternate 1. I' Granite Edging 4" thick in lieu of I' Concrete Edging 380 L.F. @ $ /L.F. $ 2. 2' Granite Edging 4" thick in lieu of 2' Concrete Edging 995 L.R. @ - $ /L.F. $ Subtotal $ Addendum 2 - Page 12 of 13 .' ~"'Y+'.,': .,...,,-'....-.::- ,..~..:.I:.::.-..!;.::.......:........li:.....~.; ..::-' ~~: ......:_ :"-. U', ~.\". ':>',,:.:: :-......!, .:.-..;;. ." _' .:1:' ',?-.-\:.. ,~.- ..-.,......._ ,'" _ .".-... ........ __' _,' t.: -L_ ._...~"" 'r'._~. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ',' -'!'-~-".:. Item No. Description. Quantity. Unit & Unit Price VI-A. Landscaping Alternate 1. Willow Oak Tree - 6" Caliper 20 EA. @ $ !EA. 2. Trident Maple Tree - 4" Caliper 16 EA. @ $ rEA. Addendum 2 - Page 13 of 13 Amount $ $ Subtotal $ ., ".,.' I....':~ .1'.~'.' U" '~n' . ~.-Tt,...,,'.i -.; '{." ~ T . .. . ..~ ".~,'., ~,'.........:.\. ~':l .'__~,. " ....~'..t:.~._....._~.~., .,'Ir,""~'......;...t.;.~,t:',L::";~:,,:,,,:'~.~.;...:..;j,.=..,...~.;::';;;':':'::':. -:':_ .~.~.t~':: ~'~."'~.... ,:-~..,..\ 1-~'.':'':;::''.-~-=:'-t'''''.i-'~' :"':.: -~.e.""-'?"Jt>+t1;" _,~";.cr~"'Ml'- "~_~,:f' ~,~"''''''''n\!~' '".~ i...~,~. . '~;:..;:~.;.-".. I I I I I I I I SAND BASE SOD SAND/PEAT ~ ROOT ZONE MIX .~ .....".- " . CLEAN- .. SAND " ."..,.: '. ' ,..... '. . NOTE: SAND MUST BRIDGE :W-ill~>:~'~<'.;~::.:~'<.ll= 1-1".-: ". ::,.: '~'.":'. -ill-U GRAVEL COMPLETELY PER:IIIIIIIII~ ':<.;~:t:..:;.:~, 11M flllf";' ~': ": -::' :"< IIIIIIIIIII U.S.G.A. STANDARDS. ==III==II<-~.:.;:":-;""=II =IIF.:..:..:....;... - - J: ::III::~\:;'..:~:.: II~ \ I r:'f.' .?:: 11111111111 . m-n~"":'" .:",...llrr 1ml;:..;.....::., : " mll'mll J :.111" lill I "111" "IIIIIII"I~ 1111"1" 1"1'1,"11 1111" III " ," N "- .... lD L() N N GRA VEL 20' MAX. 4" PERFORATED PIPE INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION & INSTRUCTIONS LAWN UNDERDRAIN DETAIL FOR August:a CODlDlon Phase 1-4. NOT TO SCALE OCTOBER 3, 2001 PRE PAR E D B Y Cranston, Robertson & Whitehurst, P.C. 452 ELLIS STREET ENGINEERS P.O. DRAWER 2546 PlANNERS AUGUSTA. GEORGIA 30903 SURVEYORS ::?~_.''''':''''~I ~ 99-220 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 7. 8. Augusta' Common Phase IA Pre-Bid Meeting Augusta-Richmond County Public Works Department October 2, 2001 at 9:00 AM 1. Will there be any consideration given for working days lost to inclement weather? No extension for time lost due to inclement weather will be considered. 2. Addendum No.1 item referred to new copies of sheets 5, 7, and 8, when can the contractors expect to receive these? These sheets will be issued with Addendum No.2. Addendum No.2 will be mailed out on Thursday afternoon or it can be picked up at the Richmond County Purchasing Department on Thursday afternoon. 3. What type of Marble is to be used for the Politician's stump? The marble is to be Georgia Marble or an approved equal. 4. Who will handle the questions regarding the statue? Direct all questions regarding the statue to the Augusta-Richmond County Purchasing Department. 5. What is depth of the subgrade under the area to be grassed? The depth to the subgrade should be 10 'l'2" as shown on the revised underdraindetail included in Addendum 2. The layers shall consist of sod, 6" sand/peat zone mix, 2" clean sand and 2" gravel. 6. Is the aggregate in the concrete to be exposed? No aggregate is to be exposed. What concrete is to be colored? The concrete for the streets are to be colored per the specifications. Where should the cost for the project sign be included? The cost for the project sign should be included in the cost for mobilizing. '. Pag~ I of 4" I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 9. What ifthe contractors have questions regarding the new sheets 5, 7, 8 and 9, when will they be answered? Any questions pertaining to these sheets only.can be answered within the 5 days preceding the bid opening date of October II, 200 I. All responses will be made via fax. 10. Will tree staking be required for the newly planted trees? Yes, tree staking will be required. 11. What is required in the alternate bid items of the bid schedule? A separate price for these items shall be provided in these spaces. 12. After the demolition phase of this project is completed, if any neighboring buildings are found to be structurally unstable will there be a change order administered for the repair work? If this is the case with any of the buildings a change order will be issued for the repair work. During the demolition of the existing tunnel, will there need to be an alternate place for the employees of the old Augusta Federal Building to park? Yes, an alternate place for these employees to park will need to be provided on-site. Can tlowable fIll be used to fill the void of the existing tunnel? , No, the tunnel is to be demolished and backfilled and compacted with suitable material. Is the electrical panel for the wall fountain within the limits of the proposed restroom/facility building? Yes, this panel will be within limits of the existing building. Will all items that the city of Augusta wishes to salvage from the buildings to be demolished be removed prior to the awarding of the contract? Yes, all items will be removed by the time the contract is awarded. Who will be responsible for the inspection of this project? The city of Augusta will provide the daily inspections and the engineer will conduct periodic inspections. -..ic -'Page 2 of 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 18. Do the backflow preventers installed on this project have to be tested prior to putting in service? No testing is required on the backflow preventers. 19. What. is the required size of the in-ground receptacle box. Is there a required size by code? The In-Ground receptacle box shall have minimum dimensions of 12" x 12" x 12" (inside clearance) and shall have base and shall be provided with a heavy-duty rated (15,000 pounds over a 10" square) cover. Cover shall have a hinged 4 W' x 7 W' meterJid with "electric" logo. Hinged lid shall have a mouse hole factory cut at one end to allow cords to exit box. Color of box shall be as selected by Civil Engineer. In ground box shown for road show vaultshall be the same except inside dimension of box shall be 18" w x 24" I x 18" d. Hinged cover shall be 12" x 12". 20. Who will be responsible for making the taps to the existing water mains? The contractor is responsible for making the taps. 21. Are there any required fees for this project? There is a fee for the grading permit and the demolition permit. 22. Will the tipping fees at the landfill be decreased for this project? There will be no reduction in the tipping fees at the landfill. 23. What are the Environmental Protection Division's (EPD) requirements for disposing of lead paint and hazardous materials? See Item D, page 2 of Addendum No.2. 24. Are .there underground storage tanks located on this site? No underground storage tanks are located on-site. 25. When can a Notice to Proceed be expected? The Notice to Proceed is expected to go out on November 1,2001. 26. Should the building pad for the proposed building be rough graded? Yes, the proposed finished floor of the building should be rough graded and sloped to drain. -C' -., Page'") of 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 27. 28. Is a demolition permit required for the demolition of the existing buildings? Yes, a demolition permit is required for the demolition of the existing buildings and can be picked up once the grading permit is issued. The fee for the demolition permit is $30.00. One permit Will be issued for the entire site. Will the existing air conditioner on top ofthe old Richmond County Health Department be removed prior to the beginning of construction? Yes,.the air conditioner will be removed by the owner prior to beginning construction. Page 4 of 4 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I ,I Responses to Questions Presented by . Allen-Batchelor Construction, Inc. October 2, 2001 via Facsimile 1. Reference Sheet 30 "Lawn Underdrain Detail." This detail indicates a sand peat mixture and sand base under the sod. We can find no reference to this sand peat or sand material in any other place. Also note #36 on Sheet 3 conflicts with this detail. What material is required? See response to Question #5 from the Pre-bid Meeting. 2. Is the existing soil suitable for use as backfIll? This will need to be determined in the .field. 3. Please forward a copy of the questions and answers discussed-in tbe pre-bid. No response required. 4. Will the contractor be reimbursed for relocation of utilities not schematically indicated in the contract documents? No reimbursement will be made for relocating utilities not shown on the plans. 5. Will the contractor be reimbursed for over excavation and adtlitional backfill should unsuitable materials be encountered? No reimbursement will be made for over-excavation and additional backfill for unsuitable materials. Response to Question Presented by Advanced Outdoor Service 1. Does th~ quantity for concrete pavement include the 3" Graded Aggregate Base? Yes, the quantity for the concrete pavement is to include the 3" Graded Aggregate Base. I.., .<~.. t.. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Purchasing Department Gerl A. Sams, Director Mary Bedenbaugh, Purchasing Agent Room 605 - Municipal BUilding 530 Greene Street - Augusta, Ga. 30911 (706) 821-2422 . FAX (706) 821-2811 MEMORANDUM TO: All Bidders ~ 1A t7 ) Geri A. Sams oW FROM: DATE~ (September 24; 2001 SUBJ: ADDENDUM #1 Item Bid #01-109 Augusta Common, Phase I-A Please note the following changes attached on addendum 1 for the Augusta Common, Ph~e~A . A. Prebid Meeting: A prebid meeting will be held at 9:00 a.m. on Tuesday, October 2, 2001, at 1815 Marvin Griffin Road. All interested persons and the designer should attend this meeting. B. The Bid opening date: The bid opening date has been changed from Thursday, 3 :00 p.m., October 4, 2001 to Thursday, October 11, 2001 @ 11:00 a.m. = 1. The following Clarifications/Amendments are made to the Contract Documents: C. TS-l, Demolition, Item 01.G., Project Conditions, is hereby revised to add to sub- paragraph 6 which reads as f~llows: r - "6. Contractors shall be aware of the possibility of encountering concrete pavement, concrete slabs, or other building materials, under the asphalt pavement on site, that must be removed during the demolition phase of this project." D. TS;.22. Specialty Items, is hereby revised: 1. Item-02., Benches, is hereby revised as follows: " .. . Wood slats shall be IPE, suitable for outdoor installation and coated with Benjamin Moore Clear Water Preservative. All metal parts and bolts,..." I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . ~~. I .. 11. Item-03, Game Tables is revised by the addition of the following paragraph "Game table shall consist of a standard 3 foot square independent post table with two independent post seats. The table and seats shall be made of 3" x 4" IPE wood slats. The table shall feature a game board that is securely fastened to the table. The table shall be IP-2 as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc., Dunkirk, Maryland, or approved equal." 111. Add Item-OIL Freedom Corners which shall read as follows: "Freedom corners shall consist of brick seat walls with granite inscription strips inserted into each wall, and a concrete coping capping into each wall. Each Freedom Corner shall be constructed per the details shown on the plans. The granite strips shall be Bennett Gray, Thermal Finish as manufactured by Georgia Structural Stone, Elberton, Georgia approved equal. - ~ Speakers corner shall consist of the same features as the Freedom Corners and shall also include a marble or granite soap box podium and a marble or cast stone politician's stump. The design and construction of each of the Soap Box Podium and Politician's Stump shall be similar to the detail shown on plans. Cast stone may be used as the material to construct the politician's stump for this project, similar in design to the stump shown on the plans. The contractor shall submit a design for the stump to the engineer for approval prior to having the stump fabricated." . IV. Change existing Item-OIL, Measurement & Payment to Item-012, and then revise -12 Measurement & Payment to add the following paragraph at the end of the section: "Speakers Corner and the Freedom Corners will be paid for at the lump sum price for each item installed, complete. Payment for each will include all accessory items and installation, including the engraved granite strips, concrete coping, brick seat wall, politician's stump and the soap box podium. II . E. Sheet 5, 7 & 8 of the Contraet Plans enclosed herewith ate being reprinted and reissued for better clarity. F. Contract Time: Delete all references to contract time in the contract documents. All major items of work must be completed no later than the close of business Wednesday, July 31, 2002. Liquidating Damages, at the rate of $500.00 per Calendar Day, shall be assessed the contractor beginning Thursday, August 1, 2002, and each day thereafter until all major items of work are complete. Please acknowledge receipt of addendum in your bid package. If you have any questions regarding this correspondence, please contact me at. (706) 821-2422. Cc: Brenda Byrd-Peleaz, Equal Opportunity Officer Teresa Smith, Public Works File Bidders I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '-- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I-A Augusta, Georgia AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION The Honorable Bob Young Mayor Lee Beard Ulmer Bridges Henry H. Brigham Jerry Brigham Richard Colclough William B. Kuhlke William H. Mays, III Stephen E. Shepard Marion Williams Andy Cheek George R. Kolb - City Administrator Teresa C. Smith, P.E. - Director, Augusta Public Works Department Cranston, Robertson & Whitehurst, P.C. Engineers - Planners - Surveyors Augusta, Georgia April 27, 2001 Revised 8/7/01 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION I IB P BB CA NA A PB NP GC-O GC SC TS-O TS T ABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE NO. OF PAGES Invitation for Bids Instructions to Bidders Proposal Bid Bond Certificate of Owner's Attorney Notice of Award Agreement Performance and Payment Bonds Notice to Proceed Index to General Conditions General Conditions Special Conditions Index to Technical Specifications Technical Specifications 4 11 2 ..., .J 5 25 8 2 143 Appendix A Asbestos Report Appendix B Asbestos Abatement Specification 45 16 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INVIT A TIONFOR BIDS Sealed proposals will be received by the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, at the Purchasing Department, Room 605, Municipal Building, Augusta, Georgia 30911, until 11 :00 a.m. on , and at that time and place publicly opened for furnishing all materials, labor, machinery, etc. necessary to construct app~oximately 2.37 acres of public park complete with appurtenances referred to herein as: AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I-A in accordance with the plans herewith. Plans and specifications are open to public inspection at the office of the Purchasing Department, of Cranston, Robertson & Whitehurst, P .C., 452 Ellis Street, Augusta, Georgia 30901, the F. W. Dodge Division Plan Room, Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta Builders Exchange, Augusta, Georgia. Plans and specifications for bidding purposes may be obtained from the office of the Purchasing Department upon payment of Two Hundred Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($250.00) for each set of documents issued. Payment is NON-REFUNDABLE. Bids must be accompanied by a Certified Check or Bid Bond in an amount equal to Ten Percent (10%) of the Total Bid Price. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after the closing time scheduled for the receipt of bids. Performance and payment bonds in the amount of 100% of the contract price will be required. Address all bids to Geri Sams Purchasing Department, Room 605, City-County Municipal Building, Augusta, Georgia 30911, marking envelope: AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I-A The Augusta-Richmond County Commission reserves the right to reject any and all bids. Advertised in: I-I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION IB INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 1. GENERAL: A. All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to the Owner. The proposal must be filed with the Owner on or before the time stated in the Invitation for Bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same requirements. B. Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned unopened. Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of a contract with the successful bidder. 2. BID DEPOSIT: A. Each proposal shall be accompanied' by a deposit of cash or certified check for ten percent (10%) of the amount of the proposal, and any proposal not accompanied by such deposit shall be absolutely void and will not be considered. Checks shall be drawn on a bank or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and shall be payable to the order of the Owner. The successful bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the contract and bonds required within (10) days after he has received notice of the acceptance of his bid, shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. B. In lieu of the bid deposit required herein, the bidder may execute a bid bond for the same amount. Surety shall meet all requirements relating to performance bond required in Paragraph IB-08. 3. EXAMINATION OF WORK: A. Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity ofthe facilities,needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No verbal agreementor conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein. IB-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS: A. No interpretation of the meaning of the 'plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. B. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to CRANSTON, ROBERTSON & WHITEHURST, P.C., P.,O. Box 2546, Augusta, Georgia 30903 and to be given consideration must be received at least five days prior to the date' fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent by certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders at the respective addresses furnished for such purpose, not later than three days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. 5. PREPARATION OF BIDS: A. Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized representative. Arty corrections to entries made on bid forms shall be initialed by the person signing the bid. B. Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless specific directions in the advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special conditions allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders shall insert the words "No Bid" where appropriate. C. Alternate bids will not be considered unless specifically called for. D. Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already submitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the InVitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such, and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids. E. Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all owners. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature attested by the secretary thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the Proposal. IB-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 6. BASIS OF AWARD: A. The bids will be compared on the basis of a lump sum price which will include and cover. the furnishing of all materials and the performance of all labor requisite or proper, and completing of all the work called for under the accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the specifications. B. Where estimated quantities are included in certain items of the proposal, they are for the purpose of comparing bids. While they are believed to be close approximations, they are not guaranteed, and settlement will be made for such items upon the basis of the work as actually executed at the unit prices in the proposal as accepted. In case of error in the extension of prices in a proposal, unit bid prices shall govern. 7. BIDDER'S OUALIFICA TIONS: A. No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present satisfactory evidence that he is skilled in work of a similar nature to that covered by the Contract and has sufficient assets to meet all obligations to be incurred in carrying out the work. The Owner will make such investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such additional information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder, or investigation of him fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work . contemplated therein. Part of the evidence required above shall consist of a list of the names and addresses of not less than five (5) firms, governments, or corporations for which the bidder has done similar work. 8. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS: . A. At the time of entering into the Contract, the Contractor shall give a performance bond and a labor and material payment bond to the Owner for the use of the Owner and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for the purpose of such Contract, conditional for the payment as they become due, of all just claims for such work, tools, machinery, skill and materials, for the completion of the Contract according to its terms, for saving the Owner harmless from all costs and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified, and for the compliance with the laws appertaining thereto. Said bonds shall be for the amount of the contract price. The surety must be a substantial surety company satisfactory to the Owner and authorized by law to do business in the state in which the work is located. IB-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof a certified and effectively dated copy of their powers of attorney. 9. REJECTION OF BIDS: A. These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made as soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved, however, to waive informalities in bidding, to reject any or all proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. IB-4 I.' ". I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I " . . ;", '<;. SECTION P PROPOSAL DATE: October 11, 2001 Gentlemen: In compliance with your invitation for bids, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor, equipment and materials, and to perform all work for the project referred to herein as: AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I-A in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration ofthe amounts shown on the bid schedule attached hereto and totaling: t.IOP ;:';tlL UNt?~.eP MII!IY-aftle 7/-ftJt(~ /l1VT? fOu,( JkKJ ' and '16 /l00 dol1ar~ {S3.) {{1 ~ A.!/AlG'rY ;f/tJ;tf! JG"~ /ff)~~#/)tlM ~.?-; /~ti~ /2 (!),c!3 The undersigned h~ agrees that, upon written acceptance of this bid, h~l' C' A., within 10 days of receipt of such notice execute a formal contract agreement with the Owner, and that he will provide the bond or guarantees required by the contract documents. The undersigned hereby agrees that, if awarded the contract, he will commence the work within Ten (lQ) calendar days after the date of written notice to proceed, and that he ",rill complete the work within Two Hundred Seventy (270) calendar days after the date of such notice, The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addendum No. Addendum No, Addendum No, Addendum No, Addendum No, Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. ---=1- 2 3 P-l ,I:' I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I '. I Enclosed is a bid guarantee, consisting of 109u J t3o.--- &.'...f in the amount of Respectfully submitted, Advance Outdoor Services FIRM NAME 29210 300 Latonea Drive, Columbia, SC BUSINESS ADDRESS ~~' , ) BY: TITLE: Owner P-2 I" I I I I I I I I' I I I I 1 I I I I I AOS REVISED BID SCHEDULE AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I-A 99-220.30 TO ACC01v1P ANY THE PROPOSAL OF BIDDER: Af7 v'rPJCE ()uioooR <;;Er::.Vrc,l5'S ADDRESS: 306 Lllloo.:JEA KD, C;ot-t.J..tL1t$(!4-;S,C" -z.12. (0 Item No. Description. Quantitv, Unit & Unit Price Amount 1. Demolition 1. 2. ., .). Demolition. Lump Sum s /~3,5g/~ , Asbestos Removal & Disposal Lump Sum $ 12/7S0~ . Backfill of Below Grade Areas Lump Sum 06 $' Ih/~OO- , 00 $ -z r 8/ f>0 (- v Subtotal .Enclose breakdown of items to be included with line item 1.1. II. Streets &, Sidewalks 1. 2. 3. 4. Site Grading & Haul Off Excess Material Lump Sum DO $ ~t3tJ()- Saw Cut, Remove & Patch Asphalt - 4" Thick 98 S.y. @ $ 31 V IS.Y. $ 31) 12 !!:. Milling Road & Haul Off 1,921 S.y. @ $ 5'7C,5~ ~~ ./S.Y. $ 1 lj.," of 9.5 mm Asphalt Overlay 1,921 S.y. @ $ III 33:; ~ . 6!!! IS.Y. $ 5. Concrete Curb & Gutter Removal & Disposal 383 LF. @ $ ? ~ r?7~ /L.F. s 6. Concrete Sidewalk Removal & Disposal . /Gt; 955 S.Y. @ $ ? -- ~c i5 2?Z - IS_Y. $ I" tx05 I I Item No. Description. Ouantitv. Unit & Unit Price Amount III. Utilities I A. Storm Sewer 1. 18" RCP (H=1 to 10) Z5~~ Z~ 7Zlf2 I 113 L.F.@ $ IL.F. $ I 2. 15" RCP (H=1 to 10) lq~ ~$ 581 LF.@ $ /L.F. $ /IIPl>t.f - , I 3. 12" Rep (H=l to 10) 11 ~~ zo <c 107 L.F.@ $ /L.F. $ / S g3-- I 4. Grate Trap &,0 oC 14 EA.@ $ ZZO- rEA. $ 50<60 - 1 5. Storm Manhole 00 IG50 - (!>o I 5 EA.@ $ rEA. S ~ Z 5 ()- 6. Und.erdrain System ~o ~0?,43D) I 2,130 LF.@ $ 1/ --- IL.F. $ " ~I?C/~ 7. 4" French Drain with Pipe, Complete CZtl I L(t5Z~ 481 LF.@ $ 9;~ ILF. $ I 8. Reconstruct Existing DWT IPD (7t!1 1 EA.@ $ tt.()O - rEA. S Z 2 DO- I 9, Tie to Existing Storm Manhole (JO I ~ ~cJ ~ 3 EA.@ $ Z; 50 /' rEA. $ I 10. Clean-Out 00 tP" I 2 EA.@ $ ({; re () - lEA. S , 1526- 11. 6" PYC Drain Line (For Roof Drain Tie-in) of> 1 f()6 /,5/- 121 L.F. @ $ l- IL.F- S I 12. 4" perforated Flexible Pye Pipe (Tree Well Drainage) ?~;,2~ <lo 640 L.F. @ $ <; ;;....- IL.F. $ I , I ~ Subtotal S I t."" 8"5. "1 D /Jpf'. I' I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I Item No. Description, Quantity, Unit & Unit Price L tf)0 5--.; ~ 2" Plug 2 8. lEA. $ EA.@ Subtotal IV. Specialty Items 1. Wall Fountain Lump Sum 2. Pierced Brick Wall Lump Sum 3. Bronze Relief Map Foundation & Setting (Map itself to be furnished by O<.vner) Lump Sum 4. Granite Project Plaque Lump Sum 5. Ogletborpe Statue (StatUe Foundation & Erection only. Statue, and pedestal to be furnished by Owner) , Lump Sum Interpretive Plaque 4 EA. @ ~ S at!> ! -50() - lEA. 6. 7. Interpretive Plaque Base & Frame {)o 4 EA. @ $ "5500 :-- rEA. Freedom Comers (Engraved Granite Strips to Be Placed in Brick Seat Walls) 3 EA@ 8. t/?() -Z '6 "3 '3;;-- lEA. $ 9. Freedom of Speech Comer ("Speakers Comer'), 1ncluding Soap Box & Politicians Stump Lump Sum 10. Trash ReceptaCle and Concrete Pad /" f{)(!. 6 EA. @ $ /7-:/0 - rEA. frO? Amount $ ()~ 110-:- $ ~ 13l~10~/ $ DtJ ~~/OOO- . s (~oo.o ~ $ :2.5 00 ~ $ '10 06 ~ s .(!;6 35'00 - $ ~OOQ~ s 4Jt!> l'1'tJotJ - s t:j i19 s o 'frO~ s 0.0 / ~r '506 __ I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Item No. Description. Quantitv. Unit & Unit Price VII. Miscellaneous 1. SOll Erosion Control Measures Lump Sum 2. Mobilization (Including Performance Premium Bond) Lump Sum 3. Traffic Control Lump Sum 4. StucCO Existing Augusta Federal Building (If determined _ necessary) 220 S.y.@ $ ?( '5 ~ IS.Y. OVeTcut & Clean Stone Bedding 50 TON@ $ 5. ,'"5 rrON Subtotal GRAND TOTAL VllI. Alternates** .. All Contractors are to bid bOth alternatives, IT-A Streets Alternate 1. 1,' Granite Edging 4" thick in lieu of l' Concrete Edging ('/ t!) t> 380 L.F. @ $ J ~ - fL.F. 2. 2' Granite Edging 4" thick in lieu of 2' Concrete Edging 995 LT @ $ 2& ~ fL.F, Subtotal Addendum 2 - Page I? of 13 ... ~.... .r.. r,.... "1.._.,." /{07 Amount $ :s(500 ~ ~ e -5 ~ 0000- . . - $ $ 0/ (,00 ~ $ . f;Ao (9100) " ~j,C/ /~~O ~ ~ 7 1;>4.0 (-11.)" '50) r ' IJPv /~n~ ~" /, 5';; 'I '5"5'~, <1D II ~ irL $ $ s 51 ~ ';Jja 5; 2 7 <:6(,0 $ "3 'i 700 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .\ Item No. Description, Quantity', Unit & Unit Price VI-A.. Landscaping Alternate 1. , Willow Oak Tree - 6" Caliper 20 EA. @ $ b~ (9 75 - rEA. 2. Trident Maple Tree - 4" Caliper 16 EA. @ $ ~ 1; ~ (J lEA. Addendum 2 - Page 13 of 13 -. .("..... '~ ~: . '-, .. frO? Amount $ 13(~OO . $ / "51 bOO cO Subtotal $ '21/ 100 - f 'I- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I,.."" "".L . ....-~ SECTION BB BID BOND KNOW ALL 11EN BY THESE PRESENfS, that we, the Advance Outdoor Servi ces United States Fidelity as Principal, and and Guaranty Company as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the Augusta-Richmond County Commission of Augusta, Georgia as Ownerinthepenalsumof Ten Percent (1096) of the ,attached bid*** for the payment of whi~ well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, ex.ecutors, administrators, succe~sors and assigns. Signed this day of , 20-:Q1... October 11 th The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the Augusta-Riclunond County Commission of Augusta, Georgia, a certain Bid, attached hereto and J hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing for AUGUST A C011MON. PHASE ~ for Augusta, Georgia in accordance with plans and specifications of me Augusta Public Wodes and Engineering Department. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shaJl be rejected, en: in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the,Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properJy completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void, othernise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation asberein stated. The Surety, for value receive. hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shan be in no way impaired 'or affected by any extension of the tim~ within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waiv.e notice of any such extension. BB-l StPdul Surety NO!ICE: The laws of the State of Georgia prohibit insurers from unfairly discriminating agamst any person based upon his,or-her status as a -victim of family. violence. .. - "-d--' , 1,- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '7. ., IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. Signed and sealed this day of A.D. 20~. October 11th Witness f) 0--<- f)/.J= , Advance Outdoor Services (principal) (Seal ) ~~. dW~Seal) (Title) :BY United States Fidelity and Guaran~eaa~pany (Surety) By () jr c1Jd (Seal) ~tle) Raymond E. Cobb, Jr. Attorney-in-Fact Attest I .. ~., " .. lbeStRlul POWER OF ATTORNEY I Seaboard Surety Company SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Compiiny St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Un~ted States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidclit)' and Guaranty Insurance Company Fliielity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. I I Power of Attorney No. 21905 Certificate No. 450787 I KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that SL Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, SL Paul Guardian Insurance Company and SL Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under thc laws of thc State of Minnesota, andlhat United States Fidelity and.Gu~mll1ty Company is " corporation duly organized under the laws of the ,State of Maryland, and Ihat Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation, duly organized under the laws of Ihe State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and. Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, !nc, is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (hereill collectively called the "Col/lpallies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint I C. Wayne McCartha and Raymond E. Cobb, Jr. I I Columbia South Carolina I of the City of ,State , their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Faet, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undenakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the. performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and unclertakingsI:~9.u_\reil 9rl?,e~~litted i!!.~:lY actions or proceedings allowed by law, ~.j,';;:;"4.\' ........ , r \''\i-' .... Y \\ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrumenl'to',ti~i~fg~ed,l~&'s~'~;e~,th~is, :jl.\" 7th day of July "" )...__ ~,"''''V~~' ....~.\ ....~,>.. .,....... i ".,t,:"," ,'_. .~. ~:~\ t:::y...... ~.._.<I,...J. ~'. .~~-'\~'.:-.~.:. ,,*,~' ...(~.~..~~}~ Seaboard Surety Company"',' _, \,;l\,..J . .",,::;< \',\- ,'_' \~:':'lhlited States Fidelity und Guaranty Company SI. Paul Fire and Marine In~u.ra",ii~~':Cri~ran~: \ '-'",...(5~:~t) ,... Fidelity and Guurunty Insurance Company SI. Paul Guurdiun Insuranc~,Goni~.~nf),\r,'j ',.,.,'C .: \.. ~. ',_."" Fidelity und Guarant)' Insurunce Underwriters, Inc. St. Po"' M,,,",, '",m""" C2'>'""" ._..,; \' _ <,; ,~- ~ ~ ~~ir-~:~' {f :HWH'NNE~ v;" 're,","' ':% AtIl&@ ~~ ~~ ~ R. ~c:.~ 2000 I I I State of Maryland City of Baltimore MtCHAEL R,l'\lCKlBBEN, Assistant Secretary I On this 7th day of July 2000 ,before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney and Michael R, McKibben, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, SI. Pau! Guardian Insuranee.Company, SI. Paul Mercury Insurance Company. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Ine,; and that the seals affixed to 'the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of said Companies: and that they, as such, being authorized so to do. executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers, . I I My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002, ~t~.~ I In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. REBECCA EASLEY-ONOKALA, Notary Public I I ,1_, _ 86203 Rev, 11-99 Printed in U.S.A. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S A TIORNEY I, the undersigned James B. Wall , the duly authorized and acting legal representative of Augusta. Georgia, do hereby certify as follows: I have examined the attached Contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner of execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements has been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly authorized representatives; that said representatives have full power and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the respective parties named thereon; and that the foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding obligations upon the parties executing the same in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof. DATE: CA-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION A AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made on the I) 'J..~ of ~ ' 20.f)t21, by and between AUGUSTA, GEORGIA BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION, party of the first part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and , party of the second part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner, for the considerations hereinafter named, agree as follows: ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and labor necessary, and to perform all of the work shown on the plans described in the specifications for the project entitled: AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I-A and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General and Special Conditions hereto attached which are hereby made a part of this agreement. ARTICLE II - TIME OF COMPLETION -- LIOUIDATED DAMAGES The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within. ten (10) calendar days after the date of written notice by the Owner to the Contractor to proceed. The work shall be completed no later than the close of business on July 31, 2002. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this Contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality. IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL OR REFUSE to COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay to the Owner the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00), not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the contract for completing the work. A-I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by kid between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this contract and the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the performance of any act whatsoever; and where under the contract an additional time is allowed for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of the Contract. ARTICLE III.;. PAYMENT A. THE CONTRACT SUM The Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the performance of the Contract the amounts determined for the total number of each of the units of work in the attached schedule completed at the unit price stated. The number of units contained in this schedule is approximate only, and the final payment shall be made for the actual number of units that are incorporated in or made necessary by the work covered by the Contract. B. PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner will pay to the Contractor in the manner and at such times as set forth in the General Conditions such amounts as required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT A. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for fmal inspection and acceptance, the Engineer shall within 10 days make such inspection, and when he fmds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed he will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work required by the Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage, shall be paid to the Contractor by the Owner within 15 days after the date of said final certificate. B. Before final payment is due the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with the work have been paid, except that in case of disputed indebtedness or liens the Contractor may submit in lieu of evidence of payment a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner guaranteeing payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond. C. The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from A-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I manufacturers' guarantees. It shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made and still unsettled. D. If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer, so certifies, the Owner shall upon certificate of the Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment ofthe balance due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, the day and year first written above~ (SEAL) \ As its Mayor ~J:f7 w. ~h~lu_ Witness ----,-- DIANE RUSHING D/b/a ADVANCE OUTDOOR SERVICES iJ- -~ (SEAL) Title: Owner . ATTEST: se~~ Address:0t1Z) K~ ~, ~/UNVh ,\a. ~C .:J-7UU Witness A-3 I I I I I I 1 I I I I, 1 I I 1-" IJ r{ !J l I \ I. -\ I' SECTION NP NOTICE TO PROCEED DATE TO SUBJECT: PROJECT: NOTICE TO PROCEED AUGUSTA COMMON, PHASE I Gentlemen: You are hereby notified to commence work in accordance with the Agreement, within Ten (10) calendar days following the date first written above, and you are to complete the work within (_) consecutive calendar days after the date of this notice. The date set for completion of all work is therefore AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION BY: TITLE: *** ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE *** Receipt of the above NOTICE OF A WARD is hereby acknowledged by this the day of ,20_. DIANE RUSHING d/b/a ADVANCE OUTDOOR SERVICES TITLE: OWNER NP-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-Ol. GC-02. GC-03. GC-04. GC-05. GC-06. GC-07. GC-08. GC-09. GC-I0. GC-l1. GC-12. GC-13 . GC-14. GC-15. GC-16. , GC-17. , GC-18. GC-19. GC-20. GC-21. GC-22. GC-23. GC-24. GC-25. GC-26. GC-27. GC-28. GC-29. GC-30. GC-31. GC-32. GC-33. GC-34. GC-35. GC-36. GC-37. SECTION GC GENERAL CONDITIONS INDEX TO ARTICLES OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Section Page No. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Additional Instructions and Detail Drawings ........................... 5 Schedules, Reports and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Drawings and Specifications ....................................... 6 Shop Drawings . ~. . . . . . . . . .,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~. . . . . . . . . . . 6 Materials, SerVices and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 7 Inspection and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '. . . 7 Substitutions ................................................... 8 Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Surveys, Permits and Regulations ................................... 9 Protection of Work, Property and Persons ............................ 10 Supervision by Contractor ........................................ 10 Changes in the Work ............................................ 11 Changes in Contract Price ........................................ 11 Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages ........................ 11 Correction of Work ............................................. 12 Subsurface Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Suspension of Work, Termination and Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Payments to Contractor . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Acceptance of Final Payment as Release ............................. 16 Insurance ..................................................... 16 Contract Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Indemnification ................................................ 19 Separate Contracts .............................................. 19 Subcontracting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .'.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Engineer's Authority ............................................ 20 Land and Rights-of- Way .......................................... 21 Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Work Adjacent to Railway or Other Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Order and Discipline ............................................ 22 Warning Devices and Signs ....................................... 22 Special Restrictions ............................................. 22 As-Built Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Contractor Not to Hire Employees of the Owner ....................... 23 Drawings ..................................................... 23 GC-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-38. GC-39. GC-40. GC-41. GC-42. GC-43. GC-44. GC-45. GC-46. GC-47. GC-48. GC-49. GC-50. Field Office Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Rights-of- Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Estimate of Quantities ........................................... 23 Existing Structures and Utilities . . . . . . . . . . : : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Contractor's Breakdown of Lump Sum Payment Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Prior Use By Owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cleaning Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Maintenance of Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Maintenance of Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Erosion Control and Restoration of Property .......................... 24 Bypassing Sewage ............................ '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Safety and Health Regulations ..................................... 25 Pre-Construction Conference ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 GC-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-01. DEFINITIONS: Wherever used in the Contract Documents, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated which shall be applicable to both the singUlar and plural thereof. 1. ADDENDA: Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the Agreement which modify or interpret the Contract Documents, Drawings and Specifications, by addition, deletion, clarifications or corrections. 2. BID: The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. 3. BIDDER: Any person, firm or corporation submitting a bid for the work. 4. BONDS: Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds and other instruments of security furnished by the Contractor and his Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5. CHANGE ORDER: A written order to the Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the work within the general scope of the Contract Documents or authorizing an adjustment in the contract price or contract time. 6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The contract including Advertisement for Bids, Information for Bidders, Proposal, Bid Bond, Notice of award, Agreement, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Notice to Proceed, Change Order, General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Drawings and Addenda. 7. CONTRACT PRICE: The total monies payable to the Contractor under the terms, and conditions of the Contract Documents. 8. CONTRACT TIME: The number of calendar days stated in the Contract Documents for the completion of the work. 9, LIFE OF THE CONTRACT: The total duration of the contract from Notice to Proceed to completion of all the work. 10. CONTRACTOR:, The person, firm or corporation with whom the Owner has executed the Agreement. 11. DRAWINGS: The part of the Contract Documents which show the characteristics and scope of the work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the Engineer. GC-3 I I I I; I I I I 12. ENGINEER: The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Contract Documents. 13. FIELD ORDER: A wdtten order effecting a charige in the work not involving an ,adjustment in the contract price or an extension of the contract time issued by the Engineer to the Contr,actor during construction. 14. NOTICE OF AWARD: The written notice of the acceptance of the Bid from the Owner to the successful Bidder. 15. NOTICE TO PROCEED: Written communication issued by the Owner to the Contractor authorizing him to proceed with the work and establishing the date of commencement of the work. 16. OWNER: A public or quasi-public body or authority, corporation, association, partnership or individual for whom the work is to be performed. 17. PROJECT: The undertaking to be performed as provided m the Contract Documents. , '~i ~( 18. RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE: The authorized representative of the Owner who is assigned to the project site or any part thereof. I I I I I I I I I I 19. SHOP DRAWINGS: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules, and other data which are prepared by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Supplier or Distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated or installed. 20. SPECIFICATIONS: A part of the Contract Documents consisting of written descriptions of a technical nature or materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship. 21. SUBCONTRACTOR: An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or any other Subcontractor for the performance ofa part of the work at the site. 22. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: That date as certified by the Engineer when the construction of the project or a specified part can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. 23. -SUPPLEI\.1ENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: Modifications and/or additions to the General Conditions of a specific nature generally aimed at the specific contract of which it is a part. GC-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 26. GC-02. 2. GC-03. 2. 3. I ~ - 24. SUPPLIERS: Any person, supplier or organization who supplies materials or equipment for the work, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor at the site. 25. WORK: All labor necessary to produce the construction required by the Contract Documents and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the project. WRITTEN NOTICE: Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of this Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when posted by certified or registered mail to the said party at his last given address or delivered in person to said party or his authorized representative on the work. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL DRAWINGS: 1. The Contractor may be furnished additional instructions and detail draWings, by the Engineer, as necessary to carry out the work required by the Contract Documents. The additional drawings and instructions thus supplied will become a part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the additional detail drawings and instructions. SCHEDULES. REPORTS AND RECORDS: 1. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other ~ta as the Owner may request concerning the work performed or to be performed. Prior to the first partial payment estimate, the Contractor shall submit schedules showing the order in which he proposes to carry on the work, including dates at which he will start the various parts of the work, estimated date of completion of each part and as applicable: 2.1 the dates at which special detail drawings will be required; and 2.2 respective dates for submission of shop drawings, the beginning of manufacture, the testing and the installation of materials, supplies and equipment. The Contractor shall also submit a schedule of payments that he anticipates he will earn during the course of the work. GC-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-04. GC-05. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS; L The intent of the drawings and specifications is that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work in accordance with the Contract Documents and all incidental work necessary to complete the project in an acceptable manner, ready for us, occupancy or operation by the Owner. 2. In case of conflict between the drawings and specifications, the specifications shall govern. Figure dimensions on drawings shall govern over general drawings. 3. Any discrepancies found between the drawings and specifications and site conditions or any inconsistencies or ambiguities in the drawings or specifications shall be immediately reported to the Engineer, in writing, who shall promptly correct such inconsistencies or ambiguities in writing. Work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies or ambiguities shall be done at the Contractor's risk. 4. All work that may be called for in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or shown and not called for in the specifications, shall be executed and furnished by the Contractor as if described in both these ways and should any work or material be required which is not detailed in the specifications or drawings, either directly or indirectly, but which is nevertheless necessary for the proper carrying out of the intent thereof, the Contractor is to understand the same to be implied and required and shall perform all such work and furnish any such material as fully as if they were particularly delineated or described. 5. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor, by careful examination, has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. SHOP DRAWINGS: L The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution of the work as required by the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall promptly review all shop drawings. The Engineer's approval of any shop drawings shall not release the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from' the Contract Documents. The approval of any shop drawing which substantially deviates from the requirement of the Contract Documents shall be evidenced by a Change Order. GC-6 I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I GC-06. GC-07. 2. When submitted for the Engineer's review, shop drawings shall bear the Contractor's , certification that he has reviewed, checked and approved the shop drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirement~ of the Contract Documents. 3. Portions of the work that require shop drawing or sample submission shall not begin until the shop drawing or submission has been approved by the Engineer. A copy of each approved shop drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by the Contractor at the site and shall be available to the Engineer. MATERIALS. SERVICES AND FACILITIES: 1. It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature and all other services and facilities of any nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete and deliver the work within the specified time. 2. Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. 3. Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. 4. Materials, supplies or equipment shall be in accordance with samples submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 5. Materials, supplies or equipment to be incorporated into the work and purchased by the Contractor of the Subcontractor will be subject to a chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. INSPECTION AND TESTING: 1. All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with generally accepted standards. 2. The Contractor shall provide, at his expense, the necessary testing and inspection services required by the Contract Documents, unless otherwise provided. 3. The Owner shall provide all other inspection and testing services. required by the Contract Documents. 4. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to specifically be inspected, GC-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-08. tested or approved by someone other than the Contractor, the Contractor will give the Engineer timely notice of readiness. The Contractor will then furnish the Engineer the required certificates of inspectioii~ testing or approval. '5. Neither observation by the Engineer nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6. The Engineer and his representatives will at all times have access to the work. In addition, authorized representatives and agents of any participating Federal or State Agency shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, invoices of materials and other relevant data and records. The Contractor will provide proper facilities for such access and observation of the work and also for any inspection or testing thereof. 7. If any work is covered contrary to the written request of the Engineer, it must, if requested by the Engineer, be uncovered for his observation and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 8. If any work has been covered which the Engineer has not specifically requested'to observe prior to its being covered or if the Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered work be inspected or tested by others, the Contractor at the Engineer's request, will uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as the Engineer may require, that portion of the work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, materials, tools and equipment. If it is found that such work is defective, the Contractor will bear all the expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is not found to be defective, the Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price or an extension of the contract time, , or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction and an appropriate change order shall be issued. 9. The Contractor shall give the Engineer 24 hours notice of starting any new work. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision and inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with necessary samples of material for testing purposes. SUBSTITUTIONS: 1. When a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the drawings or specifications by reference to brand name or catalogue number, the performance or other salient requirements _and that other ,products of equal capacities, quality and function shall be considered. The Contractor may recommend the substitution of a material; article or piece of equipment of equal substance and function for those referred to in the Contract Documents by reference to brand name or catalogue GC-8 .1 I I I I I I I I I I GC-09. GC-IO. - number and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such material, article or piece of equipment is of equal substance and function to that specified, the Engineer may approve its substitution and use by the ContiKctor. Any cost differential shall be deducted from the contract price and the Contract Documents shall be appropriately modified by change order. The Contractor warrants that if substitutes are approved, no major changes in the function or general design of the project will result. Incidental changes or extra component parts required to accommodate the substitute will be made by the Contractor without a change in the contract price or contract time. PATENTS: 1. The Contractor shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof except that the Owner shall be responsible for any such loss when a particular process, design or the product of a manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the Engineer. ,SURVEYS. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS: 1. The Owner shall furnish all land surveys and establish all base lines for locating the principal component parts of the work together with a suitable number of benchmarks adjacent to the work as shown in the Contract Documents. From the information provided by the Owner, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall develop and make all detail. surveys needed for construction such, as slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile locations and other working points, lines, elevations and cut sheets. 2. The Contractor shall carefully preserve benchmarks, reference points and stakes and in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance. 3. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the work shall be secured and paid forby the Contractor. Permits, licenses and easements for permanent str:uctures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are atvariance,therewith, he shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in Section 13, Changes in the Work. GC-9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' I GC-ll. GC-12. PROTECTION OF WORK. PROPERTY AND PERSONS: 1. The Contractor will be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. He will take all necessary precautions for the safety of and will provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to all employees on the work and other persons who may be affected thereby, all the work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site or other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 2. The Contractor will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public body having jurisdiction. He will erect and maintain, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for safety and protection. He will notify the owners of adjacent utilities when' prosecution of the work may affect them. The Contractor will r7medy all damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor, and subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them are liable, except damage or loss attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents or to the acts or omissions of the Owner or the Engineer or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. 3. In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, the Contractor, without special instructions or authorization from the Engineer or Owner, shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. He will give the Engineer prompt written notice of any significant changes in the work or deviations from the Contract Documents caused thereby and a Change Order shall be issued covering the changes and deviations involved. 4. The work under this Contract in every respect shall be at the risk c;>f the Contractor until finished and accepted, except to damage or injury caused directly by the Owner's agents or employees. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR: 1. The Contractor will supervise and direct the work. ,He will be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The Contractor will employ and maintaIn on the work a qualified supervisor or superintendent who shall have been designated in writing by the Contractor as the Contractor's representative at the site. The supervisor shall have full authority to act on the behalf of the Contractor and all communications given to the supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. The supervisor shall be present on the GC-I0 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-13. GC-14. GC-15. site at all times as required to perform adequate supervision and coordination of the work. CHANGES IN THE WORK: 1. The Owner may at any time as the need arises, order changes within the scope of the work without invalidating the Agreement. If such changes increase or decrease the amount due under the Contract Documents or in the time required for performance of the work, an equitable adjustment shall be authorized by Change Order. 2. The Engineer, also, may at any time, by issuing a field order, make changes in the details of the work. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of any changes in the work so ordered by the Engineer unless the Contractor believes that such field order entitles him to a change in the contract price or time or both, in which event he shall give the Engineer written notice thereof within ten (10) days after the receipt of the ordered change pending the receipt of an executed change order or further instruction from the Owner. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE: 1. The contract price may be changed only by a change order. The value of any work covered by a change order or of any claim for increase or decrease in the contract price shall be determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence listed below: 1.1 Unit prices previously approved. 1.2 An agreed lump sum. 1.3 The actual cost for labor, direct overhead, materials, supplies, equipment and other services necessary to complete the work. In addition there shall be added an amount to be agreed upon but not to exceed fifteen (15) percent of the actual cost of the work to cover the cost of general overhead and profit. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: 1. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 2. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to insure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. GC-l1 I I I I I I I I I GC-16. . 3. If the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the contract time or extension of time granted by the Owner, then the Contractor will pay to the Owner the amount for liquidated damages as specified in the Agreement for each calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer. 4.1 To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Owner. 4.2 To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault of negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight.- embargoes and abnormal and unforeseeable weather; and 4.3 To any delays of subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in Paragraphs 4.1 and 4.2 of this Article. CORRECTION OF WORK: 1. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all work rejected by the Engineer for failure to comply with the Contract Documents, whether incorporated in the construction or not and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute the work in accordance with the Contract Documents and without expense to the Owner and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. 2. All removal and replacement work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the 'Contractor does not take action to remove such rejected work within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice, the Owner may remove such work and store the materials at the expense of the Contractor. 3. Any omissions or failure on the part ofthe Engineer to disapprove or reject any work or material shall not be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or material. Th~ Contractor shall remove, at his own expense and shall rebuild and replace same without extra charge and in default thereof the same may be done by the Owner at the Contractor's expense or in case the Engineer shall not consider the defect of sufficient importance to require the Contractor to rebuild or replace any imperfect work or material, he shall have the power and is hereby authorized to make an equitable deduction from the stipulated price. GC-12 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-17. GC-18. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS: 1. The Contractor shall promptly and before such conditions are disturbed, except in the event of an emergency, notify the Owner By written notice of: 1.1 Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents. 1.2 Unknown physical conditions at' the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from ~ose ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. 2. The Owner shall promptly investigate the conditions and if he finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time required, for performance of the work, an equitable adjustment shall be made and the Contract Documents shall be modified by a Change Order. Any claim of the Contractor for adjustment hereunder shall not be allowed unless he has given the required written notice; provided that the Owner may, ifhe determines the facts so justify, consider and adjust any such claims asserted before the date of final payment. SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. TERMINATION AND DELAY: 1. The Owner may, at any time and without cause, suspend the work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days or such further time as agreed upon by the Contractor, by written notice to the Contractor. The Engineer shall fix the date on which work shall be resumed. The Contractor will resume that work on the date so fixed. The Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price, an extension of the contract time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension. 2. If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for any of his property or ifhe files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act to reorganize under the bankruptcy or applicable laws or if he repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if he repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment or if he disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction of the work or if he disregards the authority of the Engineer, or if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor fails to make satisfactory progress in prosecuting the work, or if he otherwise violates any provision of the Contract Documents, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his Surety a minimum often (10) days from delivery of a written notice, terminate the services of the Contractor and take possession of the Project and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the GC-13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Contractor and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to reteive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the Project, including compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor will pay the difference to the Owner. Such costs incurred by the Owner will be determined by the Engineer and incorporated in a Change Order. 3. The Contractor must obtain permission from the Engineer before any equipment can be removed from the job site. In the event such equipment is removed without the Engineer's approval, the job will be terminated until such time as the equipment is returned to the project and any time and money lost by the Contractor as a result of moving the equipment shall be absorbed by the Contractor. 4. Where the Contractor's services have been so terminate by the Owner, said termination shall not affect any right of the Owner against the Contractor then existing or which, may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the Owner due the Contractor will not release the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. 5. After ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice to the Contractor and the Engineer, the Owner, may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to abandon the Project and terminate the Contract. In such case, the Contractor shall be paid for all work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable profit. 6. If, through no act or fault of the Contractor, the work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority of the Engineer fails to act on any request for payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails to pay the Contractor substantially the sum approved by the Engineer within thirty (30) days of its approval and presentation, then the Contractor may after ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and all expenses sustained. In addition, and in lieu of terminating the Contract, if the Engineer has failed to act on a request for payment or if the Owner has failed to make any payment as aforesaid, the Contractor may, upon ten (10) days notice to the Owner and the Engineer, stop the work until he has been paid all amounts then due, in which event and upon resumption of the work, Change Orders shall be issued for adjusting the contract price or extending the contract time or both to compensate for the costs and delays attributable to the stoppage of the work. '7. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended, delayed, or interrupted as a result of a failure of the Owner or the Engineer to act within the time GC-14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-19. specified in the Contract Documents, or if no time is specified, within reasonable time, an adjustment in the contract price or an e?'tension of the contract time or both, shall be made by Change Order to compensate the Contractor for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the failure of the Owner or the Engineer. PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR: 1. Between the first (1st) and the fifth (5th) of each month, the Contractor will submit to the Engineer a partial payment estimate filled out and signed by the Contractor on an approved form covering the work performed during the period covered by the partial payment estimate and supported by such data as the Engineer may reasonably require. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at or near the site, the partial payment estimate shall also be accompanied by such supporting data, satisfactory to the Owner, as will establish the Owner's title to the material and equipment and protect his interest therein, including applicable insurance. The Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of each partial payment estimate, either indicate in writing his approval of payment and present the partial payment estimate to the Owner, or return the partial payment estimate to the Contractor indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the partial payment estimate. The Owner will, within ten days of presentation to him of an approved partial payment estimate, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial payment estimate. The Owner shall retain ten (10%) percent of the amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the Contract DocuQ.1ents. The Owner at any time, however, after fifty (50%) percent of the work has been completed, ifhe finds that satisfactory progress is being made, shall make payment on the current and remaining estimates, in full, so that the retained percentage at the completion of the work will be approximately five (5%) percent. On completion and acceptance of a part of the work on which the price is stated separately in the Contract Documents, payment may be made in full, including retained percentages, less authorized deductions. 2. The request for payment may also include an allowance for the cost of such major materials and equipment which are suitably stored either at or near the site. 3. All work covered by partial payment shall thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, but this provision shall notbe construed as relieving the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the care and protection of the work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work, or as a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract Documents. 4. Upon completion and.acceptance of the work, the Engineer shall issue a certificate attached to the final payment request that the work has been accepted by him under the conditions of the Contract Documents. The entire balance found to be due the GC-15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-20. GC-21. Contractor, including the retained percentages shall be paid to the Contractor, except such sums as may be Jawfully retained by the Owner for saving the Owner or the Owner's agents harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, tools and supplies, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of the work. The Contractor shall, at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature designated above have been paid, discharged, or waived. If the Contractor fails to do so, the Owner may, after having notified the Contractor, either pay unpaid bills or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished' that aU liabilities have been fully discharged whereupon payment to the Contractor shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed 'to impose any obligations upon the Owner to either the Contractor, his Surety, or any third party. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as a payment made under the Contract Documents by the Owner to the Contractor and the Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any such payments made in good faith. 5. If the Owner fails to make payment 30 days after approval by the Engineer, in addition to other remedies available to the Contractor, there shall be added to each such payment, interest at the maximum legal rate commencing on the fIrst day after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is received by the Contractor. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS RELEASE: 1. The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall be and shall operate as a release to the Owner of all claims and all liability to the Contractor other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor for all things done or furnished in connection With this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and other relating to or arising out of this work. Any payment, however, tmal or otherwise, shall not release the Contractor or his Sureties from any obligations under the Contract Documents or the Performance Bond and Payment Bonds. INSURANCE: 1. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain during the life of this Contract such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's execution of the work, whether such execution by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 1.1 Claims under Workman's Compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts, GC-16 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.2 Claims for damages because oLbodily injury, occupational sickness or disease or death of his employees, 1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease or death of any person other than his employees, 1.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly rdated to the employment of such person by the Contractor or (2) by any other person; and 1.5 Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom. 2. Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled unless at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice has been given to the Owner and Program Manager. 3. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the life of the Contract, liability insurance as hereinafter specified. , 3.1 Contractor's General Public Liability and Property Damage insurance including vehicle coverage issued to the Contractor and protecting him from all claims for personal injury, including death, and all claims for destruction of or damage to property, arising out of or in connection with any operations under the Contract Documents, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor under him or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor under him. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of not less than $200,000 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including death, at any time resulting therefrom, sustained by anyone person in anyone accident; and a limit ofliabi1ityofnot less than $500,000 for any such damages sustained by two or more persons in anyone accident. Insurance shall be written with a limit of lia~ility of not less than $100,000 for all property damage sustained by anyone person in anyone accident; and a limit of liability of not less than $200,000 for any such damage sustained by two or more persons in anyone accident. Contractor's insurance policy shall name Owner and Program Manager as insureds under this policy. 3.2 The Contractor shall acquire and maintain, if applicable, Fire and Extended Coverage insurance upon the Project to the full insurable value thereof for the benefit of the Owner, the Contractor and Subcontractor as their interest may appear. This provision shall in no way release the Contractor or GC-17 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-22. Contractor's Surety from obligations under the Contract Documents to fully complete the Project. 4. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the life of the Contract, in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the state in which the work is performed, Workman's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provisions; for all of his employees at the site of the project and in case. any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require such Subcontractor similarly to provide Workman's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provision for all of the latter's employees unless such, employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employees engag~d in hazardous work under this Contract at the site of the Project is not protected under Workman's Compensation statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. 5. The Contractor shall secure, if applicable, "All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance for work to be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the Owner, the amount of such insurance shall not be less than the contract price totaled in the bid. The policy shall cover not less than the losses due to fire, explosion, hail, lightening, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft and smoke during the contract time and until the work is accepted by the Owner. The policy shall name as the insured the Contractor, the Engineer and the Owner. Contractor shall provide a Builders Risk All Risk insurance policy for the full replacement value of all Project work including the value of all on site Owner- furnished equipment and/or materials associated with Program Manager's services. Such policy shall include coverage for loss due to defects in materials and workmanship and errors in design, and will provide a waiver of subrogation as to Program Manager and the Owner, and their respective officers, employees, agents, affiliates, and subcontractors. CONTRACT SECURITY: 1. The Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Notice of Award, furnish the Owner with a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond in penal sums equal to the amount of the contract price, conditioned upon the performance by the Contractor of all undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the Contract Documents and upon the prompt payment by the Contractor to all persons supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided by the Contract Documents. Such. bonds shall be executed by the Contractor and a corporate bonding company licensed to transact business in the state in which the work is to be performed and nained on the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Treasury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of these bonds shall be borne by the Contractor. Ifat any time a Surety on any such bond is declared a bankrupt or loses its right to do GC-18 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-2J. GC..;24. GC-25. business in the state in which the work is to be performed or is removed from the list of Surety Companies accepted on Federal Bonds, Contractor shall within ten (10) days after notice from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable bond (or bonds) in such form and sum and signed by such other Surety or Sureties as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Contractor. No further payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made until the new Surety or Sureties shall have furnished an acceptable bond to the Owner. ASSIGNMENTS: 1. Neither the Contractor nor th~ Owner shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the Contract or any portion thereof, or his right, title or interest therein, or his obligations thereunder, without written consent of the other party. INDEMNIFICATION: 1. The Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Program Manager and the Engineer and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and is caused in whole or in part by.any negligent or willful act or omission of the Contractor and Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 2. , In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer or any of their agents or employees, by an employee of the Contractor, Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under Workman's Compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefits acts. 3. The obligation of the Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of the Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, design or specifications. SEPARATE CONTRACTS: 1. The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Project. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of the it work and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part of the Contractor's work depends upon the work of any other GC-19 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-26. 5. GC-27. Contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. 2. The Owner may perform additional work related to the Project by himself or he may let other contracts containing provisions similar to these. The Contractor will afford the other Contractors who are parties to such contracts (or the Owner, if he is performing the additional work himself), reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of the work and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. 3. If the performance of additional work by other Contractors or the Owner is not noted in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice thereof shall be given to the Contractor prior to starting any such additional work. If the Contractor believes that the performance of such additional work by the Owner or others involves him in additional expense or entitles him to an extension of the contract time, he may make a claim therefor as provided in Sections GC-13 and GC- 14. . SUBCONTRACTING: 1. The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty Subcontractors on those parts of the work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty Subcontractors. 2. The Contractor shall not award work to Subcontractor(s), in excess of fifty (50%) percent of the Contract Price, without prior written approval of the Owner. 3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of person directly employed by him. 4. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to bind the Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the work of Subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the Contract Documents. Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual relation between any Subcontractor and the Owner. ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY: 1. The Engineer shall act as the Owner's representative during the construction period. He shall decide questions which may arise as to quality and acceptability ofmaterials furnished and work \ performed. He shall interpret the intent of the Contract GC-20 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-28. GC-29. GC-30. Documents in a fair and unbiased manner. The Engineer will make visits to the site and determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The Contractor will be held strictly to the intent of the Contract Documents in regard to the quality of materials, workmanship and execution of the work. Inspections may be made at the factory or fabrication plant or the source of material supply. 3. The Engineer will not be responsible for. the construction means, controls, techniques, sequences, procedures, or construction safety. 4. The Engineer shall promptly make decisions relative to interpretation of the Contract Documents. LAND AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY: 1. The Owner will furnish all land and rights-of-way necessary for carrying out and for the completion of the work to be performed pursuant to the Contract Documents. If all land and rights-of-way are not obtained prior to the issuing of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall begin work upon lands and rights-of-way that have been acquired. 2. The Owner shall provide to the Contractor information which delineates and describes the lands owned and rights-of-way acquired. 3. The Contractor shall provide at his own expense and without liability to the Owner any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials. GUARANTEE: 1. The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and work performed for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Contractor warrants and guarantees for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion of the system that the completed system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs of any damage to other parts of the system resulting from such defects. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the Contractor should fail to make such repairs, adjustments or other work that may be necessary by such defects, the Owner may do so and charge the Contractor the cost thereby incurred. The Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect though the guarantee period. TAXES: 1. The Contractor will pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the law of the place where the work is performed. GC-21 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-31. ,_1. GC-32. GC-33. GC-34. 2. GC-35. WORK ADJACENTTO RAILWAY OR OTHER PROPERTY: Whenever the work embraced in this Contract is near the tracks, structures or buildings of the Owner or of other railways, persons, or property, the work shall be so conducted as not to interfere with the movement of trains or other operations of the railway, or, ifin any case such interference be necessary, the Contractor shall not proceed until he has fIrst obtained specific authority and directions therefor from the proper designated offIcer of the Owner and has the approval of the Engirieer. ORDER AND DISCIPLINE: 1. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees and any employee of the Contractor who shall appear to be incompetent, disorderly or intemperate or in any other way disqualified for or unfaithful to the work entrusted to him, shall be discharged immediately on the request of the Engineer and he shall not again be employed on the work with the Engineer's written consent. WARNING DEVICES AND SIGNS: 1. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, paint and maintain warning devices when construction is on or near public streets for the protection of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Such devices will be in accordance with the Georgia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Street and Highways, "Traffic Control for Highway Construction and Maintenance Operations," latest edition. 2. A 20" x 30" sign, mounted on a solid post, 8 feet above the ground, indicating the name and a 24-hour phone number of the Contractor in 4" letters, shall be erected at prominent locations on the construction site as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor may remove the sign following the maintenance period. SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS: 1. No work shall be allowed after the hours of darkness or on Sunday without permission of the Owner. If Contractor wishes to work before 8 a.m. or after 5 p.m. Monday through Friday, on weekends, or Augusta, Georgia legal holidays refer to Special Condition SC-25. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: 1. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer three (3) sets of marked up drawings for an "As-built" record showing all deviations from the Contract Drawings. The marked up sets shall include actual dimensions from permanent markers accurately locating all underground piping. GC-22 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CONTRACTOR NOT TO HIRE EMPLOYEES OF THE OWNER: GC-36. 1. The Contractor shall not employ or hire any of the employees of the Owner. GC-37. DRA WINGS: The Owner will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, up to five (5) sets of direct black line prints together with a like number of complete bound specifications for construction purposes. Location of all features of the work included in the Contract are indicated on the Contract Drawings. The following drawings comprise the plans for the Contract: Note: The Contract Drawings. are listed under Special Condition SC-02., LIST OF DRA WINGS:. GC-38. FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES: The Contractor shall provide, at a point convenient to the work, suitable office faCilities for housing records, plans and contract documents. A telephone shall be provided at the Contractor's office for expediting the work and be made available for the use of the Engineer. A complete and up-to-date set of the plans and specifications shall be available at the field office at all times that the work is in progress. GC-39. RIGHTS-OF-WAY: The Owner will furnish all land and rights-of-way necessary for the carrying out of this contract. and the completion of the work herein contemplated and will use due diligence in acquiring said land and rights-of-way as speedily as possible. But it is possible that all land and rights-of-way may not be obtained as herein contemplated before construction begins, in which event the Contractor shall begin his work upon such land and rights-of-way as the Owner may have previously acquired and no claim for damages whatsoever will be allowed by reason of the delay in obtaining the re~aining lands and rights-of-way. Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with the work or from authorizing its prosecution, either before the commencement, by reason of any litigation or by reason of its inability to procure any lands or rights-of-way for the said work, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim for damage by reason of said delay or to withdraw from the contract except by consent of the Owner; but time for completion of the work will be extended to compensate for the time lost by such delay; such determination to be set forth in writing and approved by the Owner. GC-40. ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES: The estimated quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under this contract if shown in any of the documents including the bid are given only for use in comparing bids and to indicate approximately the total amount of the contract and the right is especially reserved except as herein otherwise specifically limited to increase or diminish them as may be deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the Owner to complete the work contemplated by this contract and such increase or diminution shall in no way vitiate this contract nor shall any such increase or diminution give cause for claims or liability for damages. GC-23 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GC-41. EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The existence and location of structures and underground utilities indicated on the plans are not guaranteed and shall be investigated and verified in the field by the Contractor before starting work. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to and for maintenance and protection of existing utilities and structures. GC-42. CONTRACTOR'S BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM PAYMENT ITEMS: The Contractor shall, immediately after the contract has been awarded, submit to the Engineer for his approval, a breakdown showing estimates of all costs apportioned to the major elements of equipment, material and labor comprising the total work included under any of the lump sum items shown in the proposal. These estimates as approved will serve as the basis for estimating of payments due on all progress estiinates. GC-43. PRIOR USE BY OWNER: Prior to completion of the work, the Owner may take over the operation and/or use of the uncompleted project or portions thereof. Such prior use of the facilities by the Owner shall not be deemed as acceptance of any work or relieve the Contractor from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents. GC-44. CLEANING UP: The Contractor shall keep the premises free from the accumulation of waste material . and rubbish and upon completion of the work, prior to fmal acceptance of the completed project by , the Owner, he shall remove from the premises all rubbish, surplus materials, implements, tools, etc., and leave his work in a clean condition; satisfactory to the Engineer. GC-45. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC: In any work within the public right-of-way, the Contractor shall provide adequate warning and protection for pedestrian and vehicular traffic from any hazard arising out of the Contractor's operations and will be held responsible for any damage caused by negligence on his part or by the improper placing of or failure to display danger signs and road lanterns. All traffic lanes, sidewalks and driveways will be kept open and clear at all times except as provided below. The Contractor shall not block traffic on any street more than 30 minutes or without written permission from such agency. Before leaving the work each night, it shall be placed in such <;ondition as to cause the least possible hazard therefrom. Should the Contractor fail to comply with the provisions of this paragraph, the Owner may, with his own forces, provide signs, flagmen, barricades and/or passageways or clear the pavement and deduct the cost thereof from sums due to the Contractor. GC-46. MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS: , The Contractor will be required to maintain access to business establishments during all time they are open for business, to churches, schools and other institutions during the time they GC~24 ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ) are open and to all residential and other occupied buildings or facilities at all times. Bridges across open trenches and work areas will be required to provide vehicular and pedestrian access. Bridges with handrail protection will be required for crosswalks at street intersections. IUs recognized that it will be necessary to remove bridges and to block cross traffic while equipment is in operation. The Contractor shall, however, plan and pursue his operations so as to minimize the time that direct entrance is blocked. GC-47. EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY: The Contractor will be required to schedule his work and perform operations in such a manner that siltation and bank erosion will be minimized during all phases of construction. Any areas disturbed during the course of construction shall be restored to a condition equal or better than the original condition. The Contractor will be required to submit a Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control plan that is in compliance with the work site erosion control plan, per the Georgia Department of Transportation. GC-48. BYPASSING SEWAGE: The Contractor will be required to schedule and coordinate construction sequences and to use temporary construction and other approved methods which will minimize the bypassing of sewage during construction of the sewer facilities. The diversion of sewerage to open ditches or streams will not be permitted. GC-49. SAFETY AND HEAL THREGULA TIONS: The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational and Health Act of 1970 (PL31- 596) and under-Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (PL91-54). GC-50. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: A preconstruction conference shall be held at an acceptable time to the Owner and the Contractor prior to the "Notice to Proceed" to coordinate the work and satisfy all requirements of the Contract Documents. GC-25 - I m I o I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION SC-O 1. SC-02. SC-03. SC-04. SC-05. SC-06. SC-07. SC-08. SC-09. SC-IO. SC-l1. SC-12. SC-13. SC-14. SC-15. SC-16. SC-17. SC-18. SC-19. SC~20. SC-21. SC-22. SC-23. Scope List of Drawings Bonds ' Project Sign Protection of the Environment Temporary Toilets Plans and Specifications Furnished Record Drawings Shop Drawings Existing Structures Salvage Material. Referenced Specifications Traffic Control Surveys Construction Order and Schedule Inspection and Testing of Work Site Access Georgia Prompt Pay Act . Disputes Interest Not Earned on Retainage Equivalent Materials After Hours Inspection Asbestos Removal SC-l SECTION SC-O INDEX TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I, I I I SECTION SC SPECIAL CONDITIONS -01. SCOPE OF THE WORK: The project referred to in the Agreement shall consist of furnishing all materials, labor, machinery, etc. necessary to construct approximately 2.37 acres of public park complete with appurtenances. -02. LIST OF DRAWINGS: The following drawings, prepared by Cranston, Robertson & Whitehurst, P.c., Augusta, Georgia, comprise the plans for the project: DATE SHEET NO. TITLE ORIGINAL REVISED 1. Title Sheet 4/27/01 8/7/01 2. Index of Sheets 4/27/01 3. General Construction Notes/Location Map 4/27/01 8/7/01 4. Overall Topographic & Utility Map 4/27/01 5. Demolition Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 6. Overall Plan 4/27/01 7. General Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 8. Grading Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 9. Utility Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 10. Paving Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 11. Staking Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 12. Typical Section 4/27/01 13. Soil Erosion & Sedimentation Control Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 14. Events Staging Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 15. Storm Sewer Profiles 4/27/01 8/7/01 16. Sanitary Sewer Profiles 4/27/01 17. Elevation View of Augusta Common East Property 4/27/01 Line 18. Legend & Details 4/27/01 8/7/01 19. Lighting & Power Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 , 'SC-2 I I I I I I I, I I, I I I I I I I I I I DATE SHEET NO. TITLE ORIGINAL REVISED 20. Landscape Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 21. Irrigation Plan 4/27/01 8/7/01 22. Planting & Irrigation Details 4/27/01 8/7/01 23. Walkway Details 4/27/01 8/7/01 24. Street Details 4/27/01 8/7/01 25. Specialty Items 4/27/01 8/7/01 26. Inscription Plan & Speakers Comer Details 4/27/01 8/7/0 I 27. Granite Inscriptions & Quotation Details 4/27/01 28. Wall Fountain Details 4/27/01 8/7/01 29. Pierced Brick Wall & Swing Gate Details 4/27/01 8/7/01 30. Storm Sewer Details 4/27/01 8/7/01 31. Water and Sanitary Sewer Details 4/2 7/01 8/7/01 SC-03. BONDS: The Contractor will include in the lump sum payment for mobilization the cost of his performance and payment bonds. SC-04. PROJECT SIGN: The Contractor will furnish and install two (2) project signs, one on each end of the project, on the construction site. The signs will carry in a prominent manner the names of the project, the Owner, the Engineer, the Contractor, and a 24-hour phone number for the Contractor in 4 inch letters. The sign shall be constructed and erected on wood posts in a substantial manner 8 feet above the ground. The full size stencil shall be approved along with colors before fabrication. The Contractor shall include the cost of the project signs in the lump sum bid item for Mobilization. SC-os. PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT: The Contractor will carefully schedule his work so that a minimum amount of exposed earth will be subject to erosion by rainfall 'or wind, and he will provide means satisfactory to the Engineer to minimize the transportation of silt and other deleterious material into the stream beds of water courses adjacent to the project. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectanti polymer, reactant or,of other classification, must show approval of either EP A or USDA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with printed instructions. SC-3 I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I SC-06. TEMPORARY TOILETS: Contractor shall provide temporary toilet facilities on the site for workmen employed in the construction work. Toilets shall be adequate for the number of men employed and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Workmen shall be required to use only these toilets. At completion of the work, toilets used by Contractor shall be removed, and premises left in the condition required by the Contract. SC-07. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED: The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, by the Owner up to five (5) sets of direct black line prints together with a like number of complete bound specifications for construction purposes. Additional sets of plans and/or specifications will be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction upon his written request. SC-08. RECORD DRAWINGS: The Contractor will maintain in his office one complete set of drawings (including any supplemental sketches) pertaining to the project upon which, at the end of each day's work any deviations from the construction lines shown thereon and all changes ordered by the Engineer will be shown accurately in red pencil, If necessary, supplemental drawings will be made to show details of deviations or changes, and these will be kept with the marked set. The drawings will be available to the Engineer for inspection during construction. Satisfactory progress toward the preparation of the record drawings shall be a condition of approval of monthly payment estimates. At the completion of construction, prior to submitting his estimate for final payment. and as a condition for payment thereof. three copies of the record drawings, satisfactorily completed, will be transmitted to the Engineer. SC-09. SHOP DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his review shop drawings, cuts, diagrams, bar lists, steel details, and other descriptive data on every item, where required on the drawings or herein. The Contractor shaH check all submittals and so indicate on each copy thereof. Five copies of such shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer before ordering of the material, Submittals which have not been checked by the <;ontractor will not be reviewed by the Engineer. Reviews by the Engineer of submittals will cover only general conformity with the . project requirements, while responsibility for detailed conformity shall remain with the Contractor. The Contractor will be notified by mail of the results of the submittal reviews within ten (10) days , of the receipt by the Engineer thereof. SC-lO. EXISTING STRUCTURES: Where sidewalks, street signs, private signs, walls, sidewalks, fences, etc, are removed in accomplishing the work, each and every item will be replaced in the same or better manner or condition than that in which it was before construction began. The Contractor will 'SC-4 I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I protect and hold harmless the Owner from any suit, action, or dispute whatever arising from the Contractor's work adjacent to private property. SC-ll. SALVAGE MATERIAL: All existing installations to be removed, including but not limited to masonry and concrete rubble, asphalt, pipe, etc. will be disposed of at an approved location by the Contractor. SC-12. REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS: Where specifications or standards of trade organizations and other groups are referenced in these specifications, they are made as much a part of these specifications as if the entire standard or specification were reprinted herein. The inclusion of the latest edition or revision of the referenced specification or standard is intended. SC-13. TRAFFIC CONTROL: Traffic control shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) of the Federal Highway Administration, latest edition. The Contractor shall give prior written notification to and shall obtain the approval of the Augusta Fire Department, Police Department, Emergency Medical Services, and the Augusta Traffic Engineering Department of any street closures. SC-14. SURVEYS: The Engineer has established a benchmark for locating the principal component parts of the work. From the information thus provided, the Contractor shall develop and make all detail surveys needed for construction lines and elevations. The Contractor shall employ only Registered Land Surveyors or Registered Professional Engineer to perform all detail surveys. The Contractor will diligently preserve and maintain the position of all stakes, reference points and bench m~ks after they are set and, in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance. SC-15. CONSTRUCTION ORDER AND SCHEDULE: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the detailed order, schedule, and methods of construction activities within the general guidelines specified for maintenance and protection of highway and pedestrian, traffic; utility lines; drainage ways; adjacent properties; and as otherwise specified. 2. After notice to proceed and prior to the first payment on the contract the Contractor , shall submit the following for review: , .SC-5 I I I' I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I A. Breakdown of contract price into units of cost for each item required to complete the total work; this breakdown will be the basis for judging the percentage complete at any time. B. A statement of the order of procedure to be followed that will result in the required protection and completion of the work within the overall contract time. C: A bar chart showing the percentage of each item schedules against time and so scheduled that Contractor's order of construction is clearly shown. 3. With each request for payment the Contractor shall submit two copies of the bar chart clearly marked to show the work completed at the date of the payment requested. SC-16. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF WORK: The Owner shall provide sufficient competent engineering personnel for the technical observation and testing of the work. The Engineer and his representatives shall 'at all times have access to the work whenever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access, and for inspections. Inspectors shall have the power to stop work on account of a workman's incompetency, drunkenness, or willful negligence or disregard of orders. An inspector may stop the work entirely if there is not a sufficient quantity of suitable and approved materials or equipment ori the ground to carry it out properly or for any good and sufficient cause. Inspectors may not accept on behalf of the Owner any material or workmanship which does not conform fully to the requirements of the contract and they shall give no orders or directions under any possible circumstances not in accordance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish the inspector with all required assistance to facilitate thorough inspection or the culling over or removal of defective materials or for any other purpose requiring discharge of their duties for which service, no additional allowance shall be made. The inspector shall, at all times, have full permission to take samples of the materials that mayor may not be used in the work. Any inspection provided by the Engineers is for the purpose of determining compliance with provisions of the contract. specifications and is in no way a guarantee of the methods or appliances use by the Contractor, nor for the safety of the job. If the specifications, the Engineer's instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of its readiness for inspection, and if the inspection is by an authority other than the Engineer, of the date fixed for such inspection. Inspections by the Engineer shall be made promptly, and where practicable at the source of supply. If any work should be covered up without review or consent of the Engineer, it must, if required by the Engineer, be uncovered for examination and properly restored at the Contractor's expense. ' ;- - SC-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Re-examination of any work may be ordered by the Engineer, and, if so ordered, the work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost. The Owner will employ a qualified materials testing laboratory, hereinafter referred to as the Laboratory, to monitor more fully on the Owner's behalf the quality of materials and work, and to perform such tests as may be required 'under the Contract Documents as conditions for acceptance of materials and work. The Laboratory will be solely responsible to and paid separately by the Owner. The timing of the work of the Laboratory will be coordinated by the Engineer through his duly authorized inspector. The Owner will bear the cost oftesting a particular material or area of the work once. Where retesting is required following corrective measures or under other circumstances, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of additional testing. SC-17. SITE ACCESS: In order to minimize damage to existing paving, and landscaping, access to the site for the Contractor's personnel and equipment will be restricted to the routes designated by the Owner. The Contractor will be required to use only these routes unless prior written approval is given by the Owner. SC-18. GEORGIA PROMPT PAY ACT: This Agreement is intended by the Parties to, and does, supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, the provision of this Agreement shall control. SC-19. DISPUTES: All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor, by executing this Agreement, specifically consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the 'Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. SC-20. INTEREST NOT EARNED ON RET AINAGE: Notwithstanding any provisi~n of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no ' interest shall be due to the Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to this Agreement and Contractor specifically waives any claim to same. SC-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SC-21. EQUIVALENT MATERIALS: Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions, there shall be no substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. AFTER HOURS INSPECTION: SC-22. If the Contractor opts to work before or after normal working hours, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, or on Augusta, Georgia Legal Holidays, then the Contractor must pay for the cost of inspection by the City of Augusta, Georgia and follow all necessary procedures listed in "Section 15, Right-of-way Encroachment Guidelines, Part E, Outside of Normal Working Hours," of the Augusta-Richmond County Planning Commission Development Documents dated September, 1999. If inspectors of Augusta-Richmond County are needed to work outside normal business hours, Augusta-Richmond County needs to be notified in advance. SC-23. ASBESTOS REPORT: The Contractor will be provided an asbestos report, referred to herein as Appendix A, that will detail the type arid location of asbestos. SC-8 I I I I SECTION TS'-1 I TS-2 TS-3 I TS-4 TS-5 I TS-6 TS-7 I TS-8 TS-9 I TS-I0 TS-ll I TS-12 TS-13 I TS-14 TS-15 I TS-16 TS-17 I TS-18 , TS-19 I TS-20 TS-21 I TS-22 TS-23 I TS-24 TS-25 I TS-26 I I TITLE Demolition SECTION TS-O INDEX TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NO. OF PAGES 9 2 4 17 4 2 19 4 4 1 3 4 3 2 3 2 3 2 6 3 3 2 8 5 8 6 Clearing and Grubbing Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling for Pipe Lines Sanitary Sewer System Storm Sewer System Subsurface Drains Water Distribution System Grading Curbs and Gutters, Concrete Graded Aggregate Base Course Bituminous Paving Concrete Pavement Brick Pavement Erosion Control Measures, Excavating and Backfilling for Structures . Concrete Construction Masonry Stucco Fountain Swing Gate Painting and Caulking Specialty Items Irrigation Sodding Trees, Plants, and Ground Covers Electrical RequirementS TS.;.O-Ol I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TS-27 TS-28. TS-29 TS-30 TS-31 TS-32 TS-33 TS-34 TS-35 Lighting and Power Panelboards Conduit Conductors Lighting Fixtures & Lamps Photo Control and Contactor Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes and Fittings Grounding Equipment Identification Construction Reviews, Inspection and Testing 2 3 2 2 I 1 1 1 1 TS-O-02 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I D. E. ,;t;-" SECTION TS-t DEMOLITION -01. GENERAL: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract apply to this Section. B. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of buildings and structures. 2. Demolition and removal of site improvements adjacent to a building or structure to be demolished. 3. Removing below-grade construction. 4. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning in place site utilities. 5. For asbestos abatement, refer to Section 02081 prepared by, GSC Environmental shown in Appendix B. All asbestos abatement shall be completed in compliance with this section. Work for asbestos abatement will be paid for under this section. C. DEFINITIONS 1. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off- site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or recycled. 2. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner. 3. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or recycled. , MATERIALS OWNERSHIP I. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, aritiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during building demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to Owner. 2. Coordinate with Owner's Engineer, who will establish special procedures for removal and salvage. SUBMITTALS 1. Qualification Data: For demolition firm and refrigerant recovery technician. . TS-l-l-. - , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2. Proposed Environmental-Protection, Dust-Control, and Noise-Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to' be inadequate. 3. Schedule of Building Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: a. Detailed sequence of demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. b. Interruption of utility services. c. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. d. Locations of temporary protection and means of egress, including for other tenants affected by building demolition operations. e. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of adjacent buildings and partial use of premises. 4. Inventory: After building demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. 5. Pre-demolition Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage c~llSed by building demolition operations. Submit before Work begins. 6. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 7. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EP A regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. F. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. 2. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EP A-approved certification program. 3. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Standards: Comply with ANSI Al 0.6 and NFP A 241. TS-1-2--;-:-; -, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 5. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and procedures related to building demolition including, but not limited to, the following: a. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be demolished. b. Review structural load limitations of existing structures. c. Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. d. Review and finalize protection requirements. G. PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Buildings to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start of Work. 2. Owner will occupy another building immediately adjacent to demolition area. Conduct building demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. a. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. b. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other adjacentoccupied or uSed facilities. (1) Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Owner assumes no responsibility for buildings and structures to be demolished. a. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owrier as far as practical. b. Before building demolition, Owner will remove the following items: (1) Architectural features from the Health Department Building. 4. Hazardous Materials: Removal of any asbestos shall be done in accordance with the Asbestos Abatement Technical Specification included in Appendix A. Appendix A also includes an asbestos survey detailing the location and type of any asbestos found in the existing buildings. 5. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. TS-l.,J.., .-. I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. B. -02. PRODUCTS: A. SOIL MATERIALS 1. Satisfactory Soils: Comply with requirements in the Grading Specification. -03. EXECUTION: EXAMINATION 1. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of building demolition required. 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. 3. When unanticipated mechanica~, electrical, or structural elements are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the element. Promptly submit a written report to Engineer. 4. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during building demolition operations. 5. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building demolition operations. PREPARATION 1. Refrigerant:' Remove and store refrigerant according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Existing Utilities: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving buildings and structUres to be demolished. a. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. b. Ifutility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with building demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass buildings and structures to be demolished and that maintain continuity of service to other buildings and structures not to be demolished. c. Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) below grade. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. Mark all locations with a 2" piece of PVC stubbed up. 3. Existing Utilities: Do not start demolition work until utility disconnecting and '.', ..:r.Sd-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I sealing have been completed and verified in writing. a. Remove and recycle refrigerant from air-conditioning equipment before starting demolition. 4. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent unexpected movement or collapse of construction being demolished. a. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of demolition. 5. Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following: a. Clean salvaged items of dirt and demolition debris. b. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. c. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. d. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. e. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. C. , PROTECTION 1. Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during demolition operations. 2. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during demolition. When permitted by Engineer, items may be removed to a suitable" protected storage location during demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after demolition operations are complete. 3. Existing Utilities: Maintain utility services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during demolition operations. a. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. b. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction. (I) Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. 4. Temporary Protection: Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction and as indicated. , TS-1-5' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I a. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remaIn. b. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. c. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. d. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around building demolition area and to and from occupied portions of adjacent buildings and structures. e. Protect walls, windows, roofs, and other adjacent exterior construction that are to remain and that are exposed to building demolition operations. f. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise from occupied portions of adjacent buildings. D. DEMOLITION, GENERAL 1. General: Demolish indicated existing buildings and structures completely. Use meth~ds required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: a. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. Maintain fIre watch and portable fIre-suppression devices during flame- cutting operations. b. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. c. Locate building demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. ' 2. Engineering Surveys: Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards that may result from building demolition activities. 3. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct building demolition and debris- removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Demolition shall be done from the rear of the buildings as much as possible. Contractor may utilize existing paved areas within the project !imits for temporary staging. a. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permissio,n from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. b. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or " .= :rS-I-6 ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. E. MECHANICAL DEMOLITION 1. Proceed with demolition of structural framing members systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete building demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Remove debris from elevated portions by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. a. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to minimize ground impact or dust generation. 3. Concrete: Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction indicated to remain, using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts. 4. Masonry: Cut masonry at junctures with construction indicated to remain, using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts. 5. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of-area to be demolished at junctures with construction indicated to remain, then break up and remove. 6. Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below-grade construction. a. Remove below-grade construction, including basements, foundation walls, and footings, completely. Contractor shall not undercut existing building foundations without coordinating with project structural engineer to ensure that the adjacent building stability is not compromised. 7. Existing Utilities: Abandon existing utilities and below-grade utility structures. Cut utilities flush with grade. F. EXPLOSIVE DEMOLITION 1. Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. G. SITE RESTORA nON 1. Below-Grade Areas: Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting/rom building demolition operations with satisfactory soil materials according to backfill requirements in the Excavating and Backfilling for Structures. 2. Site Grading: Uniformly rough grade area of demolished construction to a smooth TS-1-7- ~,' ; / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I surface, free from irregular surface changes. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. Ensure that the areas drain away from existing buildings and to storm structures or gutters. H. REP AIRS 1. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by building demolition operations. 2. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 3. Restore exposed fmishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining construction in a manner that eliminates evi,dence of patching and refinishing. I. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHEDMA TERIALS 1. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EP A-approved landfill. a. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. b. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 2. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3. Disposal:, Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose , of them. J. CLEANING 1. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building demolition operations. Retuin adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition operations began. Contractor shall be responsible for pressure washing existing sidewalks for a distance of 50 feet from the project limits. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Work completed under this section will be paid for at the lump sum price for Demolition appearing in the Bid Schedule. Asbestos removal and disposal will be paid for at the lump sum price therefor in the Bid Schedule. " ,,.TS-l.;.8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Backfill of below grade areas shall include furnishing and placing suitable soil from off-site locations and will be paid for under:the Item for Backfill of Below Grade Areas appearing in the Bid Schedule. . -,- TS-I-9, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING -01. SCOPE: Clearing and grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of all trees, brush, stumps, logs, grass, weeds, roots, decayed vegetable matter, posts, fences, stubs, rubbish and all other objectionable matter resting on or protruding through the original ground surface and occurring within the construction limits or rights-of-way of any excavation, borrow area, or embankment. -02. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: A CLEARING: Clearing shaH consist of the felling and cutting up, or the trimming of trees, and the satisfactory disposal of the tre.es and other vegetation together with the down timber, snags, brush and rubbish occurring within the areas to be cleared. Trees and other vegetation, except such individual trees, groups of trees, and vegetation, as may be indicated on the drawings to be left standing, and all stumps, roots and brush in the areas to be cleared shall be cut off one foot above the original ground surface. Individual trees and groups of trees designated to be left standing within cleared areas shall be trimmed of all branches to such heights and in such manner as may be necessary to prevent interference with. the construction operations. All limbs and branches required to be trimmed shall be neatly cut close to the whole of the tree or to main branches, and the cuts thus made shall be painted with an approved tree wound paint. Individual trees, groups of trees, and other vegetation, to be left standing, shall be thoroughly protected by barriers or by such other means as the circumstances require. Clearing operations shall be conducted so as to prevent damage by falling trees to trees left standing, to existing structures and installations, and to those under construction, and so as to provide for the safety of employees and others. B. GRUBBING: Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of all stumps, roots and matted roots from the site as indicated on the drawings. In foundation areas, stumps, roots, logs or other timber, matted roots, and other debris not suitable for foundation purposes shaH be excavated to a depth of not less than 18 inches below any sub grade, shoulder or slope. All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of stumps and roots, shall be refilled with suitable material and compacted to make the surface conform to the surrounding ground surface. -03. DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL: Saw logs, pulp wood, cord wood or other merchantable timber removed incidental to clearing and grubbing shall become the property of the Contractor and may be sold by him, provided such disposal is otherwise in accordance with these specifications. All incombustible matter removed shall be hauled away and deposited at locations approved by the Engineer. Combustible matter may be burned or may be disposed of as stated above. Burning shall be done TS~2-}"- - -. - I I I I I I ,I I I I 1-- --- ~-- I I I I I I I I at such time and such manner as to prevent fire from spreading and to prevent any damage to adjacent cover and shall further be subject to all requirements of State and Federal Governments pertaining to the burning, No burning will be allowed on the site unless all fires are kept under constant attendance by persons having equipment necessary to prevent the spreading of fire. Such equipment shall include, at the minimum, a bulldozer or front end loader, and an approved pump and hose connected to an acceptable source of water. Disposal by burning shall be kept under constant attendance until all fires have burned out or have been extinguished. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No payment will be made for any work completed under this section and therefore shall be accounted for under the Grading item shown in the Bid Schedule. ,_~. .TS-2-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-3 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING FOR PIPE LINES -01. SCOPE: This section covers all excavation, trenching and backfilling for pipe lines, complete. -02. EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS: The Contractor shall maintain in operating condition and protect from damage all existing improvements including utilities, roads, streets, sidewalks, drives, power and telephone lines, gas lines, water lines, sewers, gutters and other drains encountered, and repair to the satisfaction of the Engineer. any' aerial, surface or subsurface improvements damaged during the course of the work. Where and if shown on the plans, the locations and existence or nonexistence of underground utilities are not guaranteed. The Contractor shall contact the various utility companies to determine and/or verify such information prior to proceeding with the work. He shall make reasonable and satisfactory provisions for the maintenance of traffic on streets, drives, walkways and at street crossings and if necessary to provide temporary walkways and bridges for crossing of the open trench as directed. -03. EXCAVATION: All excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered shall be performed to the depths indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. Excavation shall be made by the open cut method except as otherwise specified or shown on the drawings. Excavation methods shall generally meet or exceed Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) construction industry standards. All excavated materials not required for fill or backfill shall be removed and wasted as directed. The banks of shallow trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable and where required shall be properly sheeted and braced. Except where otherwise indicated, trench bottoms shall be not less than 12 inches wider nor more than 16 inches wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, and shall be excavated true to line, so that a clear space of not less than 6 inches nor more than 8 inches in width is provided on each side of the pipe. The bottom of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length, except for portions of the pipe sections where it is necessary to excavate for bell holes and for the proper sealing of pipe joints. Bell holes shall be dug after the trench bottom has been graded. Bell holes shall be excavated only to an extent sufficient to ~t accurate work in the making of the joints and to insure that the pipe, for a maximum of its length will rest upon the prepared bottom of the trench. Depressions for joints other than mechanical shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of the joint manufacturers for the particular joint used. Excavation for structures and other accessories shall be sufficient to leave at least 12 inches in the clear between their outer surfaces and the embankment . _.--~TS-3-1 I I I I I I I I I I 1--- I I I I I I I I or timber which may be used to hold the bank and protect them. Where damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting, the sheeting will be ordered to be left in 'place. Except at locations where excavation of rock from the bottoms of trenches is required, care shall be taken not to excavate below the depths indicated. . Where rock excavation is required, the rock shall be excavated to a minimum overdepth of 4 inches below the normal required trench 'depth. The overdepth rock excavation and all excess trench excavation shall be backfilled with loose, moist earth, thoroughly tamped. Rock is defmed as materials which are so hard or cemented that the excavation of such material requires blasting. The excavation shall proceed in a conventional manner with satisfactory effort made to remove hard materials before the Engineer makes a determination of need for blasting. Predrilling and blasting will be allowed, if the Contractor can provide evidence for the Engineer's review that boring logs can and will show that the material can or cannot be excavated. Evidence will be provided for the Engineer's review and approval before predrilling and blasting is undertaken. The excavation and removal of isolated boulders or rock fragments larger than one cubic yard in volume encountered in materials of common excavation shall be classified as rock excavation. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting the pipe, as determined by the Engineer or indicated on the drawings, is encountered in the trench bottom, such soil shall be removed to a depth required for the lengths designated by the Engineer, and the trench backfilled to trench bottom grade, as herein specified, with coarse'sand, fine gravel, or other suitable material. Backfill with earth under structures will not be permitted and any unauthorized excess excavation below the levels indicated for the foundation of such structures shall be filled with sand, gravel, or concrete, as directed. A. GRADING AND STACKING: All grading in the vicinity of trench excavation shall be controlled to prevent surface' groUnd water from flowing into the trenches. Any water ___ _accumulated_in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or by other approved methods. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall be stored in an orderly manner a minimum distance of one and one-half times the depth of the excavation back from the edges of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. Material unsuitable for backfilling, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor in a manner as approved by the Engineer. B. SHORING AND SHEETING: All shoring, sheeting, and bracing required to perform and protect the excavation and to safeguard employees and the public shall be performed. The failure of the Engineer to direct the placing of such protection shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for damage resulting from its omission. Whenever sheeting is drivenyto a depth below the elevation of the top of the pipe, that portion of the sheeting below the elevation of the top of the pipe shall not be disturbed or removed. Sheeting left in place shall be cut off not less than 1 foot below finished grade. No sheeting shall be removed until the excavation is substantially backfilled as hereinafter specified. C. WATER REMOVAL: Where water is encountered, it shall be prevented from accumulating in excavated areas by pumping, well-pointing and pumping, or by other means approved by the.Engineer as to capacity and effectiveness. Water removed from excavations shall be ,__. ..' TS-3-2 I I I I I I I I I. I 'I_ I I I I I I I I discharged at points where it will not cause injury to public or private property, or the work completed or in progress. Under no circumstances shall trench bottoms be prepared, pipes laid, or appurtenances installed in water. Water shall not be allowed to rise in unbackfilled excavations after pipe or structures have been placed. D. BLASTING: Explosives are to used only within legal limitations. Before explosives are used, all necessary permits for this work shall be secured and all precautions taken in the blasting operations to prevent damage to private or public property or to persons. The Contractor shall assume full liability for any damage that may occur during the use of . explosives. No blast shall be set off within 50 feet of pipe already laid in the trench. E. TREE PROTECTION: Care shall be exercised to protect the roots of trees to be left standing. Within the branch spread of the tree, trench shall be opened only when the work can be installed immediately. Injured roots shall be pruned cleanly and backfill placed as soon as possible. -04. BACKFILLING: Trenches and other excavations shall not be backfilled until all required tests are performed and the work has been approved by the Engineer. The trenches shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand and gravel, soft shale, or other approved materials. No material shall be used for backfilling that contains mulch, other unstable materials, stones; blasted rock, broken concrete or pavement, or other hard materials having any dimension great~r than 4 inches; or large clods of __.___earth,ndebris,frozen_earth or_ earth with an exceptionally high void content. For backfill up to a level 1 foot over the top of pressure pipelines and 2 feet above the top of gravity pipelines, only selected materials shall be used. Select materials shall be fmely divided material free from debris, organic material and stone, and may be suitable job excavated material or shall be provided by the Contractor from other sources. The backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth. Each layer shall be moistened and carefully and uniformly tamped with mechanical tampers or other suitable tools. Each layer shall be placed and tamped under the pipe haunches with care and thoroughness so as to eliminate the possibility of voids or lateral displacement. The remainder of the backfill material shall then be placed and compacted above the level specified above. In areas not subject to traffic, the backfill shall be placed in 12 inch layers and each layer moistened and compacted to a density approximating that of the surrounding earth. Under roadways, driveways, paved areas, parking lots, along roadway shoulders and other areas subject to traffic, the backfill shall be placed in 6 inch layers and each layer moistened and compacted to density at least equal to that of the surrounding earth so that traffic can be resumed immediately after backfilling is completed. Any trenches which are improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened to the depth required for proper compaction, then refilled and compacted with the surface restored to the required grade compaction. Along all portions of the trenches not located in roadways, the ground shall be graded to a reasonable uniformity and the mounding over the trenches left in a neat condition satisfactory to the Engineer. ,--"'. ,TS,~3..J.,. _"", I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Sheeting not specified to be left in 'place shall be removed as the backfilling progresses. Sheeting shall be removed in such a manner as to avoid caving of the trench. Voids left by the removal of sheeting and shoring shall be carefully filled and compacted. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting, the sheeting will be ordered to be left in place. -05. BORING AND JACKING: Where required by the drawings, the pipeline will be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking. Where boring is required under highways, the materials and workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the State Highway Department or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by the latest A.R.E.A. standards and those of the railroad involved. The steel casing shall be in accordance with ASTM A252 to the thicknesses shown on the drawings. -06. PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT: Where necessary existing pavements shall be removed and replaced, the applicable standards of the Georgia Departinent of Transportation or local authority shall govern this work. Joints shall be sawed, unless joints equally uniform in the opinion of the Engineer result from other means. Refer to Augusta-Richmond County Right-of-way Encroachment Guidelines for pavement removal and replacement. -07. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Excavation and backfilling for pipelines and appurtenances, except as hereinafter provided for, will be considered as incidental to the construction of the various elements of the installation it is associated with, and no separate payment will be made therefor. ' when made at the direction of the Engineer, overcut and backfill to compensate for inadequate foundation will be paid for at the unit contract price for overcut and clean stone bedding, per ton of stone. Joints in pavements will not be paid for separately. Pavement removal and replacement will be paid for at the unit contract price therefor, per square yard. - ~'" -.~S-3-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-4 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM -01. BASIS FOR DESIGN: A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Georgia must prepare the plans and specifications. Design must conform to the requirements set forth in "Recommended Standards for Wastewater Facilities" (latest version) published by the Great Lakes-Upper Mississippi River Board of State and Provincial Public Health and Environmental Managers, and follow EPD guidelines. Before a sewer is designed, the area to be served should be studied for the purpose of estimating the type and quantity of flow to be handled. Design should be considered for the ultimate tributary population. Consideration should be given to the maximum anticipated capacity of institutions, industrial parks, etc. Where future relief sewers are planned, economic analysis of alternatives should accompany initial permit application. Design should be based on peak sewage flows plus the anticipated maximum infiltration/inflow levels under normal open channel flow conditions. All food service operations are required to install, operate, clean, and maintain a sufficiently sized oil and grease separator (grease trap) to prevent obstruction or interference with the proper operation of the sanitary sewer collection system and treatment plants. All existing waterworks units, including basins, wells, and treatment units, located within 200 feet of a proposed sewer shall be shown on the enginee~g plans. Soil conditions within this 200 feet of waterworks shall be determined and shown on the plans. A professional engineer shall determine force main Size, after a study has been completed of the surrounding area with regards to the proposed construction and potential future construction. A minimum velocity of 2 fps within a force main shall be acceptable for prevention of solids settling. No sanitary sewer lines less than eight (8) inches in diameter may be installed. Sanitary laterals with clean-outs shall be installed at ALL service tie-ins to the system. During construction when deviations from approved plans affecting capacity, flow, or operation are desired, the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector shall be notified. Revised plans shall be submitted as soon as possible to the Augusta Utilities Department for approval. Minor changes not affecting capacities, flows or operation may be allowed in the field during construction ~y the Utilities Department's Inspector. The Inspector shall have final authority as to what constitutes a minor or major change. An approved set of Record Drawings clearly showing any , changes shall be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at the completion of the work and prior to sign..;off of the final plat. The Contractor/Developer is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and material of any existing sewer facility proposed for connection or use by the project. -- TS-4-1 I I I I I I I I I I I-- I I I I I I I I -02. DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWER LINES: A. COVER 1. Minimum cover to ftnished grade over sanitary sewer shall be four (4) feet not under a street and six (6) feet under a street.. 2. Maximum cover shall be 20 feet unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities . Department. B. HORIZONTAL SEPARATION .1. Ten (10) feet to water lines and storm sewer lines. 2. Fifteen (IS) feet to buildings, top of bank oflakes/streams/creeks, other structures (10 feet absolute minimum - only when unavoidable, and pipe material is required to be DIP). 3. Ten (10) feet minimwTI separation to gas mains. 4. Ten (10) feet minimum to underground electric cable. 5. All separation distances above are edge to edge. C. VERTICAL SEPARATION 1. Eighteen (18) inch minimum separation (edge to edge) between all pipes and cables shall be maintained (6 inch absolute minimum separation with DIP) D. LAYOUT 1. Sanitary sewer eaSements shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet wide with the sewer line centered in the easement. 2. Individual sewer services shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in diameter and shall' extend from the main and terminate with a clean-out constructed at the edge of right- of-way. If the main is installed outside of the right-of-way, the services with clean- outs shall terminate at the edge of the permanent easement. Alllines eight (8) inches in diameter and larger shall terminate in a manhole. Sewer lines installed parallel to lakes/streams/creeks shall be designed to leave a 25-foot undisturbed buffer along the edge of the bank. The required service lateral with clean-out shall be inspected by the Augusta Utilities Inspector prior to physical tie-in of private service line. The use of donuts or tying into the stack pipe of the clean-out is strictly prohibited. 3. Under no circumstances shall house sewer services and water services be laid in the same trench. 4. All sewers shall be designed and constructed to give a mean velocity of 2.0 feet per second, when flowing full, based on Manning's formula using an "n' of 0.014. The - __. -TS,.4-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I following are the minimum slope that should be provided; however, slopes greater than these are desirable. Size (inches) 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 Minimum Slope in Feet Per 100 Feet 0.40 0.28 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.067 0.058 0.052 0.046 0.041 0.037 , Where velocities greater than 10 feet per second are attained, special provision shall be made to protect against displacement by erosion and impact. 5. The maximum slope for a sanitary sewer line shall be 20%. All 20% sewers shall be DIP with concrete collar walls at every joint or alternate restraining system provided by design engineer. Slopes less than 20% are preferred. If steep slope is necessary, the Augusta Utilities Department Engineer must approve the design. 6. .Buoyancy of sewers shall be considered and flotation of the pipe shall be prevented with appropriate construction where high groundwater conditions are anticipated. 7. Manhole spacing shall not exceed 400 LF for sewers 15 inches in diameter or smaller, and 500 feet for sewers 18 inches to 30 inches. 8. Manholes shall be located at the junction of sewers and at changes in grade, pipe size, or alignment. They shall also be installed at all intersections. Sanitary sewer manholes should not be located where surface water drain into them. When this is not possible, a watertight cover shall be specified. For this purpose, and also for assisting in locating manholes across country, the rims shall be set above grade. 9. A drop manhole shall be provided for a sewer entering a manhole at an elevation of 24 inches or more above the manhole invert. Where the difference in elevation between the incoming sewer and the manhole invert is less than 24 inches the invert shall be filleted to prevent solids deposition. '-- TS-.4-3. . I I I I I I I I .1 I 1---- . I I I I I I I I 10. Minimum angle between influent and effluent sanitary sewer lines at a manhole shall be ninety (90) degrees. 11. Both vertical and horizontal alignments shall be reviewed with the Augusta Utilities Department prior to fmalization. 12. All pipes crossing proposed sanitary sewer lines shall be shown as conflicts in plan and profile views on the sanitary sewer plan sheets (not on detail sheets). Crossings shall be designated by a letter (A, B, C, etc...) and include information regarding top of pipe and bottom of pipe elevations. Contact the Augusta Utilities Department for an example. The design engineer is responsible for identifying all conflicts. 13. Where indicated on the plans, pipe stub-outs for the connection of future sewers shall be provided during the construction of new manholes. Each stub-out shall be plugged in the bell end of the stub-out with plug approved by Augusta Utilities. E. SANITARY SEWER MATERIAL 1. Pipe for sanitary sewers shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or ductile iron pipe (DIP) as outlined below. However, DIP is considered a remedial measure for special applications only. Standard pipe lengths not greater than 20 feet shall be used. Force main pipe shall be of approved C900-CL200 water pipe. _2. -- - _PVCpipe shall be manufactured,from virgin resin conforming to ASTM D-3034 (latest version) with minimum classification of SDR-35; DIP shall be epoxy-lined and conform to A WW A C 151/ ANSI A21.51 (latest version). Design methods shall conform to A WW A C ISO/ANSI A21.50 (latest version). DIP shall be Class 350 for 12" and smaller. 3. All fittings shall be of the same quality and material as the pipe to be used. Pipe classes shall be determined based upon the installation and the use intended. Pipe shall be appropriately labeled on the drawings. WYE fittings shall be utilized. TEE fittings and saddles shall not be allowed. All DIP fittings shall be ductile iron or cast Iron. 4. Aerial pipe shall be mechanical joint DIP or continuous weld, wrapped and coated steel pipe. Piers shall be placed at every joint directly behind the bell. Site conditions may dictate construction utilizing more stringent requirements than indicated in the standard detail. Anchor collars shall be constructed on the pipe whenever pipe grade is 20% or greater. Restrainers may be used in lieu of collars when a particular brand and method are determined equivalent. a. DIP shall be required in the following circumstances: , ~.- TS-4,.4 I I I I I I I I I I b. (1) When a sanitary sewer line is outside of the limits of pavement has less than four (4) feet of cover. Minimum depth of DIP is two (2) feet. (2) When a sanitary sewer'line crosses over storm pipe (Must be one joint of DIP centered on the crossing) (3) When a sanitary sewerline passes laterally within one (1) foot of a storm sewer line (Must be one joint of DIP centered on the crossing). (4) When a sanitary sewer line is to have in excess of eighteen (18) feet of fill. (5) When a sanitary sewer line is at the maximum slope of20%. (6) For last joint of pipe at all drop manholes greater than three (3) feet. (7) When a sanitary sewer is less than six (6) feet under a street. (8) The Utilities Director may mandate DIP in any instances of off-site or on-site construction where future abuse to the line is possible due to location or circumstances, extensive length under pavement, or in private property away from right-of-way areas. PVC shall be jointed with a rubber gasket and shall conformto ASTM F 477 (latest version) and manufacturer's recommendations. Solvent weld is prohibited. DIP shall be of the bell and spigot type with push-on joints conforming to ANSI A21.11 (latest version) or mechanical joints. c. , Sewer Pipe Bedding: 1__ ----- -_-0- - ------- -------- ---- -,-on-me 1) I I I I I I I I (2) (3) Bedding requirements_shall apply to sanitary sewer lines only. They are not to be considered minimum bedding requirements and as such, do not relieve the Engineer/Contractor of the responsibility to provide any additional bedding necessary for proper construction. Bedding shall be carefully placed along the full width of the trench so that the pipe is true to line and grade of the pipe barrel. Bell holes shall be provided so as to relieve pipe bells of all load, but small enough to ensure that support is provided throughout the length of pipe. Crushed stone embedment material shall conform to ASTM C33, Gradation #67 (3/4" to #4). Bedding material shall be placed underneath and be carried up the sides of the pipe as specified below. Class B Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench four (4) inches to provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall then be brought to grade with 'compacted crushed stone as specified above for the full width of the trench. The bedding material ,shall be placed in the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade and backfilled with compacted crushed stone placed the full width of the trench up to one-half the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill placed in six (6) inch -- - TSA-5 I I I I I I I I I I 1----- I I I I I I I I layers and compacted to 90% standard proctor when pipe is not under any pavement and 95% standard proctor to within 1 foot offmished grade and 100% standard proctor the remaining 12 inches when pipe is under pavement shall be the backfill from the springline of pipe up to finished grade. A minimum Class B Bedding shall be used for all plastic pipes. (4) Class C Bedding shall be performed by fIrst undercutting the trench an adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade and backfilled with compacted crushed stone placed the full width of the trench up to one-fourth the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted to 90% standard proctor when pipe is not under , any pavement and 95% standard proctor to within 1 foot of finished grade and 100% standard proctor the remaining 12 inches when pipe is under pavement shall be the backfill from the bedding material up to finished grade. A minimum Class C Bedding shall be used for all ductile iron pipes. d. New sewers shall be tied-in to the existing sewers at locations indicated on the plans. No lines smaller than six (6) inches shall be tied to a sewer line or manhole._ All tie-ins to existing manholes shall _be cored. The Contractor _ shall be responsible for maintaining uninterrupted service of the sanitary sewer during tie-in operations. No connection to existing sanitary sewer shall be allowed until the proposed sewer line is inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. e. Side sewers shall be installed where shown on the plans. A side sewer consists of a sewer extending from a connection to the street or main sewer to its connection to the house sewer or other point. For new 8" through 12" diameter sewers, the side sewer connection shall be constructed with a wye fitting in the street sewer with a 45-degree elbow. For new IS" and larger pipes, or existing sewers, the connection shall be made by machine made tap and suitable saddle, unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. Belled pipe shall be laid with the bell end up grade and in general, all pipe laying shall start and proceed up grade from the point of connection at the street sewer or other starting point. Pipe shall be laid in a straight line at a uniform grade between fittings or on a uniform horizontal or vertical cUrvature achieved by deflecting the pipe joints within the manufacturer's recommended limits. The maximum deflection permissible at anyone fitting , - ,- :rS-4-6 I I I I I I I I I I 1-,------------- ---------., I I I I I I I I shall not exceed 45 - degrees, The maximum deflection of any combination of two adjacent fittings shall not exceed 45 degrees unless straight pipe not less than 2 Y:z feet in length be installed between such adjacent fittings or unless one of such fittings is a wye branch with a c1eanout provided on the straight leg. f. Material for transition (e.g., PVC to DIP) shall be indicated and sp'ecified. Where offset ofDrn is required, II1echanicaljoint DIP shall be installed with mechanical joint heavy body DIP sleeves at the reconnections. g. Sanitary Sewer Manholes: (1) Precast manholes shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM C-478 (five inch wall thickness). Use six (6) inch wall thickness if manhole exceeds 20 feet in depth. All holes for incoming and outgoing pipe will, whenever possible, be precast, with pipe, tie-in made using PS 10 flexible gasket, manufactured by PressSeal Gasket Corporation, or approved equal. In the event of the necessity of I cutting new holes, the holes shall be machined cored neatly and carefully so as not to damage the structural integrity of the manhole and large enough to allow the insertion of a flexible rubber boot. Precast holes shall be flexible boot fitted. (2) Barrel joints shall be tongue and groove with performed plastic "meeting the requirements of Federal Specifications SS-S-00210, "Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic Pipe Joints" Type I, rope form, also known as "Ram Neck." Eccentric manholes cones are required. Inverts shall be constructed of 3,000 psi plant mix. Manhole steps shall be installed in all sections of each manhole as indicated on the drawings. Frame and covers shall be cast or ductile iron and set in a bed of mortar on the top of the manhole and completely grouted outside and wiped smooth. Rin~ and cover shall be USF-170 or approved equal. Cover shall read "Sanitary Sewer." Watertight manhole covers are to be used wherever street runoff or high water may flood the manhole tops. Locked manhole covers may be may be desirable in isolated easement locations or where vandalism may be a problem. (3) Where corrosive conditions due to septicity or other causes is anticipated, consideration shall be given to providing corrosion protection on the interior of the manholes. (4) The minimum diameter of manholes shall be 48 inches; larger diameters are required for large diameter sewers. A minimum access diameter of 22- ~ inches shall be provided. , --TS-4-7- I I I I I I I I I I I'.. --- I I I I I I I I (5) Outside drop manholes shall be precast and constructed for incoming lines having invert 24 inches or more above the invert of the manhole outlet, with DIP and tie rods per Augusta Utilities Department's Detail No. 13.08. Shallow manholes shall be precast or Type B slab top precast and shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM C-478 (latest version). (6) Drop manholes should be constructed with an outside drop connection. Inside drop connection (when necessary) shall be secure to the interior wall of the manhole and provide access for cleaning. Inside drop connections shall be used only when approved by the Utilities Department Engineering Division. (7) Due to the unequal earth pressure that may result from the backfilling operation in the vicinity of the manhole, the entire outside drop connection shall be encased in concrete. (8) A bench shall be provided on each side of any manhole channel when the pipe diameter(s) are less than the manhole diameter. The bench should be sloped no less than ~ inch per foot (4 percent). No lateral sewer, service connection, or drop manhole pipe shall discharge onto the surface of the bench. _n __,h.. _,,__All construction material shall be first quality, not previously used. Repair clamps are not acceptable. Damaged or faulty pipe and materials must be properly replaced. All gaskets shall be new. When connecting to existing valves or fittings, gaskets shall be replaced, not reused. 1. The Contractor shall provide a complete set of shop drawings, which shall indicate the Augusta Utilities Department's specific material requirements. In general, material requirements will be guided by the latest versions of the specifications of A WW A and ASTM. F. SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM DESIGN 1. Design requirements are as follows: Per Capita Flow, Average: Minimum velocity in collector sewer: Maximum velocity in collector sewer: Minimum collector sewer size: Infiltration Allowance: Ratio of Peak to Average flow: 125 gallons per day (gpd) 2.0 feet per second (fps) 10.0 feet per second (fps) 8 inch 25 gpd/in Dia/mile 2.5 TS-4-8. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Design depth of flow @ Peak Flow: Design Period: Minimum Manning's "n" Factor: 0.75 of Full 30 Years 0.014 2. LIFT STATION DESIGN a. All lift stations shall be installed underground, unless otherwise directed by the Utilities Director. Wet well size and pump sizing shall be determined by a professional engineer, after a comparative study has been done of the area surrounding the proposed construction. Potential future development of the surrounding area should be incorporated into the design. All potable water services around sewage pumping facilities shall be provided with an approved reduced pressure bacldlow prevention (RPZ) device. b. All pipes entering the wet well and discharging from the wet well into the valve pit shall be mechanical joint DIP. PVC pipe will not be permitted. Pipes shall be sized per the design engineer's calculations and pump data. (1) Pumps, valves, and pipe sizes, shall be designed by a professional engineer; Calculations for the design shall be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review and approval. Pump specifications shall be provided to Augusta Utilities for review. Valves shall have a minimum of a 18-inch clear zone in all directions. (2) The valve pit shall consist of a precast manhole cone section or a precast concrete box. The bottom shall have 2-inch diameter pre- drilled holes filled with gravel for drainage. (3) A cone section shall be set on a minimum 4-inch thick concrete slab with an open bottom and gravel for drainage. For proposed piping, the manhole shall have cored holes fitted with flexible rubber boots. Standard ring and cover shall be installed and grouted to the cone section. The top of the valve pit shall be a minimum of six (6) inches above. finished grade. (4) Electrical systems and components (e.g., motor, lights, cables, conduits, switch boxes, control circuits, etc.) in raw wastewater wells, or in enclosed or partially enclosed spaces where hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors may be present, shall comply with the National and the City of Augusta Electrical Code requirements. In addition, equipment located in the wet well shall be suitable for use under corrosive conditions. Each flexible cable shall be provided with a watertight seal and separate strain relief. A fused TS-4-9 __ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -03. A. disconnect switch located above ground shall be provided. For the main power feed for all pumping stations. When such equipment is exposed to weather it shall meet the requirements of weatherproof equipment. One such equipment such as the control panel shall be duplex NEMA 4X with audible and visible alarms. Lightning and surge protection systems should be considered. A 110 volt power receptacle to facilitate maintenance shall be provided inside the control panel for lift stations that have control panels outdoors. Ground fault interruption protection shall be provided for all outdoor outlets. (5) Permanently-installed or portable engine-driven generating equipment must be available for emergency operation of all lift stations. Generating unit size shall be adequate to provide power for pump motor starting current and for lighting, ventilation, and other auxiliary equipment necessary for safety and proper operation of the lift station. The City of Augusta must approve allowance for the operation of only one pump during periods of auxiliary power supply. Special sequencing controls shall be provided to start pump motors unless the generating equipment has the capacity to start all pumps simultaneously with auxiliary equipment operating. Where portable generating equipment or manual transfer is provided, sufficient storage capacity with an alarm system shall be provided to allow time for detection of pump station failure and transportation and connection of generating.. equipment. Special electrical connections and double throw switches shall be installed at all lift stations where emergency power will be provided by portable , generating equipment. Design engineer and/or contractor shall coordinate type and size of all permanent or portable generators with City of Augusta prior to lift station construction. (6) Wastewater pumping stations and portable equipment shall be supplied with a complete set of operational instructions, including emergency procedures, maintenance schedules, tools and spare parts as may be necessary. CONSTRUCTION: INSTALLATION 1. Authorization must be obtained from the Augusta Utilities Department to construct, alter or modify a sanitary sewer line. Construction of sewer infrastructure will be authorized by the Utilities Department upon approval of submitted plans and notification of the Augusta Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction (706;. 772-5503). Where water lines will encroach public right-of-way, . - TS:-4--1 0 All concrete cradles, saddles, or encasements shall be installed as shown on the plans. These structures shall be constructed in strict accordance to the details shown on the plans. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi when 1- ,-, ____nun _____n__:_______ n___.tested,in_accordance with ASTM Specification C-39. 5. All manholes indicated on the plans shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor in strict accordance with the plans. The invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped to the semicircular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer sections as shown on the plans. Changes in direction of the sewer and entering branches shall have as long a radius of the true curvature as the size of the manhole will permit. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 7. a Right-of- Way Encroachment Permit approved by the Public Works Department is required prior to construction. A Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit application is available through the Public Works Department (706-821-1706). 2. Installation of sanitary, sewer pipe and associated appurtenances shall be in accordance with current ASTM specifications and manufacturer's requirements for the specific product. Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done such that to avoid damage. All pipe shall be carefully examined before it is installed in the trench. Damaged pipe or pipe which does not meet specification requirements shall be rejected and removed from the work site. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. All piping shall be placed in a dry trench with a stable bottom. Wet trench installation shall be allowed only upon written approval of the Utilities Director. 3. Backfill shall be free of boulders and debris, and shall conform to Georgia Department of Transp"ortation Specifications. Sharp or rocky material encountered in the base shall be replaced with proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. Pipe joints, gravity blocks, service connections, and conflicts shall be left exposed until visually inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. 4'. 6. The top of manholes shall be topped out with brick as indicated on the plans. The number of courses will depend on the required elevation of the top of the manhole. The maximwn nwnber of brick courses allowed shall be three (3). New sewer lines shall be inspected through use of camera inspection equipment with an Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at the time of installation and again before the one-year warranty expires. The Developer is to provide the Augusta,Utilities Department with a color VHS system videotape of the inside of every reach of sanitary sewer installed. The tape shall record manhole number to manhole number, date of recording, and distance from start of run. The tape shall include a distance and location description of every service line connection installed. The manhole numbering system shall be the same as shown ,on the approved development plans. _- .. -..TS-4-11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. Installation: 1. Sewer Pipe Laying: The pipe shall be laid ,with bell or'groove end upgrade. Pipe shall be tested for soundness, 'clear interior and satisfactory joint surfaces before lowering the pipe into the trench. 'Pipe shall be laid in straight lines and on uniform grades between points where changes in alignment or grade are shown. The pipe barrel shall be uniformly bedded. The line and invert grade of each pipe shall be checked from a top line carried on batter boards not over 25 feet apart or by use of a laser beam target inserted in each joint. Pipes shall be laid to form a smooth, uniform invert. A stopper shall be installed in the pipe mouth when pipe laying is not in progress. PVC gravity sewer 'pipe and force main shall be installed in accordance to ASTM D2321, latest version. Ductile iron force main shall be installed in accordance with , A WW A C600, latest version. 2. Backfilling Around Pipe: As soon as the joint material has set, fme earth shall be carefully tamped around each joint, and around and over the pipe to a depth of at least 2 feet above the top of gravity pipelines. In addition, all PVC sewer pipe shall be bedded in selected material from the pipe centerline down to a point 3 to 6 inches below the pipe invert. Selected materials for this purpose shall be Class I or II soils as specified in ASTM D2321. Reconstruction of any roadway section or right-of- way shall be in accord8nce with the Georgia Department of Transportation and City of Augusta Specifications. 3. Sewer Structures: Appurtenant sewer structures shall be constructed according to one or more of the following methods: a. Masonry: Brick for manholes and other sewer structures shall be laid with shove joints completely filled with mortar. Horizontal joints shall not exceed ~ inch, vertical joints 1/4 inch on their interior face. In circular structures, all brick shall be laid as header with joints broken between courses. Interior joints shall be struck or wiped smooth with the face of the wall. The exterior of sanitary sewer manholes shall be plastered to a thickness of at least Y2 inch. b. Laying Brick and Concrete Block Work: Only clean brick or block shall be used. The brick or block shall be moistened by suitable means, as directed, until they are neither so dry as to absorb water from the mortar, nor so wet as to be slippery when laid. Each brick or block shall be laid in a full bed and joint of mortar without repairing subsequent grouting, flushing, or filling, and shall be thoroughly bonded as directed. _.' .. TS~4-12 I I I I I I I 1 1 I c. Plastering and Curing Brick or Block Masonry: Outside faces of masonry shall be plastered with mortar from 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch thick. If required, the masonry shall be properly moistened prior to application of the mortar. The plaster shall be carefully spread and troweled so that all cracks are thoroughly worked out. After' hardening, the plaster shall be carefully checked by being tapped for bond and soundness. Unbonded or unsound plaster shall be removed and replaced. Masonry and plaster shall be protected from too rapid drying by the use of burlap kept moist, or by other approved means, and shall be protected from the weather and frost, all as required. d. Manhole Inverts: Manhole flow channels shall be constructed of concrete, sewer pipe, brick or precast, and shall be of semicircular section. Each manhole shall be provided with such channels for all connecting sewers. The inverts shall conform accurately to the size of the adjoining pipes. Side inverts shall be curved and main inverts (where direction changes) shall be laid out in smooth curves of the longest possible radius which is tangent to the centerlines of adjoining sewers. Drop Manholes: Drop inlets shall be provided into manholes on sanitary sewers for incoming lines having inverts 2 feet or more above the inverts of the manhole outlet lines. Drop pipe and fittings shall be encased in masonry 1- _h_m______~----, ---, --------_-1ntegralwith the manhole and extending from the manhole base to the top of the incoming sewer. Diameter of drop manholes to be four feet at a mmunum. 1 I I I I I I I g. e. f. Setting Manhole Frames and Covers: Manhole frames shall be set with the tops conforming accurately to the grade of the pavement or finished concentric with the top of the masonry and in a full bed of mortar so that the space between the top of the manhole masonry and the bottom flange of the frame shall be completely filled and made watertight. A thick ring of mortar extending to the outer edge of the masonry shall be placed all around the bottom flange. The mortar shall be smoothly fInished to be flush with the top of the flange and have a slight slope to shed water away from the frame. Manhole covers shall be left in place in the frames on completion of other work at the manholes. Setting Precast Manholes Sections: Precast-reinforced concrete manhole sections shall be set so as to be vertical and with sections and steps in true alignment. All holes in sections, used for their handling, shall be thoroughly plugged with mortar. The mortar shall be 1 part cement to 1 Y2 parts sand; mixed - :_-,-T.S:-4-13- I I I I I I I I I I I - - ,U ----- _'_h______ h____ I I I I I I I I 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. slightly damp to the touch until it is dense and an excess of paste appears on the surface; and then finished smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces. Bulkheads and Flushing: The contractor shall build a tight bulkhead in the pipeline where new work enters an existing sewer. The bulkhead shall remain in place until its removal is authorized by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to prevent earth, water and other materials from entering the pipe, and when pipe laying operations are suspended, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable stopper in the end of the pipe and also at openings for manholes. All sanitary sewer, except building connections shall be flushed with water in sufficient volume to obtain free flow through each line. All obstructions shall be removed and all defects corrected. As soon as possible after the pipe and manholes are completed on any line, the Contractor shall flush out the pipeline using a rubber ball ahead of the water. None of the flushing water or debris shall be permitted to enter any existing sewer. Temporary Plugs: At all times when pipe laying is not actually in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by temporary watertight plugs or by other approved means. If water is in the trench when work is resumed, the plug shall not be removed until all danger of water entering the pipe has passed. Joints and Structure Rightness: All pipe joints shall be made as nearly watertight as practicable. There shall be no visible leakage at the joints and there shall be no sand, , silt, clay, or soil of any description entering the pipelines at the joints. Leaks in the pipelines which cause infiltration or exfiltration to exceed limits herein specified shall be repaired by replacing defective pipe. Grouting and/or caulking to repair pipelines where excessive infiltration or exfiltration is evident will not be permitted. Fittings and Stoppers: Branches and fittings shall be laid by the Contractor as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer. Open ends of pipe and branches shall be closed with premolded gasket joint stoppers which conform with the same requirements as pipe being used. Sewer Line Relation to Water Lines: Sewer lines and sewer force mains in relation to water lines shall conform to "Ten States Standard" Section 29.3 at a minimum. Sewer lines shall have at least a 10 foot pipe-to-pipe horizontal separation from known or proposed water mains. When a sewer crosses under a water main, there shall be at least 18 inches from the crown of the sewer line to the bottom of the water maIn. In all cases where adequate vertical separation as stated above cannot be achieved (or whenever sewer lines must be installed to cross above a water main), both the ,_ _' TSA-14 I I I I I I I I I I 1--- --- -. -~ I I I I I I I I water and sewer lines shall be constructed of ductile iron pipe a distance of 10 feet on each side of their intersection with one full length of water main centered on the sewer line. 9. Minimum Cover for Sewer Lines: Gravity sewer lines shall have a minimum of 3 feet of cover at the crown of the pipe. In cases where this minimum cover cannot be achieved, ductile iron pipe shall be used. 10. Detectable Tape: Detectable tape as manufactured by Reef Industries of Houston, Texas, or equal shall be installed during the backfill operation at a point 1 foot below the final finished grade. The detectable tape shall be a 5.5 mil composition film containing one layer of metalized foil laminate between two layers of inert plastic film specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. The tape shall be highly resistant to alkalis, acids and other destructive agents found in the soils. The detectable tape shall bear a continuous printed message "Caution Sanitary Sewer Line Buried Below." The message shall be printed in permanent ink formulated for prolonged use underground. Letters shall be clearly legible and have a minimum height of 1.2 inches. 11. Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the sanitary sewer line will be installed in a ste~l casing, placed by boring and jacking. Where boring is required under highways, the materials and workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of Transportation or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by the latest A.R.E.A. Standards, Part 5, "Pipelines" and those of the railroad involved. a. Casing Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the materials standards of ASTM Designation A252, with minimum wall thickness of 0.219 inch. Steel pipe will have a minimum yield strength of35,000 psi. Casing pipe shall be joined together with welded joints. b. Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be ductile iron as specified herein. c. Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry Bore and Jack" method. If voids develop or if the bored hole diameter is greater than the outside diameter of pipe by more than approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will be taken as approved by the Engineer. When installing water lines through casing, the Contractor shall mechanical "' _"'-J'SA-15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I joint pipe with retainer glands throughout the length of the casing. The sanitary sewer line shall be strapped to treated wooden skids with metal straps throughout the length of the casing. The empty space shall then be filled with sand and the ends of the casing shall be sealed with brick and mortar. 12. Force Main Installation: ,In general, sewer force main. must be installed in accordance with the water distribution system specifications. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) force main must conform to ASTM D-2241, latest version. Ductile iron force main must conform to ASTM A-377, latest version. 13. Removal and Replacement of Existing Pipe and Equipment: where indicated on the drawings or required to properly place the work under this contract, as approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and replace such pipe lines and equipment in a manner as approved by the Engineer. C. INSPECTION INFIL TRA TION/EXFIL TRA TION LEAKAGE TESTS 1. Upon completion of a section of the sewer, the Contractor shall dewater it and conduct a satisfactory test to measure the infiltration or exfiltration for at least three consecutive days. . The amount of infiltration including "Y" branches, and connections shall not exceed 1 00 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer pipe per 24 hours for gravity sewer pipe~ The amount of 5 0 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer per 24 hours shall not be exceeded for ductile iron pipe. The Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory watertightness of the entire . section of sewer. 2. As required, suitable bulkheads shall be installed to permit the test of the sewer. Where the ground water level is less than I foot above the top of the pipe at its upper end, or as directed by the Engineer, the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing by plugging the pipe at the lower end and then filling the pipelines and manholes with clean water to a height 4 feet above the top of the sewer at its upper end. The leakage out of the sewer, measured by the volume of the water necessary to maintain meter level in the highest manhole, shall not exceed 200 gallons per inch diameter per 24 hours per mile of sewer for gravity sewer pipe. The amount of 50 gallons per inch diameter per 24 hours per mile of sewer shall not be exceeded for ductile iron pipe. 3. The sewer shall be tested before any connections, are made to buildings or to active sewers. 4. The Contractor shall construct such weirs and bulkheads as may be required, shall - TS-4-16 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -04. furnish all water, labor, test plugs, power, pumps, meters, and other equipment necessary for the test to be properly made. 5. The Contractor may use a low pressure, air test as an option to the hydraulic infiltrationlexfiltration leakage test for gravity lines provided the Contractor established a correlation between the air test results and the quantity of infiltrationlexfiltration actually being experienced by the line and the allowable air pressUre drop shall be that corresponding to the allowable hydraulic leakage specified previously in this section. Such a correlation is to be established according to a procedure satisfactory to the Engineer. The low pressure air test shall be performed in accordance with,the applicable sections of the Uni- Bell UNI - B-6-90, latest version. 6. If the Contractor opts to use the low pressure air test, leakage tests on manholes shall be conducted independently of the lines by using a hydraulic infiltrationlexfiltration test as directed by the Engineer. The allowable infiltration into the manhole over a 24 hour period is zero and the allowable exfiltration is also zero when tested by plugging off the manhole and filling it with water four feet above the top of the sewer and measuring the water loss over a 24 hour period. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment will be made at the unit contract prices as shown in the bid schedule under Sanitary Sewer. Measurement of pipelines shall be the actual number of linear feet of pipe installed, complete in place and accepted. No deductions in length will be made for manholes. accepted. Measurement of manholes will be the actual number installed, complete in place and No separate payment will be made for any special fittings, tie-ins, or connections, not will any separate payment be made for normal bedding of sewer pipe. \, __TS-4-17 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-S STORM SEWER SYSTEM -01. SCOPE:. This 'section covers the storm drainage system, including pipe culverts and appurtenant structures, complete. -02. PIPE FOR CULVERTS AND STORM DRAINS: A. Pipe for culverts may be reinforced concrete pipe of the class or D-Ioad strength indicated and shall conform to ASTM C76 or AASHTO M 170 with the following additional requirements. Pipe shall have a readily visible line at least 12 inchesin length painted or otherwise applied on the inside and outside of the pipe at each end by the manufacturer, so that, when the pipe is laid on its proper position, the lines will be at the top of the pipe. The line shall be accurately located to indicate the position where the pipe reinforcing steel is nearest to the exterior surface of the pipe. Non-reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to the latest ASTM C-14. B. Pipe may also be corrugated metal pipe which shall conform to the latest AASHTO M-36. Bituminous coating, where required by the drawings, shall consist of asphalt cement having a minimum thickness of 0.04 inch measured at the crest of the corrugations. Paved inverts in corrugated metal pipe, where required by the drawings, shall consist of asphalt cement applied on the inside of the pipe for one quarter of its circumference (bottom of pipe when installed). The pavement shall have a minimum thickness of 0.50 inch tapering to 0.1 inch at the sides. -03. TESTS FOR PIPE: A. RESPONSIBILITY AND CERTIFICATIONS: The Contractor shall be responsible for having the pipe he proposes to furnish tested to demonstrate conformance to the applicable specifications. Certified copies 'of the test reports shall accompany each load of pipe and shall be delivered to the Engineer for approval before the pipe is installed. B. Strength tests for reinforced concrete pipe shall be the tests of ASTM C-76. C. Strength tests for concrete pipe shall be the tests of ASTM C-14. D. Strength tests for corrugated metal pipe shall be the tests of AASHTO M-36. -04. INSTALLATION OF PIPE: Each pipe shall be carefully examined before being laid, and defective or damaged pipe shall not be used. Pipe lines shall be laid to the grades and alignment indicated. Proper , :.' TS~5-1 I I I I I I I I I I 1---'" I I I I I I I I facilities shall be provided for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Under no circumstances shall pipe be laid in water, and no pipe shall be laid when trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for such work. Full responsibility for the diversion of drainage and for dewatering of trenches during construction shall be borne by the Contractor. All pipe in place shall have been approved before backfilling. ,When storm drain pipe terminates in a new ditch, the headwall or end section together with ditch pavement, if specified, shall be constructed immediately as called for on the plans. Ditch slopes and disturbed earth areas shall be grassed and mulched as required by the section Grassing. The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining these newly constructed ditches and take immediate action subject to approval to keep erosion of the ditch bottom and slopes to a minimum during the life of the contract. No additional compensation will be given to the Contractor for the required maintenance. A. JOINTING: Joints for concrete and reinforced concrete shall be of the Bell and Spigot type and installed according to manufacturer's recommendations using Portland cement mortar. Corrugated metal pipe joints shall be made by riveting or by means of connecting bands with bolted couplings in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. ALIGNMENT: Elliptical concrete pipe with circular reinforcing and circular concrete pipe with elliptical reinforcing shall be so placed that the reference lines designating the top of the pipes will be not more than 5 degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. In all backfilling operations that Contractor shall be responsible for preventing damage to or misalignment of the pipe. -05. EXCA V A TION AND BACKFILLING FOR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES: Excavation and backfilling for drainage structures shall conform to the applicable requirements specified hereinbefore in the section, "Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling for Pipe Lines." Trenches and pits shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing and removal of forms for the full width and length of structure footings and foundation, as shown on the drawings. The dimensions and elevations indicated on the drawings are approximate only and may b~ changed when deemed necessary to secure satisfactory foundations. Bracing, sheeting and shoring shall be provided where required. -06. DRAINAGE STRUCTURES: Drainage structures, where indicated in the plans shall be of the following types, constructed of the materials specified for each type and in accordance with the details shown on the plans. A. INLETS: Inlets shall be constructed of reinforced concrete, plain concrete or brick, complete with frames and covers. B. HEADW ALLS: Headwalls shall be constructed of brick, reinforced concrete or plain concrete as indicated. . TS-5-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -07. MATERIALS FOR DRAINAGE STRUCTURES: A. CONCRETE AND REINFORCED CONCRETE: Concrete and reinforced concrete shall conform to the requirements specified for Class B concrete designed for a minimum compressive strength of2,500 pounds in 28 days, based on test cylinders prepared and tested as specified under the section on CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION of these specifications. Aggregate shall be as specified in the, section on CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION. Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be not more than 1 ~ inches or less than 1 inch. Forms shall be made of sound lumber and constructed to the shape, form, line, and grade required, and shall be maintained sufficiently rigid to prevent deformation under load, and inspected for approval prior to placement of concrete. Water shall be removed from excavations before concrete is placed. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to forms as rapidly as practicable without segregation or loss of ingredients. Concrete shall be placed in layers not over 18 inches deep and shall be spaded and compacted as directed. The concrete covering over steel reinforcing shall be as shown on the plans, but where not shown, it shall be not less than 1 inch for covers and not less than 1 ~ inches for walls and flooring. Concrete deposited directly against the ground shall have a thickness of at least 3 inches between the steel and the ground. Expansion joint filler shall be preformed bituminous fiberboard, or wood board except where specifically specified on the drawings. Surfaces exposed to view shall be a smooth fInish with all blemishes removed. All concrete surfaces shall be cured for at least 7 days by covering with waterproof paper, or kept moist with cotton mats or burlap as approved. B. ' MORTAR: Mortar for connections to drainage structures shall be composed of one part by volume of Portland cement and two parts of sand. _ The Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C-150-65, Type I or II. The sand shall conform to AASHTO Standard M-45, and shall be of an approved gradation. Hydrated line may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to 25 percent of the volume of cement used. Hydrated lime shall conform to ,Federal Specification SS-L-351, TypeM, or ASTM Standard CI41-61, TypeA. The quantity of water in the mixture shall be sufficient to produce a stiff workable mortar but shall in no case exceed 7 gallons of water per sack of cement. Water shall be clean and free of injurious acids, alkalies, and organic impurities. The mortar shall be used within 30 minutes from the time the ingredients are mixed with water. The inside of the joint shall be wiped clean and finished smooth. In pipe too small for a man to work inside, wiping may be done by, dragging an approved swab or long-handled brush through the pipe as work progresses. The mortar bead on the outside shall be protected from air and sun with a proper covering until satisfactorily cured. -08. TESTING: DISPLACEMENT TEST: Mains ,will be checked to determine whether any displacement of the pipe has occurred (a) after the trench has been backfilled to two feet above the pipe and tamped as specified; and (b) upon completion of the project. The test will be as follows: A light will be flashed between manholes or, if the manholes have not as yet been constructed, between locations of the manholes, by means of a flashlight or by reflecting sunlight with a mirror. TS".5-3 I I I I I I I I I I I---un n_____ I I I I I I I I If the illuminated interior of the pipe shows any misalignment, displaced pipe, or any other defects, the defects designated by the contracting officer shall be remedied by the contractor at his expense. -09. MEASUREMlENT AND PAYMENT: Payment shall be made according to the unit prices in the Bid Schedule for Storm Sewer. _,'" -_TS-5-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-6 SUBSURFACE DRAINS -01. SCOPE:' The work shall consist of furnishing and placing all materials in the construction of the subsurface drains and filters. -02. ' MATERIALS: A. FILTER STONE: Filter stone for construction of the seepage collection structures shall conform to the requirements of a #57 stone as specified in the "Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges," by the Georgia Department of Transportation, latest edition. B. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE: PVC pipe, both perforated and solid, shall be Schedule 80. Perforations shall be 3/8 inch diameter holes at 8 holes per foot of pipe, with the holes turned down. C. FILTER FABRIC: Filter fabric shall be Mirafi 140S (by Mirafi Co., Charlotte, N.C.) Or its equivalent. Any other brand shall be approved by the Engineer prior to its installation. -03. BASE PREPARATION: Foundation surfaces and trenches shall be clean and free of organic matter, loose soil, foreign substances and standing water when the filter fabric and stone are placed. -04. PLACEMENT: Drain structures shall not be placed until the sub grade has' been inspected and approved by the Engineer. After the drain structure has been excavated to the proper grades, the filter fabric shall be laid in the excavation at the location shown on the plans. Where applicable, the ends of the fabric shall be overlapped a minimum of two feet. The stone and collection pipes shall be placed as specified assuring that the installed pipes provide positive drainage away from the structure. After the structure has been completed, soil fill shall then be added to bring the surface to specified finished grade. -05. CONTROL OF MOISTURE: The moisture content of drain fill materials shall be maintained within the specified range. . When the addition of water is required, it shall be applied in such a way as to avoid excessive wetting of adjacent earth fill. . . -:TS-6-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -06. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The underdrain will be paid for at the unit price shown in the Bid Schedule for underdrain system, and will include all stone, piping, filter fabric, labor and equipment. The 4" French drain will be paid for at the unit price shown in the Bid Schedule for 4" French Drain with Pipe, Complete and will include all stone, pipe, filter fabric, labor and equipment. When made at the direction of the Engineer, installation of french drains will be made at the unit contract price per linear foot measured in place. - TS",6-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-7 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM -01. BASIS FOR DESIGN: Design shall conform to the requirements as set forth in "Minimum Standards for Public Water" (latest version) as published by the Georgia Environmental Protection Division ( www.dnr.state.ga.us/dnr ). A Professional Engineer registered in the S t~te of Georgia must prepare the plans and specifications. There shall be no physical connection between a potable water supply and a questionable water supply which would allow unsafe (contaminated) water to enter the potable water system by direct pressure, vacuum, gravity or any other means. Hydraulic designs shall be based upon pressure data applicable to the portion of the service area, which will serve the proposed facility. Air release valves in vaults shall be provided at all high points in the water main as required by the Utilities Director. All water distribution systems shall be looped to the greatest extent possible. Water mains shall have a minimum nominal inside diameter of 8 inches. 6-inch mains will be allowed in single- family residential subdivisions where the system is looped. Water mains having an inside diameter of less than 6 inches will not normally be considered. During construction when deviations from approved plans are desired, the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector shall be notified. Revised plans shall be submitted as soon as possible to the Augusta Utilities Department for approval. Minor changes not affecting capacities, flows or operation may be allowed in the field during construction by the Utilities Department's Inspector. The Inspector shall have fmal authority as to what constitutes a minor or major change. An approved set of Record Drawings clearly showing any changes shall be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at the completion of the work and prior to sign-off of the fmal plat. The Contractor/Developer is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and material of any existing water facility proposed for connection or use by the project. All phases of construction must be completed in accordance with the Erosion and Sedimentation Act 12-7-1et seq., and no water main must be installed on or in close proximity of an abandoned landfill site or any site used for waste disposal. All work that qccurs in. the public right-of-way shall comply with the Augusta- Richmond County Planning Commission "Development Documents" (latest version) and Public Works Department's Right-of-Way Encroachment Guidelines (latest version). Any field changes that.occur in the public right-of-way and are not specifically related to water or sewer items shall be coordinated with the Public Works Department. TS-7-1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1---. . --- . I I I I I I .1 I -02. DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER MAINS: A. COVER 1. Standard depth of cover is 4 feet below existing and proposed road surface (and areas designed for normal traffic loading) unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. 2. Minimum cover to fmished grade over water mains shall be 36 inches. Minimum cover under ditch bottoms shall be 24 inches. These must be approved by the Augusta Utilities Department on a case-by-case basis. B. HORIZONTAL SEPARATION 1. Ten (10) feet to any existing or proposed sanitary sewer/force main, storm sewer or sewer manhole (less than 10 feet requires pipe material to be Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) for both Water Main and SewerIForce Main). 2. Fifteen (15) feet to buildings, top of bank of lakes/streams/creeks, other structures (10 feet absolute minimum - only when unavoidable, and pipe material is required to be DIP). _3._____ .Ten_ClO).feet.minimum separation to gas mains. .. 4. Ten (10) feet minimum to underground electric cable. 5. Current Georgia EPD separation requirements. 6. All separation distances above are edge to edge. C. VERTICAL SEPARATION 1. Water main shall cross over other pipes. 2. Eighteen (18) inch miniinum separation (edge to edge) between all pipes and cables shall be maintained (6 inch absolute minimum separation with DIP) when conforming to Georgia EPD separation requirements. 3. When water mains cross under sewers, additional measures shall be taken. At least 18 inches of separation between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the water main shall be provided. Adequate structural support for the sewer to prevent deflection or settling on the water main. The joint of water pipe shall be centered at the crossing. Encasement of the water pipe in concrete shall also be considered. ..,TS-7-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E. D. LAYOUT 1. Normal location of proposed water lines is on the north side of east-west streets, and the east side of north-south streets. 2. For existing County roads, the proposed water line will generally be located five (5) feet inside the right-of-way. For existing State roads, the proposed water line must belocated five (5) feet inside the right-of-way. Unusual circumstanc.es may warrant deviation. The location of the water line will be determined, also, by the location of the existing lines to be tied into at the beginning and end of the project. 3. For subdivisions, the proposed water line shall be located four (4) feet from the back of the curb. Where ditches are present beside the curb, refer to the Right-of-Way Encroachment Guidelines (latest version) published by the Public Works Department 4. Wherever possible, avoid laying water line on the same side of the road as the gas lines. 5. . Water service lines for residential development shall be located at the center of lot. 6. Dead ends shall be minimized by making appropriate tie-ins whenever practical. Permanent dead ends will not be accepted unless unavoidable. Dead ends shall be equipped with a fire hydrant. If, under special circumstances, where water lines smaller than six (6) inches in diameter are accepted, an approved blowoff shall be required for flushing purposes. A minimum of two 22-1/2-degree bends shall be required on 6" and larger water lines in cul-de-sacs and shallbe'shown as such on plans. 7. All water mains shall be placed in right-of-way areas or dedicated easements. All easements shall allow adequate area to construct and maintain the water line and appurtenances involved. Permanent easements shall be a minimum of 15 feet wide with line installed in center of easement. Permanent easements shall be provided as needed to serve adjacent property, even if the water line is not installed at that time. If the line has not been installed to future serve adjacent property, a larger easement than the minimum may be required to construct future line. Easement agreements shall be specific to state that no permanent structures may be constructed within the limits of permanent easements. WATER MAIN MATERIAL 1. Water mains shall be either ductile iron pipe (DIP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or galvanized pipe as outlined below. Any pipe, solder and flux used during installation of the water lines and ,services must be "lead-free" with not more than _ TS-7-3 I I I I I I I I I I 1-- I I I 'I I I I I 8% lead in pipe and fittings, and not more than 0.2% lead in solders and flux. 2. DIP shall be centrifugally cast and shall conform to AWWA C150/ANSI A21.50 (latest version) for design and AWWA C151/ANSI A21.5l (latest version) for manufacture. PVC pipe 6 inchto 12 inch diameter shall conform to A WW A C900 (latest version). PVC pipe 14 inch to 36 inch diameter shall conform to AWWA C905 (latest version). 3. For water mains 6" through 16", DIP Pressure Class 350 shall be allowed. For water mains 18" through 24", DIP Pressure Class 300 shall be allowed. PVC C900 (most current date), Class 200, SDR-14 with cast iron equivalent O.D.s, gasket bell end with elastomeric gaskets shall be allowed for water mains 6" through 10" (solvent weld joints are not permitted). Galvanized pipe shall be seamless, American made, Schedule 80 and shall confomi with the ASTM Specifications. Flanged DIP shall have threaded ductile iron flanges and shall conform to the requirements of A WW A C115 (latest version). All flanges shall be Ductile Iron Class 150, ANSI B16.5 (latest version). Flanges shall be flat faced and all joints shall use 1/8 inch black neoprene full-faced gaskets. 4. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall have bituminous coating outside and shall'be cement lined in accordance with A WW A C104/ANSI A21.4 (latest version). DIP shall have 1/16" cement mortar lining with rubber gasket push-on joints or mechanical joints. Mechanicaljoint glands shall be ductile iron. Tee bolts and nuts shall be Cor-Ten steel. Rubber gasket joints shall conform to A WW A C 111/ ANSI ...._.___..umn...A2l.lL(latest version), and shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer with the pipe. A non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant shall be supplied with the pipe in sufficient quantities for installing the pIpe. The lubricant shall be approved by NSF for use with potable water mains. Pipe classes designated previously in this standard are minimum allowed. Actual pipe class shall be detenIiined based upon the installation and the use intended Pipe shall be appropriately labeled on the drawings. All PVC pipe for potable water service shall bear the approved stamp of the National Sanitation Foundation. Copper wire (12 gauge, bare single strand) shall be attached along the top of all buried PVC water lines, wrapped around service corporations and stubbed up into all valves boxes for locating purposes. . a. DIP shall be required in the following circumstances: (1) Within 10 feet of sanitary and storm pipes. (2) Within 15 feet of structures (near side of concrete footing), or top of bank of lakes/streams/creeks. (3) Crossings over or under sewers, gas and storm pipes With less than _. TS,. 7-4 I I I I I I I I I I I --........ I I I I I I I I 18 inches separation, with no joint allowed within 10 feet of crossing. (4) Beneath all paved areas, excluding driveways or sidewalks. (5) Within project boundaries of Subdivisions with private roads where the Utilities Department will take over the line for operations and maintenance. (6) Along all stateright-of-ways. b. The Utilities Director may mandate DIP in any instances of off-site or on-site construction where future abuse to the line is possible due to location or . circumstances. c. Restrained Joints shall be DIP as follows: (1) For 4 inch through 36 inch - Restrainedjoint shall be U.S. Pipe Field Lok (4" - 24"), American Ductile Iron Pipe Flex-Ring, EBAA Iron Mega-Lug, or an equivalent product. (2) For 42 inch Diameter and Larger - Restrained joint shall be U.S. Pipe TR Flex (36" and larger), American Ductile Iron Pipe Lok- Ring, or equivalent product. (3)...,__ If inserting in older cast iron pipe, the restrained joint shall be as approved by ,the Augusta Utilities Department. Retainer Qlands/Mega-Lug shall not be considered a fitting. The restraint method shall be suitable for the pipe size thickness and test pressure as required for the specified design case. The plans shall indicate the restrained length of pipe each side of the fittings. (4) Jack and Bore Installations: Casing pipe used with jack and bore shall be in accordance with requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) or railway specifications and section Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling for Pipe Lines of these specifications. Carrier pipe shall be restrained joint DIP as outlined in paragraph -08.E.4.c. Directional Bore Installations: Directional bores will be considered as a viable alternative to jack and bore installation under Augusta- Richmond County roadways. The Utilities Director will review each case for materials and construction methods. - . TS-7-5 I I I I I I I I I I I .-.. -.... ...---- .---------,--- I I I I I I I I (6) (7) (8) (9) F. WATER MAIN SIZE 1. (5) Mains may be tapped as long as the tapping line is smaller than the tapped line unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. See Section -08.1. for service tap requirements. Equal size line connections approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. shall require that a tee be cut into the main where possible. Tees are also required at locations dictated by the Utilities Director. Tapped connections in pipe and fittings shall be made in such a manner as to provide a watertight joint and adequate strength against pull-out. Tapping Sleeves and Valve shall be ductile iron, mechanical joint. Tapping sleeves and valves are required for all taps 4 inches and greater. Taps less than 4 inches shall be provided with a service saddle meeting the requirements of Section -08.1. Valves shall be provided on all taps. Tapping sleeves shall be a minimum of 6 feet from pipe joints. Schedule 40 PVC shall only be used as sleeves for the installation of service line tubing under all pavement areas. Use in the water distribution system or other areas are not acceptable. Unspecified transitions from DIP to PVC are not allowed. Material for transition shall be indicated and specified and must be approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. All construction material shall be first quality, not previously uSed. Repair clamps are not acceptable. Damaged or faulty pipe and materials must be properly replaced All gaskets shall be new. When connecting to existing valves or fittings, gaskets shall be replaced, not reused. The Engineer shall provide a complete set of shop drawings, which shall indicate the Augusta Utilities Department's specific material requirements. In general, material requirements will be guided by the latest versions of the specifications of A WW A, ANSI, ASTM, and NSF. The minimum size of water main shall be 6 inches unless otherwise approved by the Utilities Director. However, a professional engineer shall justify the size of the pipes with a hydraulic networkanalysis. 2. The new water main shall have the ability to meet maximum daily demands plus fire flow requirements as mandated by Georgia EPD "Minimum Standards for Public .. TS-7-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Water Systems" (latest version) and the Augusta Fire Marshal. The residual design pressure under all conditions shall not be less than 20 psi. G. VALVES, FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES 1. Valving of all water distribution systems shall be designed to facilitate the isolation of each section of pipeline between intersections of the network. Generally, the number of valves at an intersection shall be one less than the number of pipes forming the intersection. Gate valves, 4 inches to 12 inches, shall be the resilient seat type conforming to A WW A C509 (latest version). Valves larger than 12 inches shall be gear operated butterfly valves, conforming to A WW A C504 (latest version). Wafer valves shall not be accepted. Valves shall generally be installed at intervals of not more than 2,000 LF on transmission mains and on all primary branches connected to these mains. Where possible, a valve shall be installed next to a fire hydrant for locating purposes. In high density areas (25 dwelling units), valves shall be installed as necessary to minimize the number of persons affected by a water main break. 2. The Utilities Director shall determine which mains are distribution or transmission. 3. Valves shall OPEN LEFT if installed south of Gordon Highway (SR 10), or OPEN RIGHT if installed north of Gordon Highway. Valves shall be provided with valve stem extensions to within 6 inches of ground surface, where centerline of pipe to grade is greater than 4 feet. 4. Valve boxes shall be M&H E-2702, Mueller H10364 or approved equal. Each valve box shall be slip-type to adjust for a minimum cover of36" bury. The flanged base of the valve box shall be at least six (6) inches above the pipe so not to stress water lines 4" and smaller. Extension'pieces will be required for additional depth over valves. Extensions shall be M&H E-3120 or Mueller H-I0375. Covers shall have "WATER" cast on top. 5. All valves, bends, tees, crosses and dead ends shall be restrained by a mechanical , restraint systems as outlined in Paragraph -08.EA.c., or by use of a concrete thrust block in those instances that warrant such an installation. Thrust blocks shall be poured-in-place concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi after 28 days of cure time. Calculations for restrained joints shall be provided by the design engineer. Soil bearing value 'shall be 2,000 psf maximum. Lower values shall be used when soil is poor quality. All materials, fittings and appurtenances intended for use in pressure pipe systems shall be designed and constructed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi unless the specific application dictates a higher working, pressure requirement. 6. Standard pressure pipe fittings of size four (4) inch ill and larger shall be ductile iron conforming to A WW A C 153 (latest version), with mechanical joints unless " TS-7-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I H. flanged or restrained joints are required. Gray cast-iron fittings are not allowed. Ductile iron fittings shall be cement lined in accordance with A WW A C 1 04 (latest version). Mechanical joint fittings, 24 inches and smaller shall be rated for 350 psi working pressure. Flanged joint fittings 24 inches and smaller shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. All fittings 30 inches and larger shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. For sizes less than four (4) inch ill, fittings shall be suitable to the pipe material and application. Glands for mechanical joint fittings shall be ductile iron, and tee bolts and nuts shall be Cor-Ten steel. Only bolt systems furnished by the manufacturer for mechanical joints are acceptable; nuts and bolts shall be new, not reused. Pipe gaskets shall be new as supplied by the pipe manufacturer. All flanges shall be ductile iron Class 150, ANSI B16.5. All flanges shall be flat faced. Full face, 1/8 inch black neoprene gaskets shall be used on all flanged joints. All joints shall conform to A WW A Clll (latest version). Bolts, nuts and washers for flanges shall be hot dip galvanized, except T-bolts shall be Cor-Ten steel. 7. List of Specifications: ANSI!A WWA C151/A21.5l-96 4-FEB-1996 or latest version American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water ANSI!A WWA C150/A21.50-96 1996 or latest version American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe ANSI! A WW A C 115/ A2l.l5-94 1994 or latest version . American National Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Threaded Flanges . ANSI! A WW A C 111/ A2l.ll-95 1995 or latest ver~ion American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings ANSI!A WW A C153-98 1998 or latest version American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids ANSI! A WW A C 1 04/ A2l.4-95 1995 or latest version American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water FIRE HYDRANTS 1. Fire hydrants shall be provided in all water mains, transmission and distribution systems. Accepted models are Mueller #A-240 18, M&H Figure 29T A WW A Compression Type-Dry Top-Traffic Model 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi testing pressure. Kennedy K-81D will also be accepted. All fIre hydrants shall be ordered TS- 7-8 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I safety yellow body with white bonnet and caps. Fire hydrants shall be spaced such that the radius of protection will not be more than 500 feet. In certain areas, closer spacing may be required by the Fire Marshal. 2. Each hydrant shall be left turn opening and capable of delivering a flow of at least 500 gallons per minute with a residual design pressure of not less than 20 psi, or a higher flow as required by the Fire Marshal. Multiple ,fire hydrants with ,looped mains and/or larger main sizes may be required to provide water for higher flow demand. Flow tests shall be performed to verify the specified fire flow demand. 3. Fire hydrants shall be of the dry barrel break-away type conforming to A WW A C502 (latest version), with two 2 ~ inches threaded hose nozzles and one 4 ~ inch threaded pumper nozzle. Hose and pumper nozzle threading shall be national standard. Show connection shall be 6-inch mechanical joint. The center line of the nozzles shall be 18 inches above the finish grade. Hydrants shall have a 5 y.. inch interior valve opening and be restrained from hydrant to tee at the main. At the discretion of the Utilities Director, additional protection for fire hydrants shall be provided including but not limited to concrete filled ductile iron traffic posts. 4. Fire hydrant branches (from main to hydrant) shall be a minimum of 6 inches ill. Each branch shall be provided with a resilient seat gate valve located as close as possible to the main. Hydrants shall be located at or near road right-of~way lines with pumper nozzle pointing toward the road. A clear zone around all fire hydrants shall be adhered to, consisting of a 5 foot radius around the hydrant and 7 feet above m.the top of the hydrant. Maintain 15 feet minimum from hydrant to all structures. Placement oflandscaping, fencing, etc. shall be considered in order to meet this clear zone requirement. List of Specifications: ANSI! A WW A C500-93 1993 or latest version Metal~Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (includes addendum C500a- 95 ANSI! A WW A C502-94 1994 or latest version Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants (includes addendum C502a-95) ANSI! A WW A C503-97 1997 or latest version Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants ANSI! A WW A C504-94 1994 or latest version Rubber-Sealed Butterfly Valves ANSI!A WWA C507-99 I-DEC-1999 or latest version Ball Valves 6 in. through 48 in. (150 mm through 1200 mm) . TS,.7-9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ANSI! A WW A C508-93 1993 or latest version Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 in. (50mm) Through 24 in. (600mm) NPS (includes addendum C508a-93 ANSI!AWWA C509-94 1994 or latest version , Resilient-Seated Gate Valves'for.Water-Supply Service (includes addendum C509a-95) ANSI!AWWA C550-90 1990 or latest version Protective Epoxy Interior Coating for Valves and Hydrants I. WATER SERVICE LINES AND TAPS 1. Tapping sleeves and tapping crosses shall be of a heavy body ductile iron, mechanical joint suitable for a working pressure of 150 psi for sleeves and crosses larger than l4~inch (200 psi for sleeves and crosses equal to or less than l4-inch), as approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. 2. No direct service taps shall be allowed. All service line taps shall be supplied with corporation stops. Service line tubing shall be rolled of soft continuous and seamless copper Type K conforming to A WW A 'C800 and ASTM B-88 (latest version). 3. Corporation Stops and Main Connectors: 0/,." FB600 - 3 Ford or Equal 1" FB600 - 4 Ford or Equal Taper Thread Inlet by Flare Copper Outlet 4. Eighth Bends: 0/,." LA02 - 33 Flare 1/8 Bend 0/,." LA04 - 33 Compression 1/8 Bend 1" LA02 - 44 Flare 1/8 Bend 1" LA04 - 44 Compression 1/8 Bend 5. Minimum size for residential use shall be one (1) inch. The service line shall be laid in a straight line and be of a continuous piece of pipe from corporation to curb cock. The curb cock shall be located 6 inches behind and 8 inches below the top of new curb or edge of asphalt. Where service connects to DIP or any pressure-rated pipe, service saddles must be used. Brass double strap tapping saddles shall be used. U- bolt type straps are not acceptable. All water service taps on the main shall be spaced at a minimum distance of 18 inches apart and a minimum of 18 inches from a bell or fitting. If two or more taps are required at a minimum spacing, they shall TS-7 -10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I be offset 450 alternatively. Services greater than one (1) inch shall be seamless galvanized. 2" services shall have two 2" 90-degree galvanized elbows per Augusta Utilities' 2 Inch Water Service detail. 6. Services shall not exceed over 100 feet from the main to the meter. ,Where possible, meter shall be placed in unpaved area as close to the water main as possible. J. METER INSTALLATION 1. The Contractor/Developer shall furnish and install an approved meter box at the termination point of all water services, and maintain until such time as a meter is installed. Meters will be installed by Augusta Utilities Department at the time services is required at the stub-out. Each unit within a residential building (i.e~, duplex, triplex, etc.) shall have a separate meter, unless prior appr~val is received by the Utilities Director. The proper sizing of service lines is the responsibility of the design engineer. Meters will be available in the following sizes only: 5/8 x 3/4, 1, 1 ~, 2, 3, 4-inch, and larger standard sizes as necessary. Meter boxes for 1 ~ inch and smaller meters are standard. 2-inch and larger shall be installed in a meter vault. The Augusta Utilities Department reserves the right to request historical data for meter sizing. 2. Meter boxes shall be Rome type, 10" x 19" x 10" cast iron box and lid. The top shall have cast ribs on the bottom side with four (4) legs to prevent sliding movement. The box shall have a minimum weight of 37 Ibs., for meters 1 ~ inch or smaller. Meter and curb stop shall be fully encased by the meter box. Meter vaults (for meters 2 inch and larger) shall be fabricated of masonry block or pre-cast reinforced concrete using 3,000 psi concrete and #4 rebar. The access hatch shall be made of heavy duty aluminum, and shall be hinged and lockable. The hatch shall be large enough for removal of the meter but no smaller than 48" x 36". Wall dimensions shall allow 2 feet of working clearance. Vault floors shall be no less than 4 inches thick with 3,000 psi concrete and #4 rebar, with the meter located no less than 18 inches off the floor. 3. The Augusta Utilities Department assumes no responsibility for undersized meters and problems associated with it. All meters will be provided and installed by the Augusta Utilities Department. The meters remain the property of the Augusta Utilities Department. 4. Meters should generally be placed 18 inches inside the adjacent utility easement that parallels the right-of-way. Where sidewalk, two feet of clearance is required between the customer's side of the sidewalk edge and the meter box. In developments where the property line is not clearly defined (e.g., condominiums) the meter should be placed for ready access as approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. Meter and control valves shall be accessible and unobstructed for 4 feet in all directions. This shall include but not be limited to transformers, telephone TS-7-11 I I I I I I I I I I I" I I I I I I I I junction boxes, walls, trees, etc. Meters shall not be placed in areas that can be fenced, such as backyard. Meter boxes shall not be placed in any asphalt or concrete surfaced areas (sidewalks, driveways, curbs, etc.) unless approved in writing by Augusta Utilities. For shopping centers, the developer's engineer should give special consideration to meter layout so' as to satisfy these requirements. When no alternative is available but to locate in asphalt, the top of box shall be flush with the asphalt surface. Meters shall not be located in low areas that normally receive storm water. The box shall also be located outside of parking stalls. The box and lid should be traffic bearing, but located outside of a commonly trafficked area. K. BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES 1. Backflow prevention devices shall be provided, as required by the Utilities Director and as set forth in these Standards. All irrigation systems, water services and fIre . lines for industriaVoffice/commercial, schools, mobile home parks, multi-family residences and any other locations as determined by the Utilities Director shall require suitable backflowprevention assemblies on the customer side of service lines (domestic, irrigation, and fire). Backflow devices shall be tested by a certified person and the results furnished to the Augusta Utilities Department prior to any water use. Residential development shall install a "Dual Check" Backflow Device on the customer's side of service line at the point of tie-in to the water meter. The plumber or builder tying service into the set meter will submit the test results for the backflow prevention device to the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector prior to acceptance and any water use; 2. Backflow prevention device assemblies shall be the latest approved product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of this type equipment. All assemblies shall be as approved by the America Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE), The American National Standards Institute (ANSI), The American Water Works Association (A WW A), Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research of the University of South em California, and the Georgia State Plumbing Code. 3. Type and size of assemblies shall be indicated on the drawings. 4. Backflow prevention device ownership and maintenance responsibilities shall be as set forth in the appropriate ordinances. The Owner shall document yearly that the backflow prevention device has been tested annually by a qualified technician. A copy of the technician's certification must be attached to the test results and submitted to the Augusta Utilities Director. Engineer must comply with the Augusta Utilities Department Policies and Procedures ,for Backflow Prevention by Containment (latest version). A copy of this manual is available upon request. 5. List of Specifications: . TS-7-l2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -03. A. ANSV A WW A C5l 0-97 1997 or latest version Double Check Valve Backflow-Prevention Assembly ANSV A WW A C5ll-97 1997 or latest version Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow-Prevention Assembly L. SYSTEM PRESSURES 1. The design engineer shall not assume a pressure greater than 35 psi at the meter of detector check valve without confIrmation from the Augusta Utilities Department. The design engineer, if possible, should field verify the available pressures prior to fmalizing their design. The Augusta Utilities Department does not guarantee or warrant any pressure or flow above what the system can furnish. Augusta Utilities reserves the right to limit water usage for irrigation' in the event of drought, or requirement by the Georgia EPD. M. FIRE LINES 1. All fIre lines shall have a detector check valve with a 5/8 inch by-pass meter (to detect low flows) within the right-of-way or dedicated easement. No exceptions to the by-pass meter requirement shall be made regardless of sprinkler system type, configuration, etc. CONSTRUCTION: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INSTALLATION 1. Authorization must be obtained from the Augusta Utilities Department to construct, alter or modify a water line. Construction of water infrastructure will be authorized by the Utilities Depariment upon approval of submitted plans and notifIcation of the Augusta Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction (706- 772-5503). Where water lines will encroach public right-of-way, a Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit approved by the Public Works Department is required prior to construction. A Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit application is available through the Public Works Department (706-821-1706). 2. Installation of water mains and associated appurtenances shall be in accordance with current A WW A specifications and manufacturer's requirements for the specific product. Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done such that to avoid damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be kept, free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. All piping shall be placed in a dry trench with a stable bottom. Wet trench installation shall be allowed only upon written approval of the Utilities Director. 3. Mechanical restraint systems shall be required at each fitting involving a change of TS-7-13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I direction and as specified in the approved' plans. Concrete thrust blocks will be allowed in lieu of mechanical restraint systems. 4. Backfill shall be free of boulders and debris, and shall conform to Georgia Department of Transportation Specifications. Sharp or rocky material encountered in the base shall be replaced with proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. Pipe joints, gravity blocks, service connections, 'and conflicts shall be left exposed until visually inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. 5. Fire hydrants shall be installed true and plumb with the center of the pumper nozzle facing toward the road. Hydrants shall not be placed in the sidewalk. The engineer will be responsible for moving hydrants placed in sidewalks. 6. All valves shall be placed according to plans. Valve stems shall be installed plumb. Valve stem extensions are required as described in Section -08.G. Air relief valves shall be installed at all high points in the water main where air can collect, as shown on the plans or as directed by Augusta Utilities. List of Specifications: ANSI! A WW A C600-93 1993 or latest version Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances ANSI!A WWA C605-94 30-JAN-1994 or latest version Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water ANSI! A WW A C512-92 1992 or latest version Air Release, AirN acuum and Combination Air Valves for Water Works Service a. Handling and Storing of Materials: Unload pipe so as to avoid deformation or other injury thereto. Place no pipe Within pipe of a larger size. Store pipe and fittings on sills above storm drainage level and deliver for laying after the trench is excavated. Valves shall be drained and so stored as to protect them from freezing. b. Pipe Laying (General): The interior of the pipe shall be clean and joint surfaces wiped clean and dry when the pipe is lowered into trench. Lower each pipe, fitting and valve into the trench carefully and lay true to line and without objectionable breaks in grade. The depth of cover below finished grade shall be not less than 3 feet, or as shown on the drawings. Give all pipes a uniform bearing on the trench bottom. Allow no trench water or dirt to enter the pipe afte,r laying. Insert a watertight plug in the open end of the ..TS-7-l4 I I I c. I I I I I I' I ..< ,'" ~ I I I I I I I I piping when pipe laying is not in progress. Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the water line will be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking. Where boring is required under highways or city/county roads, the materials and workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of Transportation or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by the latest A.R.E.A. Standards, Part 5, "Pipelines" and those of the railroad involved. (1) Casing Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the materials standaid of ASTM Designation A252, with minimum wall thickness of 0.219 inch. Steel pipe will have a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Casing pipe shall be joined together with welded joints. (2) Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be ductile iron as specified herein. (3) Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry Bore and Jack" method. If voids develop or if the bored hole diameter is greater than the outside diameter of the pipe by more than approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will be taken as approved by the Engineer. When installing water line through casing, Contractor shall use mechanical joint pipe with retained glands through length of casing. The water main shall be strapped to 8 foot long treated wooden skids with metal straps throughout length of casing. The ends of the casing shall be sealed with brick and mortar. (4) Reaction Blocking: All plugs, caps, tees, bends and other fittings shall be provided with adequate reaction blocking as shown on the drawings. Reaction blocking shall be made to bear directly against the undisturbed. trench wall. Where trench conditions are, in the opinion of the Engineer, unsuitable for reaction blocking, the Contractor shall provide tied joints to adequately anchor the piping as shown on the drawings. All the rods and clamps shall be given a bituminous protective coating. (5) Pressure and Leakage Testing: Before any work will be accepted for payment, the Contractor will fill the piping with water, open outlet as necessary for expelling the entrapped air. No fire hydrant shall be opened full force during charging operations. Thereafter, furnish the necessary equipment and test the piping under the supervision of the Engineer for a period of at least 2 hours at not less than 1.25 times TS-.7-l5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (6) the design pressure in pounds per square inch, based upon the highest elevation of the section under test. Pressure testing shall be in accordance with the latest A WW A Standard C600, Section 4.1. at 1.5 times the working pressure at the point of testing. Inspect all joints, and remedy to the satisfaction of the Engineer any defects discovered. Continue the test until ,all, visible leaks have been eliminated from the part of the system under test, and the pressure remains constant with a maximum pressure drop of 5 psi for the duration of the test. Immediately following the pressure test, and before any work will be accepted for payment, the Contractor shall perform a leakage test. Leakage is defmed as the quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof necessary to maintain the specified leakage test filled with water to within 5 psi of the test pressure. No pipe installation will be accepted until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: L - SDIP 133200 L = Allowable leakage in gallons per hour. S = The length of pipe in the section tested. D = The nominal diameter of the pipe in inches. P = The average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per square inch gauge. The leakage test shall be conducted in accordance with A WW A Standard C-600; Section 4.1 (latest version). Connection to Existing System: All connections to existing mains shall be made under the direct supervision of the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. Valves on existing mains shall be operated by or under direct supervision of Augusta Utilities Department personnel. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be pressure tested prior to tapping. If service to existing customers must be cut off, the Augusta Utilities Department shall be notified at least three (3) days in advance to make necessary notifications. The Contractor shall disinfect and secure appropriate Utilities Department clearances and samples for any service interruptions which occur as a result of a Contract request for shut down or error. The clearances shall be obtained within 72 hours of reactivation. . TS,-7-16 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I If cut-off of service is required, the Contractor shall be ready to proceed with as much material pre-assembled as possible at the site to minimize the length of service interruption. Augusta Utilities reserves the right to postpone service cut-off if, in the opinion of the Utilities Director, the Contractor is not ready to proceed on schedule. No customer should be without water for more than four (4) hours. The 'Owner/Developer 'shall arrange for' .temporary services to Customer if water will be shut off for more than four hours. Local chlorination will be required for all pipe and fittings used to complete connections with the potable water system. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be chlorinated in accordance with A WW A requirements. All wet taps shall be witnessed by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. B. CLEANING AND FLUSHING 1. Upon completion of installation, the mains shall be flushed and the water disposed of without creating a nuisance. Flushing must achieve a minimum water velocity of 2.5 fps in all portions of the pipe. The duration of the flushing will be determined by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. If, in the opinion of the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector, there is insuffiCient water available for proper flushing, the Contractor shall clean the lines by pigging. No flushing or cleaning shall take place without an Augusta Utilities representative present. The existing mains that the new mains are connected to may be required to be flushed under the direction of the Augusta Utilities Department when service is restored. C. TESTING AND DISINFECTION 1. All water mains shall be leak tested. The Contractor/Developer shall provide all equipment, materials and labor necessary for pressure and leak: testing. This test must be observed by an Augusta Utilities Department representative and the design engineer. A pumping pressure ,of 200 psi must be supplied at the expense of the Contractor/Developer. The main tested shall either be isolated from active potable lines or protected from leakage by a double valve arrangement. All water used for pressure testing must be potable water With an adequate chlorine residual. Water lines shall be tested by valve sections. Maximum allowable leakage shall be as determined in accordance with current A WW A specifications. The standard duration of test is four (4) hours. Testing procedures shall meet or exceed A WWA C600 (latest version) requirements. Any portions of the main which fail the test shall be replaced or adjusted uritil the entire new main passes the test criteria. The pressure and leakage test shall be done concurrently. 2. Augusta Utilities shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance to schedule bacteriological testing of water mains. The Contractor shall replace or adjust TS-7-l7 '" i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B components of the pipeline which fail the test. Clearance is required from the Utilities Department before the Augusta Utilities Department will allow the main to be put into service. 3. All piping complete with fittings and appurtenances shall be sterilized as specified in the applicable sections of ,A WW A Specification C65l (latest version) "Disinfecting Water Mains." . ,Piping and appurtenances shall be thoroughly flushed then chlorinated with not less than fifty parts per million (50 ppm). Calcium hypochlorite can be used. Water from the existing distribution system or other source of supply should 'be controlled so as to flow slowly into the newly laid pipeline during the application of chlorine. The solution should be retained in the pipeline for not less than 24 hours and a chlorine residual of 10 ppm should be available at this time. The system shall then be flushed with potable water and the sampling program started. Sampling taps and chlorinated water used for disinfection shall be flushed to a location that will not damage property, persons, etc., and shall be provided by the Contractor/Developer at the expense of the Contractor/Developer. The provisions of this paragraph apply equally to new pipe and fittings and to existing pipelines into which connections have been made or which may have been otherwise disturbed to the extent that contamination may have occurred. All requirements of the health authorities shall be observed in executing this work. The disposal of heavily chlorinated water (following disinfection) must be accomplished in accordance with the latest editions of the A WW A Standard C65l and the EPD's Minimum Standards for Public Water Systems. ...----.-- ~,!.......-- _TWQ_QI.:J:rl..Q~__SJlCcessive sets of samples, taken at24 hour,intervals and tested by a State approved private lab, shall indicate bacteriologically satisfactory water and the results submitted to the Engineer. D. WATER/SEWER SEPARATION: 1. A 10 foot horizontal separation shall be maintained between water and sewer lines. Where the horizontal separation cannot be met or where water and sewer lines must cross, an 18 inch vertical separation, water over sewer must be maintained. Where the above conditions cannot be met, water and sewer lines shall be cast iron or ductile iron pipe with joints staggered such that maximum separation between joints exists. The water line shall be installed over the sewer line. E. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: 1. . As the work progresses, record on one set of utility drawings all changes and deviations from the contract drawings in sizes, lines or grade. Record also the exact final location of water lines by offset distances to surface improvements such as edge of existing pavement or to property lines, etc. at a maximum interval of 200 feet. Make sufficient measurements to locate definitely all water lines etc., to permanent points. The drawings will show references to all valves, fittings, pipe brand changes, etc. Transfer accurately all such records in red pencil to white prints of the utility drawings and deliver them to the Engineer with monthly payment estimate. . TS-7-18 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment will be made only for elements in place and tested as follows: Pipelines will be paid for at the unit contract price, per linear foot, for each size, type and class installed, complete, including fittings. No deduction will be made for the laying length of valves and fittings installed within pipelines. Valves will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size and type installed. Payment therefore will include box or vault as shown on the plans. Fire hydrants will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size installed,.. complete with the lead piping, valve, and main tee, in place as shown on the plans. Backflow presenters will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size installed, complete including utility box as shown on the, plans. Water meters will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size installed, complete including utility box as shown on the plans. TS-7-l9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ie I I I I SECTION TS-8 GRADING -01. SCOPE: This section covers grading for the roadways, parking areas, drives and/or walks, including all excavations, formation of embankments, preparation of subgrade for pavements and finishing and dressing of graded earth areas, shoulders, and ditches. Work in connection with excavation, trenching, and backfilling for utility lines is specified under the section entitled "Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling for Pipe Lines." -02. CONSERVATION OF TOPSOIL: Except where otherwise noted on the plans, topsoil shall be removed without contamination with subsoils and spread on areas already graded and prepared for topsoil, or shall be transported and deposited in storage piles convenient to areas that are to receive application of topsoil later, or at locations indicated. Topsoil shall be stripped to a depth of 3 to 6 inches and, when stored, shall be kept separate from other excavated materials and piled free of roots, stones, and other undesirable materials. -03. EXCAVATION: The term "excavation" used hereinafter is defined as "unclassified excavation." Excavation of every description regardless of material encountered within the grading limits of the project, shall be performed to the lines and grades indicated. Suitable excavated material shall be transported to and placed in fill areas within the limits of the work. When directed, unsuitable material encountered within the limits of the work shall be excavated below the grade shown and replaced with suitable material. Materials considered unsuitable are those conforming to Classes PT, OH" CH, MH, OL, CL, or ML as described under the Unified Soil Classification System. Rock encountered in the grading process that is not gradable using conventional equipment (including rippers) shall be blasted. Blasted rock shall be field measured and payment will be in accordance with the per unit price shoWn in the Bid Schedule. Such material removed and the select material ordered as replacement shall be included in excavation. Unsuitable and surplus excavation material not required for fill shall be disposed of in designated waste or spoil areas. During construction, excavation and filling shall be performed in a manner and sequence that will provide drainage at all times. Material required for fills in excess of that produced by excavation within the grading limits shall be excavated from the borrow areas indicated or from other approved areas selected by the Contractor, as specified herein. -04. SELECTION OF BORROW MATERIAL: A. GENERAL: Borrow material shall be selected to meet the requirements and conditions of the particular fill for which it is to be used. The material shall consist of sandy soils or sand- clay soils capable,ofbeing readily shaped and compacted to the required densities and shall be free of roots, trash and any other deleterious material. Any necessary clearing, grubbing, disposal of debris and satisfactory trimming and drainage of the borrow areas shall be considered incidental to operations of the borrow excavation and shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Unless specifically provided, no borrow shall be obtained within the limits of the project site without written approval. ., TS-8-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I B. BORROW AREA(S): Borrow material shall be furnished by the Contractor from private sources selected by the Contractor and shall consist of a suitable material of the type mentioned above. The Contractor shall obtain from the Owners the right to procure material, shall pay all royalties and other charges involved, and shall bear all the expenses of developing the sources, including rights-of-way for hauling. -05. EXCAVATION OF DITCHES AND GUTTERS: Ditches and gutters shall be cut accurately to the cross-sections and grades indicated by the drawings. All roots, stumps, and other foreign matter in the sides and bottom of ditches and gutters shall be cut one foot below fmish grade. Care shall be taken not to over-excavate ditches and gutters below,the grades indicated. Any excessive ditch and gutter excavation due to removal of roots, stumps, etc., or due to over-excavation shall be backfilled to grade either with suitable material, thoroughly compacted, or with suitable stone or cobble to form an adequate gutter paving, as directed. The Contractor shall maintain all ditches and gutters excavated under this specification free from detrimental quantities ofleaves, sticks, and other debris until final acceptance of the work. Suitable earth material excavated from ditches and channel changes shall be placed in embankments. , Excavated material shall not be deposited within a distance from the edge of any excavation of less than 1 ~ times the depth of the excavation. When storm drain pipe terminates in a new ditch, the headwall or end section together with ditch pavement shall be constructed immediately as called for on the plans. Ditch slopes and disturbed earth areas shall be grassed as required under the section entitled "Grassing." The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining these newly constructed ditches and take immediate action subject to approval to keep erosion of the ditch bottom and slopes to a minimum during the life of the contract. No additional compensation will be given to the Contractor for the required maintenance. -06. PROTECTION OF EXISTING SERVICE LINES AND UTILITIES STRUCTURES: Existing utility lines that are shown on the drawings or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation that are to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations, shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling, and if damaged, shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. ' In the event that the Contractor damages any existing utility lines that are not shown, or the locations of which are not known to the Contractor, report thereof shall be made immediately to the Engineer. Ifdetermined that repairs are to be made by the Contractor, such repairs will be ordered under the clause of the GENERAL CONDITIONS of the Contract entitled Changes. -07. BACKFILL ADJACENT TO STRUCTURES: Backfill adjacent to structures shall be placed and compacted uniformly in such manner as to prevent wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against the structures. Slopes bounding or within areas to be backfilled shall be stepped or serrated to prevent sliding of the fill. During backfilling operations and in formation of the embankments, equipment that will overload the structure in passing over and compacting these ,fills shall not be used. Backfill for storm drains and sub drains, including the bedding, shall conform to the additional requirements as specified. TS';8-2 I I I I I I I I I I -08. PREPARATION OF GROUND SURFACE FOR FILL: All vegetation, such as roots, brush, heavy sods, heavy growth of grass, and all decayed vegetable matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within the area upon which fill is to be placed shall be stripped or otherwise removed before the fill is started. In no case will unsuitable material remain in or under the fill area. .810pedground surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal on which fill is to be place shall be plowed, stepped or benched, or broken up as directed, in such manner that the fill material will bond with the existing surface. Prepared surfaces on which compacted fill is to be placed shall be wetted or dried as may be required to obtain the compaction specified. -09. FILL: Fills and embankments shall be constructed at the locations and to lines and grades indicated. The completed fill shall correspond to the shape of the typical section indicated or shall meet the requirements of the particular case. Suitable material removed from the excavation shall be used in forming the fill. Fill material shall be reasonably free from roots, other organic material and trash, and from stones have maximum dimension greater than 6 inches. No frozen material will be permitted in the fill. Stones having a maximum dimension larger than 4 inches shall not be permitted in the upper 6 inches of fill or embankment. The material shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of S inches to 12 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross section and shall be compacted as required. -010. COMPACTION: A. OVERALL OR OVERLOT AREAS: Each layer of the fill or embankment, except in areas indicated as not requiring compaction, shall be compacted by rolling with an approved 1----.-.---.- --..-.----tamping.roller,heavy-rubber-tired roller, ~ee steel wheeled power roller, vibratory roller or other compaction equipment, whichever is best suited for the types of soil encountered to at least 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content. I I I I I I I I B. FIELD CONTROL: In all fill areas field density tests will be performed in sufficient number (minimum of one test on each alternate lift or as recommended by the Engineer) to insure that the specified density is being obtained. These tests will be made at the expense of the Contractor and will be in accordance with AASHTO Standard T -147. -011. FINISHED EXCAVATION. FILLS. AND EMBANKMENTS: All areas covered by the project, including excavated and filled sections and adjacent transition areas, shall be uniformly smooth graded. The fmished surface shall be reasonably smooth, compa~ted, and free from irregular surface changes. The degree of finish shall be that ordinarily obtainable from either bladegrader or scraper operations, supplemented with hand raking and finishing, except as otherwise specified. The finished surface shall be not more than 0.10 foot above or below the established grade or approved cross section. Ditches and gutters shall be fmished so as to permit adequate drainage. The surface of areas to be grassed shall be finished to smoothness suitable for the application of grassing materials. The surface of embankments or excavated areas for road construction or other areas to be paved on which a base course or pavement is to be placed shall not vary more than 0.05 foot from the established grade and approved cross section. In areas where the bulking of soil as a result of grassing operations will tend to retard surface drainage along the edge of pavements, the finished grades shall be left 0.1 foot below grade prior to grassing. TS-S-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -012. DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL: All vegetation, roots, brush, sod, broken pavements, curbs and gutter, rubbish, and other unsuitable or surplus material stripped or removed ,from the limits of construction shall be disposed of off the site, except where otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. The material shall be dumped, spread, and leveled to drain. Surplus excavation shall be hauled to, compacted in accordance with overall and overlot areas, and sloped to drain in the disposal area where directed. The unsuitable material shall be leveled to drain and fInned under the normal operation of spreading and hauling equipment. Any trees, stumps, brush, down timber, etc. in the area to be used for disposal shall be cleared by cutting (to within six (6) inches of the ground) and shall be disposed of by burning, removal from the property or a combination of both. Clearing and disposal of trees, stumps, etc. shall comply with the applicable portions of the clearing and grubbing specifications. -013. PLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL: Topsoil shall be placed on all shoulders, slopes, ditches, and other earth areas graded under this contract, excluding borrow areas, unless otherwise specified on the plans. Topsoil shall be uniformly placed on these areas toa compacted depth of not less than three (3) inches or more than four (4) mches. The material shall be free from clods of soil, matted roots, roots grater than ~ inch in diameter, and any other objectionable material which might hinder subsequent grassing and mowing operations. The material shall be placed, leveled, and lightly compacted with at least one pass of a cultipacker or light pneumatic-tired roller, to required cross sections, but shall be left one-tenth (0.10) of a foot below the finished earth grade. -014. PROTECTION: Newly graded areas shall be protected from traffic and from erosion, and any settlement or washing away that may occur from any cause, prior to acceptance, shall be repaired and grades re-established to the required elevations and slopes, at no additional expense to the Owner. -015. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment shall be made at the lUmp sum price for Site Grading & Hauling Off Excess Dirt as shown in the bid schedule. TS-S-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I SECTION TS-9 CURBS AND GUTTERS, CONCRETE -01. SCOPE: This section covers construction of Portland cement concrete curbs and gutters, complete. -02. CONCRETE: Concrete and the equipment, workmanship and materials therefor shall conform to the applicable requirements of the CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION section, except as hereinafter specified. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 1 ~ inches and not less than 1 inch. Concrete shall have a slump of not more than 3 inches.' The concrete mixtures shall have an air content by volume of 4.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent, based on measurement made on concrete immediately after discharge from the mixer. -03. SUBGRADE PREPARATIONS: The sub grade shall be constructed true to grade and cross section. The sub grade shall be of materials equal or greater in bearing quality to the sub grade under the adj acent curb and gutter. The subgrade for curb and gutter shall extend in all cases at least 1 foot in width back of the curb or gutter. The subgrade shall be tested for grade and cross section by means of a template extending the full width of the curb, gutter, or combination curb and gutter. The subgrade shall be maintained in a smooth, compacted condition, in conformity with the required section and established grade until the concrete is placed. In cold weather, the subgrade shall be prepared and protected so as to produce a subgrade free from frost when the concrete is deposited. -04. FORMS: Forms shall be of wood or steel, straight, and of sufficient strength to resist springing during depositing and consolidating the concrete. The outside forms shall have a height equal to the full depth of the curb or gutter. The inside form of curb shall have better as indicated and shall be securely fastened to and supported by the outside form. Straight forms of wood shall be 2 inch nominal surface plank, arid of steel, shall be of approved section with a flat surface at the top. Rigid forms shall be provided for curb returns except that benders or thin plank forms may be used for curb or curb returns with a radius of 10 feet or more, when grade changes occur in the return, or where the central angle is such that a rigid form with a central angle of 90 degrees cannot be used. Back forms for curb may be made 'of ~ inch benders, for the full height of the curb, cleated together. Curb forms shall be carefully set to alignment and grade and to conform to the dimensions of the curb. Forms shall be held rigidly in place by the use of stakes placed at intervals not to exceed 4 feet. Clamps, spreaders, and braces shall be used where required to insure rigidity in the forms. The forms on the front of the curb shall be removed not less than 2 hours nor more than 6 hours after the concrete has been placed. Forms back of curb shall remain inplace until the face and top of the curb have been finished as specified in the Finishing paragraph. Gutter forms shall not be removed for 12 hours after the concrete has been placed. Forms shall not be removed while the concrete is sufficiently plastic to slump in any direction. Forms shall be cleaned and .--TS-9-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I coated with form oil each time before concrete is placed. Wood forms may, instead, be thoroughly wetted with water before concrete is placed, except that with probable freezing temperatures, oiling is mandatory. -05. JOINTS: ' Expansion joints and contraction joints shall be constructed at right angles to the line of curb, gutter, and combination curb and gutter. Dowels;tie-bars and reinforcement when required will be shown on the plans and shall be installed in accordance with the applicable details. A. CONTRACTION JOINTS: Contraction joints shall be constructed by means of 1fa inch thick separators, of a section conforming to the cross section of the curb, gutter, entrance pavements, and combination curb and gutter. Contraction joints shall be so placed that monolithic sections between curb returns will not be less than 5 feet nor greater than 15 feet after the concrete !has set sufficiently to preserve the width and shape of the joint. After separator plates have been removed, all exposed edges of joints shall be rounded with the proper edging tool to a radius of ~ inch. B. EXPANSION JOINTS: Expansionjoints shall be formed by means of preformed expansion joint filler material cut and shaped to the cross section of the curb, gutter, entrance, and combination curb and gutter. Expansionjoint filler, unless otherwise specified, shall conform to ASTM Standard D175l- 60 or D1752-60 or shall be resin-impregnated fiberboard conforming to the physical requirements of ASTM Standard C1752-60. Expansionjoints shall be provided in curb and combination curb and gutter at the ends of all returns. Expansion joints at least Y2 inch in width shall be provided at intervals not exceeding 50 'feet. Expansion joints shall be ., ...,.... -..,provided.in'nonre~orced concrete gutter at the locations indicated; -06. CONSTRUCTION: A. CURBS AND GUTTERS: Curbs, gutters and combination curb and gutters shall be of the dimensions and se~tions shown on the drawings. B. RECONSTRUCTION: Where the plans provide for reconstruction of existing curb, combination curb and gutter and the limit of new work specified does not fall on a joint, the entire section shall be removed and the new curb, combination curb and gutter or entrance pavement shall join the old curb at the first join line beyond the specified limit. C. PLACING CONCRETE: The faces and adjacent edges of abutting rigid pavements and structures shall be painted with an approved bituminous material prior to placing concrete. Concrete shall be placed in the forms to the specified depth in 6 inch layers and thoroughly consolidated by tamping and spading to that there are no rock pockets at forms, and mortar entirely covers the top surfaces. Concrete may be compacted by means of mechanical vibrators. ' D. FINISHING: The; edges of the gutter and top of the curb shall be rounded with an edging tool to a radius of % inch and the surfaces shall be floated and finished with a smooth wood float until true to grade and section and uniform in texture. The floated surfaces shall then be brushed with aijne-hair brush with longitudinal strokes. Immediately after removing the ..-TS-9-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E. -07. A. front curb form, the face of the curb shall be rubbed with a wood or concrete rubbing block and water until blemishes, form marks, and tool marks have been removed. The surface, while still wet, shall be brushed in the same manner as the gutter and curb top. The top surface of gutter and entrance shall be finished to grade with a wood float. Except at grade changes or curves, the finished surfaces shall not vary, from the testing edge of a 10 foot straightedge, more than 1fs inch for gutter and entrance and ~ inch for top and face of curb. Irregularities exceeding the above shall be satisfactorily corrected. Visible surfaces and edges of the finished curb, gutter, and combination curb and gutter shall be free of blemishes and form and tool:marks, and shall be uniform in color, shape, and appearance. , CURB FORMING MACHINES: Use of curb-forming machines for constructing curb and gutter will be approved based on trial use on the job. Use of the equipment shall be discontinued at any time during the construction if the equipment produces unsatisfactory results, and the work shall be removed and reconstructed for the full length between regularly scheduled joints. Removed portions shall be disposed of as directed. CURING AND PROTECTION: CURING: Immeq.iately after the finishing operations, the exposed concrete surfaces shall be cured by one of the following methods as the Contractor may elect: 1. Mat Method: The entire exposed surface shall be covered with cotton mats conforming to Federal Specification CCC-C-467b having a combined weight of 14 ounces or more per square yard when dry. Mats shall overlap each other at least 6 inches. The mat shall be thoroughly wetted with water prior to placing on the concrete surface and shall be kept continuously in a saturated condition and in intimate contact with concrete for not less than seven days. 2. Impervious-Sheeting Method: The entire exposed surface shall be wetted with a fine spray of water and then covered with waterproof paper conforming to ASTM Standard Cl71-63, or with wetted polyethylene-coated burlap or polyethylene sheeting cQnforming to the water-retention requirements of ASTM Standard C 171- 63, polyethylene sheeting and polyethylene film bonded to burlap shall be not less than 0.004 inch thick. Sheets shall be laid directly on the concrete surface with a light-colored side up and overlapped 12 inches when a continuous sheet is not used. The curing medium shall not be less ,than 18 inches wider than the concrete surface to be cured and shall be securely w~ighted down by placing a bank of moist earth on the edges just outside the forms :and over the transverse laps of form closed joints. Sheets shall be satisfactorily repaired or replaced if damaged during curing. The curing medium shall remain on the concrete surface to be cured for not less than seven days. 3. Membrane-Curing Method: The entire exposed surfaces shall be covered with a, pigmented membrane-forming curing compound. The curing compound shall be applied in' two coats by hand-operated pressure sprayers at the coverage of ' approxima~ely 200 square feet per gallon for both coats. The second coat shall be applied in the direction approximately at right angles to the direction of application of the first coat. The compound shall form a uniform continuous coherent film that will not ch~ck, crack, or peel and shall be free from pin-holes or other imperfections. -TS-9-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Concrete sUrfaces that are subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after the during compound has been applied shall be resprayed by the method and at the coverage specified above at no additional cost to the Owner. Joint openings shall be sealed at t4e top by inserting moistened paper or fiber rope or covering with strips of waterproof paper prior to application of the curing compound, in a manner to prevent the curing compound from entering the joint. Concrete surfaces to which membrane, curing compounds have been applied shall be adequately protected for seven days from pedestrian and vehicular traffic and from any other action which might disrupt the continuity of the membrane. Any area covered with curing compound and damaged by subsequent construction operations within the seven-day period shall be resprayed as specified above at no additional expense to the Owner. B. PROTECTION: After curing, debris shall be removed and the backfill shall be placed as indicated. The completed curb, gutter, and combination curb and gutter shall be protected from damage until accepted. The Contractor shall repair damaged concrete and clean concrete discolored during construction. Curb, gutter, and combination curb and gutter that are damaged shall be removed and reconstructed for the entire length between regularly scheduled joints, not by refinishing the damaged portion. Removed damaged portions shall be disposed of as directed. , -08. . SEALING JOINTS: The sealing of expansion j oints in curb and gutter sections will not be required. Any expansion joint material protruding after the concrete is cured shall be trimmed flush with the surface. Expansion joints in the valley pavement shall be sealed with an approved joint sealer, conforming to Federal Specification SS-S-164. The joint opening shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign material before ,the sealing material is placed. The sealing shall be done in such manner that the material will not be spilled on the exposed surfaces of the concrete. Any excess material on the exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be removed immediately and the exposed concrete surfaces cleaned. -09. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Schedule. Payment will be made at the unit price for curb and gutter, as shown in the Bid , TS-9-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --- SECTION TS-10 GRADED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE -01. SCOPE: This section covers a graded aggregate base course to receive bituminous paving under another section, complete. -02. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: i The graded aggregate base course shall conform to all applicable specifications of Section 300 of the Standard Specifications for Roads and Bridges of the Georgia State Department of Transportation, Latest Edition. -03. PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE: The sub grade to r~ceive the graded aggregate base course shall be constructed in accordance with requirements of Section 209 of the Standard Specifications for Roads and Bridges of the Georgia State Department of Transportation. -04. MATERIALS & CONSTRUCTION FOR BASE COURSE Materials and co~ction for the graded aggregate base course shall be in accordance with Section 310 of the Standard Specifications for Roads and Bridges of the Georgia State Department of Transportation. -05. PAYMENT Payment for graded aggregate base shall be included under asphalt patch and no separate payment will be made therefore. . . TS-lO-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-ll BITUMINOUS PAVING -01. SCOPE: This section covers the construction of pavement for all roads and parking areas, complete. -02. GENERAL: Constructi9n of the sub grade, base course and paving of the roadways and parking areas shall be undertaken:immediately after completion of all storm drain lines and structures, all curbs and gutters, all yard piping, conduits and other facilities passing beneath paved areas, and all structural slabs and foundations required within or adjacent to the paved areas. -03. SEASONAL LIMITATIONS: No bituminous mixtures shall be applied for surface treatment between October 21st and April 10th, except as directed by the Engineer. -04. WEATHER LIMITATIONS: Bituminol.l;S mixtures shall not be produced or placed during rainy weather, when the subgrade or base course is frozen or shows any evidence of excess moisture nor when the moisture , on the surface to be paved would prevent proper bond nor when the air temperature is less than 45 degrees F. in the shade away from artificial heat. -05. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS: All work and materials required under this section of the specifications shall conform to the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications for Roads and Bridges of the Georgia Department of Transportation, latest edition. -06. SUBGRADE: The subgrade shall be prepared as specified under the sections of the above specifications covering subgrade preparation, including but not limited to Section 209. -07. CURBS AND GUTTERS: After the subgrade has been compacted and approved by the Engineer, curbs and gutters shall be placed where shown on the plans and constructed in accordance with the requirements of the section, CURBS AND GUTTERS, CONCRETE. -08. PRIME COAT: A prime coat of 0.3 to O.S gallons per square yard of medium curing cut-back asphalt (RC-250 or emulsion grades RS-2 or SS-l) shall be applied with a pressure distributor at a temperature between SO ~egrees F. and 140 degrees F. The prime coat shall be applied to the TS-ll-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I previously prepared base course when the atmospheric temperature is above 50 degrees F. -09. SURFACE COURSE: A. ASPHAL T CONCRETE: The asphalt concrete mixture shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, for asphalt type specified on plans. The job mix shall be approved by the engineer and no material shall be used until approved. B. TRANSPORTATION AND DELIVERY: The mixture shall be transported from the mixing plant to the point of use in approved vehicles. Loads shall not be of such size or weight as to interfere with the efficient operation of the spreader. Loads shall not be sent out so late in the day as to prevent the completion of spreading and compaction of the mixture during daylight, unless artifi'ciallight is provided. The mixture shall be delivered at a temperature between 225 degrees F. and 325 degrees F. and within 20 degrees F. of temperature set at the mixing plant. C. SPREADING: Upon arrival at the point of dumping, the mixture shall be dumped into the hopper and spread py mechanical pavers, true to line, grade and cross section specified and to the loose depth ~at will secure the required compacted thickness. The hot mixture shall be free from lumps and shall be spread while it is in a workable condition. After the mixture has been screeded and before roller compaction is started, the surface shall be checked, all fat spots and irregular areas removed and replaced with satisfactory material. All irregularities in alignment and grade along the outside edge shall also be corrected by the addition or removal of mixture before the edge is rolled. D. COMPACTION: While the mixture is hot, it shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly by rolling. The sUrface of the compacted mixture shall be smooth, and true to crown and grade. Any mixture that becomes loose or broken, mixed with dirt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot mixture which shall be immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. Any area showing an excess of bituminous materials shall be removed and replaced, and the edges shall be kept to a reasonable straight line and trimmed. . The density after 'compaction shall be at least 98 percent of the laboratory-determined density. E. PROTECTION OF PAVEMENT: The newly finished pavement shall be protected from vehicular traffic of any kind until the pavement has cooled and hardened and in no case less than 6 hours. ' F. TOLERANCE: The finished surface shall not vary more than 1fa inch in 10 feet from the true profile and cross section. -010. TESTS: The above, work will be subject to thickness and compaction tests as deemed necessary by the Engineer, Such tests will be at the expense of the Contractor. TS-11-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -011. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: , Pavement for bituminous paving shall be included in the bid item for Asphalt Patch and 1 1/4" Overlay. TS-1l-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-12 CONCRETE PAVEMENT -01. GENERAL: This section covers the construction of concrete pavements and slabs on grade, either as a surface course or to receive a top course of brick specified elsewhere herein. The work shall consist of a pavement composed of Portland cement concrete constructed on a prepared subgrade in accordance with these specifications, and in the areas and to the typical cross sections shown in the plans. The Contractor is to provide for the construction and completion ill. every detail of the work described. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract documents~ Concrete pavement construction shall conform in all respects to the section "Concrete Construction" of these specifications. The requirements below shall be considered additional requirements for pavement. -02. SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS: Concrete and other materials specified shall be furnished from sources of supply approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a "Proposed Paving Construction Plan," showing joint types and 19cations, and a statement of proposed sequence and schedule of paving operations. This submittal shall also include a brief description of paving equipment to be used. -03. MATERIALS: Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates, and water conforming to the section of these specifications on Concrete Construction except as noted below. Coarse aggregate for exposed aggregate sidewalks shall be round alluvial material tan or light brown in color. Submit material samples for review. All of the coarse aggregate shall pass a % inch sieve. The concrete shall have the following percentages of entrained air: (1) For llf2 inch maximum size aggregate, entrained air content shall 5:f: 1 percent by volume. (2) , For % or 1 inch maximum size aggregate, entrained air content shall be 6:f:ll percent by volume. Joint materials and curing compound shall be as specified under the section "Concrete Construction" hereof. -04. COLORED HARDENER: Color hardener shall be equal to Chrome Floor Hardener for heavy duty applications as manufactured by L. M. Scofield Company, Los Angeles, California. These ready-to-use, TS-12-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I dry-shake type colored hardeners are streak-free intergrinds of pigments, surface conditioning and dispersing agents, and Portland cement, blended with hard, graded aggregate. Integral color shall be used as a supplement, but not a substitute for the colored hardener. Integral color shall be equal to Chromix Admixture for Color-Conditioned Concrete as manufactured by L. M. Scofield Company. The particular color shall be equal to Bomanite A-50-P, Slate Gray. COLOR-MATCHED CURING SYSTEM: LithochromeColor-waxas manufactured by L. M. Scofield Company or equal, complying with ASTM C309 shall be used as a curing membrane in accordance with all applicable air pollution regulations. -05. CONCRETE MIX. DESIGN AND TESTING: The concrete mix shall conform to Concrete and Reinforcing Steel hereof except that the slump range shall be 2. to 4 inches. -06. PLACING AND FINISHING: A. SUBGRADE PREPARATION: Sub grade construction shall generally conform to Section 209 of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction of the Georgia Department of Tnmsportation, latest edition. The sub grade shail be systematically test rolled with a heavily loaded vehicle prior to paving. All soft and yielding material and portions of the sub grade that will not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. The subgrade shall be brought to an unyielding condition by compacting it to uniform density at or slightly abov~ standard optimum moisture. Immediately prior to placing concrete, the sub grade shall be moistened as required to provide a uniform dampened surface at the time concrete is placed., , B. LINES AND GRADES: The concrete pavement shall be installed true to line and grade accurate to accommodate the thickness of the specified surface courses in each individual area. Where alternates may be specified, plan grades shall be adjusted accordingly. C. FORMING: Forms shall be set to the required grades and lines to facilitate orderly concrete placement. Forms shall be of such cross section and strength and so secured as to resist the pressure of the concrete when placed without springing or settlement. Forms shall be cleaned after each,use and coated wi~ form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. In lieu of fixed forms, the Contractor may place concrete with a slipform paver designed to spread, consolidate, screed and float fmish the freshly placed concrete in one complete pass of the machine. T4e slipform paver shall be operated with as nearly a continuous forward movement as possiple, with stopping and starting of the paver held to a minimum. I D. CONCRETE PLACEMENT: Concrete shall be deposited and consolidated in such a manner as to prevent the formation of voids or honeycomb pockets. However, overconsolidation of the concrete so as to cause segregation of aggregates shall be avoided. , J\ E. CONCRETE HARDENER: Colored hardener shall be applied evenly to the plastic surface by the dry-shake method using a minimum of 60 pounds per 100 square feet taking care that I . TS-12-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I no color hardener. mars adjacent walls and surfaces. It shall be applied in two or more applications, wood-floated after each, and troweled only after the fmal floating. The color-matched cwjng system, thinned in the proportion of 1 part cure to 1 part mineral spirits, shall then .be applied uniformly for curing with a roller or motor driven power sprayer. Coverage shall be approximately 600 to 650 square feet per gallon ofunthinned curing compound. The sealed surface shall be polished by a fine brush to remove residual dust from the surface. F. JOINTS: Contraction joints, expansion joints, and construction joints shall be placed as indicated on the approved "Proposed Paving Construction Plan," specified above. Depth of contraction joints ~hall be equal to at least 14 the depth of the slab and may be installed by either hand-forming, or by sawing. If sawing is used, the joints shall be cut as soon as the saw will not ravel the edges and in no case more than 24 hours after the pavement has been placed. Place full-depth co'nstructionjoints at-the end of the concrete pours or whenever placing of concrete is suspenq,ed for more than 30 minutes. Provide expansion joints to isolate fixed. objects abutting or: within the paved area. . G. FINISHING: The finishing sequence of all slabs, except those to have an exposed aggregate finish, shall consist of striking off and consolidating, floating, straight-edging and final surface fmishing. Adding water to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations shall not be permitted. A uniform, gritty, non-slip finish shall be provided using a stiff-bristled broom or by the use of a burlap drag just before the water sheen disappears. -07. EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE FINISH: Exposed aggregate concrete pavement shall generally be finished as hereinabove specified, except that at or'near the time the surface water sheen disappears, the cement and fines at the surface shall be removed to an approved depth of approximately 1fa inch, by means of a pressure applied water wash. Care shall be taken to obtain a uniform, decorative surface, without pits or low areas. The Contractor shall employ only workmen skilled in producing the specified finish to accomplish this work. -08. CURING: Curing shall be as specified under "Concrete Construction" of these specifications. -09. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The concrety pavement to, be measured and paid for under this section shall include roadways, sidewalks, pave~ent dividers, but shall not include concrete slabs within the pay limits of the seating areas, under brick, granite block, nor formed concrete surfaces. Compensation for these latter installations will be included in the prices of the various structures, wherein concrete slabs or pavement are an integral part. The quantity of concrete pavement placed shall be the number of square yards, level measure, or pavement actually installed, and shall be determined by the Engineer after construction of the pavement has been completed. This quantity shall be paid for at the unit price per square yard for each nominal thickness listed in the Bid Schedule. Thickened edges or local thin areas required TS-12-3 I I I I I I I 'I I ,I I .1 I I I I I I I I by the plans in paving of otherwise uniform thickness shall be considered as being the nominal thickness of the surrounding pavement. TS-12-4 ....., 'C"". .:<';..~ .., I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-13 BRICK PAVEMENT -01. GENERAL: The work Under this section shall consist of constructing a brick pavement on a grout bed over a previously placed concrete base.' Brick facing and other ordinary masonry work are covered by another sectio~ of these specifications. -02. MATERIALS: Bricks shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-902-79A for Type II Class MX. Brick shall have nominal dimensions of 2 \.4 inch deep by 4 inches wide by 8 inches long. Brick shall be made of clay mined in Georgia. Brick shall be Pathway Red-Flashed Paver, as manufactured by Boral Brick Company, Augusta, Georgia, or approved equal. Paving brick shall be manufactured of material of the same color as brick throughout the project, including facing brick for adjacent walls. Brick which are misshapened, dished, bowed, discolored, marred, out of square, or otherwise inferior shall not be acceptable. Brick shall be neatly piled outside the pavement lines without dumping. The manufacturer shall present evidence that the brick he intends to furnish will not exhibit efflorescence. Such brick that shows efflorescence at the completion of the job will be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Sand for the joint filler shall consist of clean, hard, durable uncoated particles free from clay and all deleterious substances. Sand shall be so graded that when dry 100 percent shall pass a No.4 sieve, not more than 35 percent by weight shall pass a No. 50 sieve, and not more than 10 percent by weight shall, pass a No. 100 sieve. -03. GROUT BED: A grout be4 of the required depth shall be placed on the concrete base, not sooner than 10 days after the base slab has been poured. The grout bed shall be brought to exact elevations, and the brick shall be laid in fresh grout. ' -04. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: The bricks shall be carefully laid with the best face up, in the pattern indicated, and shall be laid straight and at right angles to the edging line, except at intersections, where they shall be laid at such angles as are shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Joints shall be close and at right angles to the tops and sides. No half bricks or bats shall be used except at the ends of courses where needed and :no bats shall be less than 3 inches in length. All joints shall be broken with a lap of not less than 3 inches. I , Where curVature permits, the brick shall be laid in radial courses, allowing at the outside of the curve a space, between the courses, not exceeding 1fa inch. When the curvature exceeds the above, the brick shall be laid in rectangular courses and closure made by cut bricks at the edges of pavement diVIders. No portion of a brick less than 3 inches in length shall be used for batting such closures, and the amount of space to be batted in shall not exceed a whole brick. In no case shall brick be cut longitudinally'to make a closure on a curve. :,.::,,",,~':TSd3~J . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I All brick shall be clean when placed in the pavement. Bricks which in the opinion of the Engineer are not satisfactorily clean shall be washed before being placed. In no case ~hall the grout bed in front of the pavement be disturbed during the laying of the bricks. Bricks shall be laid firmly in the grout bed allowing no mortar to enter the spaces between bricks so that all'bricks lie with side faces flush. , After the bricks have been laid, any soft, broken, or misshapened bricks shall be removed by the Contractor. Any brick slightly spalled or kiln-marked shall be turned over and, should the opposite face be acceptable, it may be replaced in the pavement; otherwise, it must be removed and discarded. . In laying brick pavement, the Contractor shall keep the bricks culled, and shall make the necessary changes and replacement so that the work snall be ready for rolling while the' grout bed is still wet. After all objectionable bricks have been removed from the pavement and all replacements have been m'ade, and while the setting mortar is still soft, the pavement shall be swept clean and thoroughly rolle4 with a self-propelled roller. This rolling shall start along the low edges and progress toward the other side until the surface is even. After fmal rolling the pavement shall be tested with a 10 foot straightedge laid parallel with the curb, and any depression exceeding 1/8 inch shall be corrected and brought to the proper grade. All bricks disturbed in making replacements or correcting depressions shall be settled into place by ramming or by rerolling. All gutter bricks must be brought to grade by ramming.. ,Portions of the pavement inaccessible to roller shall be tamped to grade by the use of hand tamper applied upon a 2 inch board. If during or after the rolling of the pavement the grout cushion shall work up between the brick more than one foUrth their depth, the brick shall be taken up and the excess grout removed. The brick shall then be replaced. After fmal rolling any broken brick shall be replaced. After the grout bed has set a sand filler shall be applied to fill the slight joints between bricks. Brick shall be clean and dry when the sand filler is applied. Before filling the joints the surface of the brick shall be swept clean. Clean, dry sand shall be swept across the surface until all slight joints are filled., Excess sand shall be swept off, and the surface shall be thoroughly wetted. When dry the surface shall be swept with dry sand as necessary to insure that all joints are completely filled. Brick surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned using agents and methods approved by the brick manufacturer. ;All grout spatter, stains, and other objectionable blemishes shall be removed as a condition of. final acceptance. -05. SAMPLES: Two representative samples for each type and finish of brick shall be furnished for approval. Samples shall be of a sufficient number to show the full range to be expected in color, texture, finish, and quality. Brick delivered shall be equal in all respects to the approved samples. -06. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for brick pavement will include the concrete base constructed under another ..~ ;~.<~~TS-J3.-2.". I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I section of these specifications. I A. Brick pavement for sidewalks will be paid for at the unit contract price per square foot appearing in the Bid Schedule. ,;,;;-,~TS-13="3 ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-14 EROSION CONTROL MEASURES -01. GENERAL: This section covers erosion control measures required on the job as shown on the plans. These measures are minimum requirements and may be augmented by the Engineer if positive control is not established. -02. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: The initial construction on the site is tentatively scheduled to begin on or about July 2001. Final stabilization ?fthe soils should be obtained by March 2002. -03. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN: The following steps for reducing erosion and containing sediment are recommended for use during construction, and until the earth areas can be stabilized with vegetation. -04. GENERAL PROCEDURES: A. Earth areas which are not to be paved shall be grassed at the earliest possible time during the construction phase, so as to minimize exposure to rainfall and run-off. B. Temporary berms~ wherever possible, should be constructed at the end of. each day of grading, in order to contain sediment and slow down erosion in the cut and fill areas, should rainfall occur during the night. Berms shall also be constructed, where needed, to prevent sediment from being transported onto areas outside the actual construction limits. C. Silt and erosion barriers of the type which tend to filter suspended solids from the water flowing through them shall be employed to the extent necessary to contain most of the water-borne silt. Examples of this type of barrier include "silt" fence, windrows of limbs and laps, and stone or rubble riprap. D. Erosion due.to wind is not likely to be of concern on this project, considering the types of soils expected and the strip-like ,geometry of construction areas. However, wherever possible, trees or groups of trees and bushes should be left standing to serve as windbreaks. E. Sediment basins shall be constructed if shown on plans and removed when fmal stabilization is attained. ' -05. ELEMENTS OF THE PLAN: The plans for the prevention of erosion and sedimentation for this site are depicted on Sheet 12 of the plans. The elements of the plan are discussed as follows, and are listed in chronological order, as far as is practical. The construction activities should proceed in the order listed. A. Remove all marketable timber from the rights-of-way, the utility easements, the designated fill areas, and other areas to be cleared. ,; ';_ d=":".,,,.,,'fS.,.14..J ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. Begin clearing and grubbing operations in the vicinity of the hay dains shown on the drawings. Immediately after the area has been cleared for their placement, install dams and berms consisting of hay or straw bales or limbs and laps as directed, to be silt barriers as shown on the dra\'{ings.Careshould be taken not to clear and grub beyond the construction limit. C. As grading operations commence;, the topsoil shall be: stripped and stockpiled in moUnds surrounded by berms. As mentioned above, berms or windrows should be constructed each afternoon at approximately 100 foot intervals across the graded areas, except in the low-lying areas of the project. This action will tend to check erosion should rainfall be experienced during the night. D. Construction on the sanitary and storm sewer lines should be commenced as soon as grading operations have been substantially completed. The disturbed strip along each line which is located outside of~a street right-of-way should be grassed immediately upon the completion of trench backfilling, as described below. E. A graded depression around each catch basin on the site should be used to contain sediment during construction. A ring of hay or straw bales, or silt fencing, secured to the ground by , mean of two No.' 3 reinforcement bars or other suitable anchoring method, should be installed around e,ach catch basin site as soon as the drainage pipes have been laid. These . should be spaced leaving a gap of approximately three inches between each bale where hay is used. ' F. As soon as the graded areas which are not to be paved,. to be built upon, or receive underground utilities have been brought to final grade, three or four inches of topsoil shall be spread over these areas. Grassing operations should be begun immediately, as described in the grassing specificati.ons. Roadway shoulders and slopes should receive a similar treatment as soon, as the installation of the utilities has ended. G. All grassing will be performed in accordance with the section of the specifications entitled "Sodding." Should seasonal limitations prevent the establishment of the permanent grass cover, the area to be grassed shall be covered with temporary grass cover; then the permanent grass Will be established as soon as its growing season is reached. H. The hay bale dams and silt fencing described above should not be removed until the surrounding pavement base material has been placed and is ready for priming. I. All silt retention basis, traps, barriers, etc., should be inspected daily and cleaned at least weekly. J. All work shall be in accordance with good grading practice and shall conform to accepted practices in Erosipn Control. -06. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment shall be made according to the lump sum price as shown in the Bid Schedule for Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Measures. , .,;,,'-,i'/fS';'14..,2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' SECTION TS-15 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES ..,01. SCOPE: This sectiop. covers excavating, filling and backfilling for building construction work and incident thereto. -02. DEFINITIONS: A. Unsatisfactory materials include those conforming to classes PT, OR, CH, MH, or OL, or as described in the Unified Soil Classification System, as adopted by the Corps of Engineers and the Bureau of Reclamation in January 1952. B. COHESIONLESS AND COHESIVE MATERIALS: Cohesionless materials include gravel, gravel-sand mixtures, sands, and gravelly sands. Cohesive materials include clayey and silty gravel, gravel-silt mixtures, clayey and silty sands, sand-clay mixtures, clay silts, and very fine sands. When results of compaction tests for moisture-density relations are recorded on graphs, cohesionless soils will show straight lines or reverse-shaped moisture density curves and cohesive soils' will show normal moisture-density curves. -03. SITE PREPARATION: The work area shall be stripped of all topsoil, vegetation, timber, debris and other rubble. Loose soil from stump removal shall be removed from stump holes. ' Where required, stump holes shall be bacldilled,with clean earth and compacted as specified on the drawings. Areas containing soft, organic 'or other objectionable material shall be removed as directed by the Engineer. -04. EXCAVATION: A. GENERAL: The excavation shall conform to the dimensions and elevations indicated for each building and structure, except as specified hereinafter. Excavation shall extend a sufficient distance from walls arid footings to allow for placing and removal of forms, installation of services, and for inspection, except where the concrete for walls and footings is authonzed to be deposited directly against excavated surfaces. Excavations carried below indicated depths: will not be permitted except to remove unsatisfactory material. Unsatisfactory material shall be excavated below the grades shown, as directed, and replaced with satisfactory material. Excavation methods shall generally meet or exceed Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) construction industry standards. I Material removed below the depths indicated without specific direction of the engineer shall be replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner, to the indicated excavation grade with satisfactory materials placed and compacted as specified except that concrete footings shall be increased in thickness to the bottom of overdepth in earth excavation and overbreak in rock excavation. ' ",-' '-, ,', ,"'.. -;~",:,:TS.45-1 I I I I I I I I I 'I I . I n 1M I I I I I I B. I ' DRAINAGE: Excavation shall be performed in such manner that the area of the site and the area immediately surrounding the site will be continually and effectively drained by gravity. Water shall not be permitted to accumulate in the excavation. The excavation shall ,be drained by satisfactory 'methods .to "prevent softening 'of the ;foundation ,bottom, undercutting offo?tings, or other actions. detrimental to proper construction procedures. C. SHORING: ,Shoring, including sheet piling, shall be furnished and in~talled as necessary to protect workmen, banks, adjacent paving, structures, and utilities. Shoring, bracing, and sheeting shall be removed as excavations are backfilled, in a manner to prevent caving. D. BORROW: Where satisfactory materials are not available in ,sufficient quantity from required excavations, approved materials shall be obtained from the borrow areas from approved sources' off Owner-controlled land at the Contractor's responsibility. The necessary clearing and grubbing of borrow area disposal and burning of debris therefrom, the development of sources including any access roads for hauling and the necessary right- of-way, and the satisfactory drainage of the borrow areas shall be considered as incidental items to borrow excavation. Borrow areas shall be neatly trimmed and trained after borrow excavations are completed. E. EXCAVATED MATERIALS: Satisfactory excavated material required for backfill shall be placed in the proper section of the permanent work required under this section, or shall be separately stockpiled if it cannot be readily placed. Satisfactory excavated material in excess of that required for the work under this section shall be made available for use in other portions of~the permanent overall ,site work required for :thecontractproject. . Satisfactory material in excess of that required for the permanent work and unsatisfactory material shall be 'disposed of in designated spoil areas as a part of the Contractor's responsibility....Nofsatisfactory material shall be wasted or used for the convenience of the Contractor unless sOJlUthorized. Stockpiles shall be placed, graded, compacted and shaped for proper drainag~. F. FINAL GRADE: Care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to fmal grade shall not be made until just before concrete is to be placed. -05. COMPACTION OF FILLS: All fills shall be compacted in layers not thicker than eight inches by rolling, tamping, vibrating, or combination thereof. When material varies from optimum moisture content, it shall be treated as follows: A. When wet, moisture shall be reduced by scarifying and aerating the soil until optimum moisture is obtained. B. When dry, moisture shall be added by sprinkling, and thoroughly mixing to incorporate into the uncompacted soil. C. Fill and cut areas will be sloped so as to drain properly and prevent accumulation of water. When existing or cut areas are to be covered with less than one foot of fill, the surface shall be scarified to a depth of eight inches and compacted to the same density as adjacent .. .: 'c'~...:~",.:rS-15-2" I I I I I I I I I I areas. The compaction obtained shall be no less than 95 per cent of the Standard Proctor Maximum. The top 12 inches of all filled areas shall be compacted to 100 per cent of the Standard Proctor Maximum. -06. FIELD DENSITY DETERMINATIONS: ,Field density determinations.may be made to determine the compaction of the fill. These tests will be made in each two foot lift of the fill, and in'sufficient number laterally to give complete coverage and assure proper compaction of the entire fill. -07. BACKFILLING: Backfilling shall notbegin until construction below fmish grade has been approved" underground utility systems have been inspected, tested, and approved, forms removed, and the excavation cleaned of trash and debris~ Backfill shall be brought to indicated finish grade. Backfill shall not be placed in wet or frozen areas. Backfill shall be of satisfactory materials placed and compacted as specified. Heavy equipment for spreading and compacting backfill shall not be operated closer to foundation or walls than a distance equal to the height of backfill above the top of footing; the area rem$IDg shall be compacted by power-driven hand tampers suitable for the material being compacted. Backfill shall be placed carefully around pipes to avoid damage to coatings. Backfill shall not be placed against foundation walls prior to 7 days after completion of the walls. As far as practicable, backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the wall and sloped to drain away from the wall. -08.' PROTECTION: I Settlement or washing that occurs in graded or backfilled areas prior to acceptance ,.".._... '_.~'-'of-the-work--shall-be-repa~ed.and gradesre-established.to the required elevations and slopes. I I I I I I I I -09. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No separate measurement or payment will be made for excavation and backfill performed under this section. Payment therefore will be included in the' contract price for the structure or installation to, which such excavation and backfill is incidental. . .... .;,-":..r:;,,,;,:fS-15-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-16 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION -01. SCOPE: ' This section covers concrete construction, complete, including reinforcement thereof. -02. FORMS: Forms shali be of wood, metal, structural hardboard or other suitable material that will produce the required sUrface finish. Forms placed for successive pours for continuous surfaces shall be fitted to accurate alignment to assure a smooth complete~ surface free frOI!1 irregularities, and shall be sufficiently tight to prevent the loss of mortar. No forms shall be left permanently in place without approval of the Engineer. Holes resulting from removal of form ties shall be filled solid within 12 hours after'removal of forms with cement mortar. -03. REINFORCING AND EMBEDDED METALS: Bar reinforcement shall be intermediate grade new billet steel conforming to the requirements of the ASTM Designation A15. All bars o/e inch and larger shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM Designation A305. Detailing, fabrication and tagging of reinforcement shall be done in accordance with ACI "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" (ACI 315), except that where longer laps are indicated on the design drawings, the drawings shall govern. Wire fabric reinforcement shall consist of steel wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation A185. Anchor bolts and structural shapes shall conform to ASTM Designation A36. Exposed surfaces of embedded steel shall be given one shop coat of Red Lead Iron Oxide conforming for Federal Specification TT-P-86c, Type II, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Anchor bolts and miscellaneous steel items to be embedded in concrete shall be accurately placed in accordance with the drawings, and adequately secured in position to prevent dislodgement during concrete placing operations. Anchor bolts shall be protected after concrete has been placed and set by daul?ing with grease, wrapping with burlap, and covering bolts with wooden boxes. -04. CONCRETE: ' All concretd shall be equivalent to ready mix concrete manufactured and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C94 and having a compressive strength at 28 days of 3,000 psi, except as noted herein. The concrete manufacturer shall assume the responsibility of the design 'of the concrete mix in accordance with Alternate No.2 of ASTM C94. Air entrained concrete shall be used for all concrete. A. MATERIALS: 1. Cement: Cement shall be Type I or IA "Portland" cement, all one manufacturer, conforming to ASTM, C150 or ASTM C175, respectively. 2. Aggregates: Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate shall be , ,,;:~.i.'.";.-ffiS;-J6""l- ., I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I crushed rock or gravel and graded from % inch to number 4 sieve for mass or foundation:concrete. Fine aggregate shall be natural sand. 3. Water: Mixing water shall be proportioned so that slump when measured with standard slump cone does not exceed the following: Slabs on grade Footings All others Max. 4", Min. 3" Max. 5", Min. 3" Max. 6", Min. 3" 4. Filler Strips: Premoldedjoint filler strips shall be resilient compressive, bituminous and fiber materials saturated with at least 35 percent and not over 50 percent by weight of asphalt. Poured type joint composition for expansion joints shall be elastic compound ~ade up of asphalt and colloidal mineral fillers. B. PLACING CONCRETE: Runways for wheeled equipment shall be provided to convey concrete. Runways shall not be supported on the reinforcement. Concrete shall be placed and compacted in layers not over 24 inches deep. Vibrators may be used provided they are used under experienced supervision and the mixture is dry enough to prevent segregation. Form vibrators shall not be used. Vibration shall not be used for transporting or moving concrete inside fOrlns. No more concrete shall be placed than can be consolidated and fmished the same day as placed. Free fall of concrete shall be limited so that no segregation of materials occurs. C. JOINTS: Construction joints not indicated on drawings shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of pour. Joints in foundation walls shall be keyed. Before depositing the concrete is resumecL the hardened surface shall be roughened, cleaned of foreign matter and thoroughly wetted but not saturated. The cleaned and wetted surfaces shall be slushed with a coating of neat cement grout against which the new concrete shall be placed before the grout has attained its set. D. FINISHING: After stripping forms, all voids and honeycombs shall be patched by chipping and scarifying the defective ,areas and treating it with an approved bonding agent. All such voids shall be patched, not merely plastered. Grout mixture shall consist of one part Portland cement and one part sand. Immediately following removal of forms, all fms and irregular projections shall be re~oved from all surfaces except from those which are not to be exposed or waterproofed. Slabs shall be struck-off and consolidated by approved machine or hand methods, screeding and tamping concrete so that upon completion, the surface shall be true to grade as shown on drawings and free of surface voids. All floors shall have a monolithic steel trowel fmish unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Exterior walls shall be compacted, screeded and floated to a true even surface with wood floats and then broomed. -05. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Concrete construction is considered incidental to the construction of various elements of the project, and no separate payment will be made therefor. """,TS-16-2' " I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-17 MASONRY -01. SCOPE: The work of this section comprises all masonry work, as shown on the drawings or specified herein, including the building-in of metal or wood items furnished or set in place by . others. ' -02. MATERIALS: A. SAND: Best quality washed white sand, sharp, well screened and free from silt, loam or clay. B., WATER: Clean kd free from injurious amounts of acids, alkalies, organic materials or other harmful substances. C. MORTAR MIX: Magnolia Mason Mix as manufactured by Southern Cement Co., Birmingham, Alabama or equal, meeting Federal Specification SS-C-18-C. D. NON-SHRINK GROUT: Embeco pre-mixed non-metallic grout, as manufactured by the Master Building Company, or equal. E. BRICK: 1. Pavers: See Section "Brick Pavement." 2. Veneer and Wall: All brick veneer for concrete walls shall match brick pavers in color and shall be 1 0-200 Flashed, Solid and 10-200 Flashed, Cored as manufactured by Boral Brick Company, Augusta, Georgia. Size shall be modular. F. CONCRETE BLOCK: All ,concrete masonry units shall meet ASTM Specification C90 requirements for qrade A block. All exposed block shall have a uniformly rough texture. G. PARTITION TIE~: ~ inch galvanized hardware cloth at cavity walls. Steel Strap at structural steel bents shall be included. H. WALL REINFORCING: Standard Dur-O- Wal or equal turned reinforcement for 10" or 12" cavity walls with drip cross rods, placed 16" o.c. For interior 8", 6", or 4" walls for the respective thickness shall be used. I. CLEANING SOLUTION: Sur-Klean No. 101 or equal, lime solvent mixed with water in accordance with manufacturer's directions for cleaning all masonry materials. -03. MORT AR: All mortar shall be mixed by hand or preferably in a mechanical mixer and in quantities sufficient for the proper progress of the work. No retempered or mortar that has started its initial set shall be used. ~:':lTS-17-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I The mortar shall consist of one part masonry cement and not more than three parts damp loose sand. The mortar shall contain as much water as it can possibly carry and still provide satisfactory consistency for the laying of masonry units. -04. BRICK. CONCRETE BLOCK AND GLAZED TILE WORK: All masonry shall be laid to a line, all work plumb and true and all contact joints, both horizontal and vertical, shall be completely filled with mortar as the work progresses. Masonry work shall be supervised at all times by the responsible foreman. All lintels,' wood blocking, frames, flashing, expansion joints, anchors, etc. as required shall be built-in, and chases shall be left in the walls for outlet boxes, conduit and piping as required under electrical and mechanical work. All concrete block, glazed tile, and brick shall be coursed together. Brick and block shall be coursed to an 8" height with one course of block and three courses of brick. Vertical joints in block and brick shall be the same as with the resulting horizontal joint. Joints in aU brick shall be tooled raked 14 inch. Joints in concrete block shall be "V", grooved unless otherwise ~oted. All brick masonry shall be laid in a common running bond. When concrete block or brick have to be cut, a motor driven carborundum diamond saw shall be used. In warm weather, all brick shall be thoroughly wetted as necessary to reduce the rate of absorption of water at the time of laying. All holes and cracks in exposedjoints shall be filled with additional fresh mortar and jointed. If mortar has hardened, the defect shall be chiseled out and refilled with fresh mortar and retooled. , -05. FACE BRICK ATTACHMENT: A. Face brick shall be :attached to concrete walls where shown on the plans. B. Dovetail inserts shall be set vertically in the concrete forms at intervals not exceeding 16 inches. Inserts shall be Heckmann No. 100 or equal. I C. Dovetail anchors shall be placed at intervals not exceeding 16 inches vertically; anchors shall be Heckmann No.1 05 or ~qual. D. "Ladur" type single wythe Dur-O- Wal standard reinforcement shall be continuous in the same joint at which anchors are placed. -06. CLEANING: All exposed brickwork shall be thoroughly cleaned after completion. A cleaning solution specified herein or a 10% solution of muriatic acid and water shall be used, brushing it with a wire brush where necessary to remove mortar stains. Surfaces shall be thoroughly wet from top to bottom before acid solution is applied and thoroughly rinsed after with clean water, carefully TS-17-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I protecting metals and other work from staining. Cleaning shall not be attempted before mortar has set for at least seven days.: Concrete block shall be pointed up, rubbed free of rough spots and thoroughly cleaned in preparation for painting. ! -07. PROTECTION: No masonry shall be laid when the temperature is below 320 F. on a nsmg thermometer or below 400 F. on a falling thermometer, unless adequate precaution against freezing is provided. No frozen materials shall be used in the construction of masonry work. All unfmished work shall be covered wi~ waterproof paper or canvas. All masonry units stored in the open or stacked near the mortar boards shall be protected against excessive wetting when freezing may occur . All masonry materials shall be shipped and stored in such a manner as to prevent damage or intrusion of fo~eign matter. Cement, mortar mix and other packaged materials shall be stored in tight sheds with elevated floors. Concrete Units shall be stored under a cover that permits circulation of air and prevents excess moisture absorption. -08. GROUTING: All steel d09r frames, metal windows, and metal handrail shall be grouted with non- metallic, non-shrink grout specified, used in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. -09. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for the work covered by this section. Compensation will be included in the lump sum payment for the section into which the work under this section falls. .TS-17-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-18 STUCCO -01. GENERAL: This section covers the application of stucco to existing building facades as deemed necessary upon completion of building demolition. The work shall consist of stucco application to cover the entire exposed side. The Contractor is to provide for the construction and completion of the work described. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract documents. A. DESCRIPTION A: Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to install the field applied STUC-O-FLEX finish coating. B. DESCRIPTION B. Related work specifications: 1. Masonry, TS-17 2. Concrete Construction, TS-16 -02. ' CEMENT'STUCCO SUBSTRATE: A. MoistUre content of the stucco shall not exceed 19% at the time of STUC-O-FLEX application. B. Stucco basecoat shall be fully cured, clean; dry, and free of all efflorescence and foreign . materials. c. Stucco should be applied as required by the applicable building codes. In the case of a "one- coat" stucco substr~te, the manufacturer's specifications shall be followed exactly. D. Care should be taken at system terminations so as not to allow moisture behind the Stucco fmish coat. -03. MATERIALS: A. PRIME 'SEAL (Acrylic based stain blocking primer): Protects substrate from moisture and prevents bleed through. B. STUCCO: Factory premixed, acrylic based, color integrated, textured finish for use with this application. Numerous textures can be achieved using a variety of application methods. Spray applied or hawk & trowel- Sand finish, skip trowel, knock down, lace, etc. Provided in 20 standard colors, special colors upon request, See STUC-O-FLEX standard color chart. C. WATER: Shall be: clean and potable in clean containers without any residue or foreign materials. D. SEALANT SYSTEM (CAULKING): Shall be of appropriate quality to prevent potential water intrusion. Consult manufacturers for specific details and specification. TS-18-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E. PREPARATION 1. PRIME SEAL: Mix to a uniform consistency: 2. STUCCO:; Using a jiffler paddle type mixer agitate material until a homogeneous consistency is obtained. Care should be taken so as NOT to introduce air into finish coat material. 3. I Never add modifiers, admixtures or other products to stucco. -04. INSTALLATION: A. CEMENT STUCCO shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations or applicable building codes providing a smooth, dry substrate on which to accept the stucco finish coating. ' 1. Appropriate drying time must be adhered to so as to provide a structurally sound substrate with a moisture content of 19% or less. B. PRIME SEAL: Apply primer with airless sprayer, medium nap roller, or paint brush to all areas which stucco finish coat is to be applied. A uniform pinhole free layer should be provided to insure no shadowing or discoloration will occur from the stucco substrate. 1. Allow to mY completely. C. Stucco shall be applied in color and texture as approved by Engineer using stainless steel trowels or appropriate spray equipment with sufficient manpower and equipment to insure a continuous operation without cold joints, scaffolding lines, etc. Finishedwall sections shall match approved job site sample. Coverage and thickness shall vary depending on texture desired and specified final appearance. Do not moist-cure ~tucco finish coat. Apply fmish coat as to completely cover all areas of the cement stucco basecoat. D. Cement stucco shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations or applicable building 'codes providing a smooth, dry substrate on which to accept a finish coat. E. Apply primer with airless sprayer, medium nap roller, or paintbrush to all areas to receive finish coat. A uniform pinhole free layer shall be provided to insure no shadowing or discoloration will occur from.substrate~ -05. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for work completed under this section will be paid for under the Stucco Existing Augusta Federal Building bid item in the Bid Schedule, as determined necessary. TS-18-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -01. SECTION TS-19 FOUNTAIN SCOPE: This section covers the design, testing, materials and construction of one wall fountain as shown on the plans, including water service, connection piping, drains, nozzles, pumps, filters, lights, controls and appurtenances, installed complete. A. The furnishing and installation of materials shall include but not be limited to the following items: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Pool Water Management Equipment and related services. Lighting ~d Electrical Support Equipment. Maintenance System Equipment. Remote Mounted Pumping Equipment with Valve Manifold~ Drainage System. Automatic 'Level Control System. System Controls. Display Jets and/Overflow Weirs. Utility Services for power, fill water" and sewer. Special Tools. \ -02. MANUFACTURER: The manufacturer shall be experienced in the design, installation and operation of wall fountains. The wall fountain system shall be as supplied by Dynamic Fountains, Inc., 1676 Mission Road, Cartersville, Georgia 30120, (770) 386-9646 or approved equal. , A. MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES: I 2. -03. 1. Responsible for providing the engineering design data which relates directly to the fountain system. The design shall describe the mechanical (hydraulic) and electrical system. Included in this design will be the sizing, selecting, and assembling of all fountain equipment and supply lines. Provide equipment manufacturer's services atjobsite to familiarize the maintenance staff of the porrect procedures to operate and maintain fountain system equipment. SUBMITTALS: A. Submittals shall inClude the following: 1. Shop drawings and product information for all equipment and materials furnished. 2. Complete Bill of Material list. 3. Equipment space layout showing all electrical and mechanical equipment in addition TS-19-l I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I to all piping and conduit. 4. Design Description. 5. Installation details for each piece of equipment being provided. 6. The Equipment Supplier shall provide a written performance guarantee certifying the fountain system will perform to the designed water heights, patterns, and lighting effects as designed provided the equipment is supplied by a single source and the installation is in accordance with the drawings and recommendations. B. Submittals shall be rejected if they are difficult to read due to poor image, drafting quality, insufficient scale, or missing data. C. Work shall not proceed until the Engineer has approved all submittals. -04. GUARANTEE: A. Fountain equipment manufacturer and installing contractor( s) issue a joint guarantee that any equipment with exception of the lighting lamps found defective within one (1) year of the final acceptance shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. B. Guarantee does not include damage incurred through operation and maintenance by the Owner. -05. STRUCTURE: Construct substantially as shown on the plans at the location indicated one arched brick wall with a cast stone molding, a tile veneer within the limits of the cast stone molding, and a cast stone pool basin. Workmanship and finish will conform to the best standards of trade. 1. Concrete: Concrete work shall conform to the Concrete, Reinforcing Steel and Appurtenances section of the project Technical Specifications. , 2. Brick: Bric~ work shall conform to masonry section of the project Technical Specifications. , 3. Cast Stone: ' a. Cast, stone shall be glass fiber reinforced concrete. The glass fiber reinforced concrete shall utilize 1" - 1 W' long bundled strands of glass fiber to reinforce the cement mortar (a mixture of cement and sand size aggregate to be specified by the cast stone manufacturer). , , b. Fini$h shall be sand colored travertine, color samples shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to any order being completed. An anti- graffiti system shall be applied to all cast stone (Manguard as manufactured by Stonewear or an approved equal). c. Caststone molding shall be set to brick fountain wall using Sikaflex22l- TS-19-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Elastic adhesive/sealant or an approved equal and stainless steel rods as anchors. d. Cast stone pool basin shall be set to reinforced concrete per the detail on the 'plan in addition to,using,Sikaflex22lasa'bondinglwaterproofingagent at the,joint. e. Cast stone pool baSin shall ',be ,sealed with a black urethane 'asphalt sealant, as manufactured by CIM Industries, or approved equal. 4. Fountain Tile: a. Tile: Tile shall be Emerald #MXT -422 as manufactured by National Poole Tile Group or approved equal. Tile shall be made of porcelain. b. Thinset: BonsaI multipurpose adhesive. Color shall be gray. c. Grout: BonsaI drywall. Color shall be hunter green. -06. DESIGN: . This fountain features one 0'-5-1/2" long clear sheet overflow weir with a 3/4" continuous flow rate. The waterfall will be illuminated by one (1) 250 watt freestanding light fixture. The plaque on thtf back wall will also be illuminated by the same fixture. " The display will be controlled by two (2) 3/4 HP submersible pumps with a filter system that is located in the, mechanical room of the events/restroom building and is directly in-line with the pumps. The pumps, filter, appropriate manifolds, and the system controls will be factory pre-assembled and ready for set-in-place installation. -07. PIPING: A. GENERAL INSTALLATION 1. Make all pipe runs as direct as possible using a minimum number of fittings. 2. Slope piping toward the pump. If the piping cannot be sloped connect a 1-1/2" drain line and valve (minimum) to the lowest point. 3. Cut pipe and tubing ends square. Remove rough edges and burrs to create a smooth, unobstructed flow. 4. Protect all openings in piping during construction to prevent entrance of foreign matter. 5. All connections between dissimilar metals shall be made with dielectric fittings. 6. All city water' lines connected to the fountain system shall be protected by a , TS-19-3 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. c. D. E. -08. A. backflow preventor approved for applications and a pressure regulator which limits supply pressure to a minimum 50 p.s.i. UNDERGROUND PIPING 1. 1-114" and,smaller shall be type "L" seamless copper tube of full hard temper with wrought cqpper of cast bronze solder joint type fittings. 2. Larger than 2" shall be schedule 40 PVC with schedule 40 solvent welded fittings. ABOVEGROUND PIPING 1. 1-1/4" or smaller shall be type "I" seamless copper tube of full hard temper with wrought copper or cast bronze solder joint type fittings. 2. 3" or larger shall be schedule 40 PVc. PENETRATIONS: 1. Core drilling for pipe penetrations shall be accomplished only at locations and in a manner approved by the Architect. '. 2. Provide a sleeve with waterstop for every pipe or sleeve penetrating an exterior concrete wflll or floor. PIPING TEST: . 1. Conduct all tests before concealment of pipe and before any coating or wrapping is applied. . 2. Provide all temporary piping, pumps, and gauges necessary to conduct the specified test. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: UNDERWATER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. . Lighting:. a. Install underwater light fIxtures in accordance with Article 680 of the National Electric Code (N.E.C.) and as per manufacturer's instructions. b. SecUre underwater light flexible cords to junction boxes using cord seals. c. Exposed underwater flexible cords may not exceed 10'-0' in length. d. Protect all underwater lighting circuits operating above 15 volts with a class "A': ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI). Circuits operating below 150 volts shall be protected by a U.L. listed transformer marked for this TS-19-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I application. e. Provide sufficient flexible cord to allow underwater light fixtures to be removed from the water for re-lamping and normal maintenance. 2. JUNCTION BOX a. Install underwater junction boxes in accordance with Article 680 of the National Electric' Code and as per manufacturer's instructions. b. Seal all conduit opening using duct seal or other approved sealant. c. Make sure all wiring connection are grounded in the center of the box and away from the box walls and recessed below the opening. d. Fill junction box completely with potting compound to encapsulate electrical connections and prevent moisture entry. B. CONDUIT 1. Application: a. Install all wiring except submersible light fixture cord in sealed conduit using the best modem practices. b. Conduit located in the equipment room or exposed to sunlight shall be steel. c. Conduit located within the pool and stubbed through the pool floor or wall shall be red brass. d. Buried conduit shall be PVC. e. Do hot use non-threaded couplings or connectors with conduit installed in wet locations, buried in concrete, or buried in any filL All threads shall be N.P~T. run tight with Teflon tape or sealant. Running threads are not permitted. f. Bend conduit so that there is no damage and so that the inside diameter is not effectively reduced. No more than the equivalent of two (2) degree bends shall be used on any single run between accessible outlets or other fittings. g. Provide a bushing to protect conductors where conduit enters a box or fitting. h. Seal ends of conduit during construction and after conductor installation to prevent entry of moisture. 1. Cut ends of all conduit square and carefully ram to remove rough edges. J. Provide dielectric fittings for all connections made between dissimilar metals. ,,' TS-19-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I k. Install only stranded type copper conductors with waterproof insulation be~een underwater junction boxes and control panel. Do not use solid copper conductors. I C. ELECTRICAL TESTING 1. All electrical circuits, feeders, and equipment shall be tested and proven free of improper grounds, open circuits or shorts as required by the public authorities to demonstrate compliance with all codes and laws. -09. SHOP DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer five (5) sets of shop drawings for the basin, equipment vault, drain lines, and control panel including detailed information on the location of all piping, pUmp, filter, and appurtenances. No work shall be stated until shop drawings have been approved. : , -010. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The fountain will be paid for at the lump sum price shown in the Bid Schedule therefor, and shall include all concrete, brick, cast stone, tile, bronze seal, piping, nozzles, pumps, lights, filters, controls, drains, labor, materials, equipment and installation. Drain piping includes the total length of pipe and valves from fountain to grate trap and is to include tie-ins at both the fountain and grate trap. Water service piping payment under this section includes tie to service in sidewalk in front of fountain. . TS-19-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-20 SWING GATE -01. GENERAL: I This sectio'n covers the materials needed and construction of one double swing gate as shown on the plans, installed complete. . A. SECTION INCLl!DED 1. Ornamental picket swing gates. B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Concrete Construction. 2. Masonry.: C. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Shop Dra~ngs: Layout of fence and gates with dimensions, details, and finishes of components, accessories and post foundations. 2. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog cuts indicating material compliance and specified options. 3. Color - Black shall be selected for all materials for swing gate. -02. PRODUCTS A. MANUFACTURER 1. Products from qualified manufacturers having a minimum of 5 years experience manufacturing ornamental picket fencing will be acceptable by the engineer as equal, if approved, and if they meet the following specifications for design, size, gauge of metal parts and fabrication. 2. Approved Manufacturer: Monumental Iron Works/Master Halco Inc., Baltimore, MD Phone (410) 633-6500 Fax (410) 633- 6506 B. ORNAMENTAL PICKET SWING GATES I. Gate Fram~s: Fabricate ornamental picket swing gate using galvanized steel members, ASTM A 78, structural quality steel, 45,000 psi tensile strength, with galvanized G90 coating. Frame members welded using stainless steel welded to form rigid one-piece unit. (no substitution) Minimum size vertical uprights, 2" square 13 gauge [0.095"] wall thickness. TS-20-l I I I I I I I I I I I I .1 I 1 I I I I 2. Ornamental Picket Infill: "U" channel rails, formed from hot rolled, structural steel, 1-3/8" wide x 1-112" deep, 11 gauge [0.120"] wall thickness. Punch rails to receive pickets, and weld inside gate frame. Pickets, galvanized steel, [3/4"] [1"] square tube [of gauge, spacing, and with accessories to match fence]. Attach pickets to "U" rails by 1/4" industrial drive rivets, size #4. 3. Bracing: Provide diagonal adjustable length truss rods on gates to prevent sag. 4. Hardware Materials: Galvanized steel or malleable iron shapes to suit gate size. 5. Hinges: Structurally capable of supporting gate leaf and allow opening and closing without binding. Non-lift-off type hinge design shall permit gate to swing 1800. 6. Latch: Capable of retaining gate in closed position and have provision for padlock. . 7. Keeper: Provide keeper for each gate .leaf over 5' wide. Gate keeper shall consist of mechanical device for securing free end of gate when in full open position. 8. Double Gates: Provide drop rod to hold inactive leaf. Provide gate stop pipe to engage center drop rod. Provide locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of latch, requiring one padlock for locking both gate leaves. 9. Gate Posts: Square members, ASTM A787, structural quality steel 45,000 psi tensile strength, with galvanized G90 coating; size as indicated below: Gate Leaf Single Width Post Size (square) Weight 3 ft (914 min) to 4 ft (1219 mm) 3" 4 ft (1219 mm) to 8 ft (2438 mm) 4" 4.2861b/ft 5.770Ib/ft 10. Polyester Powder Coat Finish: After components have been galvanized to provide maximum corrosion resistance, pretreat, clean, and prepare galvanized surface to assure complete adhesion of fmish coat. Apply 2.5 mil (0.0635 mm) thickness of polyester resin based powder coating by electrostatic spray process. Bake fmish for 20 minutes at 4500 F (2320 C), metal temperature. Choose color [Black] [Bronze] [White] [Gr~en] or [Tan]. [to match ornamental picket fence]. c. SETTING MATERIAL 1. Concrete: Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. -03. EXECUTION: A. EXAMINATION I. Verify area to receive swing gate is completed to final grades and elevations. 2. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established. TS-20-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. ORNAMENTAL PICKET GATE FRAMING INST ALLA TION 1. Install gate posts in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Concrete set gate posts: ,Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. Holes shall have diameter 4 times greater than outside dimension of post, 'and depths approximately 6" deeper than post bottom. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils, and for posts with heavy lateral loads. Set post bottom 36" below surface when in firm, undisturbed,soil. Place concrete around posts in a continuous' pour. Trowel finish around post and slope to direct water away from posts; a. Gate posts and hardware: Set keepers, stops, sleeves into concrete. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and maintain in position during placement and finishing operations. C. GATE INSTALLATION 1. Install gate's plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. 2. Attach hardware by means which will prevent unauthorized removal. 3. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. D. CLEANING 1. Clean up debris and unused material, and remove from the site. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for work completed under this section will be made according to the unit price in the bid schedule for 6' Double Swing Gate. TS-20-3 I I 1 I I I 1 1 I 1 1 I I I' 1 1 I I 1 SECTION TS-21 PAINTING AND CAULKING -01. GENERAL: The work of this section comprises all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete all painting and caulking as scheduled on the drawings or specified herein. -02. MATERIALS: A. ' PACKAGING: All materials shall be delivered to the project in unbroken packages. They shall be used without adulteration and with only such thinning as provided for in the manufacturer's directions. Seals shall not be broken until contents are to be used. All mixing shall be done on the premises. B. QUALITY: All materials shall be of the highest grade products of nationally known, reputable manufacturers, such as Benjamin Moore, Glidden, Sherwin-Williams, Pittsburgh, du Pont, etc., and the Engineer's approval on make of paint shall be obtained. C. STORAGE: Materials shall be stored in one place, the same to be kept neat and clean. Adequate care shall be taken to prevent the danger of fIre. The Engineer shall have access to the materials, as well as every reasonable facility for determining whether they are in accordance with these specifications. -03. WORKMANSHIP: All work shall be done in a workmanlike manner by skilled mechanics. All materials shall be evenly spread and smoothly flowed-on and free from runs and sags and no paint, varnish, or enamel shall be applied until the preceding coat is thoroughly dried and hard. All fmished surfaces shall be left free from brush marks or other defects, and edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors shall be cut sharp and clean without overlapping. No exterior painting shall be done in rainy, damp, or frosty weather, or until the surface is thoroughly,dry, and no interior painting or fInishing shall be done until the building has been thoroughly dried out. All paints, stains, and varnishes shall be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. -04. PREPARATION OF SURFACES: The painting contractor shall be wholly responsible for fInish of his work, and therefore shall not commence any part of it until surface is in proper condition in every respect. If painting contractor considers any surface so unsuitable for proper finish for his work that it cannot be rectifIed by normal sanding, he shall notify the Engineer of this fact before any material is applied and he shall not aPl?ly any materials until the condition of the surfaces is made satisfactory. No exterior painting shall be done in rainy, damp or frosty weather or until surfaces are thoroughly dry and n() interior painting or finishing shall be done until building has been thoroughly dried out. All knots or sappy spots in wood to be painted shall be given one coat of shellac at TS-2l-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I least ten hours before priming; in wood to be varnished, knots and sap stains shall be treated after filing and staining. All pencil marks and other foreign matter shall be removed before applying any finish. All greasy or oily metal surfaces shall be cleaned with turpentine or benzine before applying any materials. All scale or rust shall be removed by scraping, wire brushing or sand blasting. A. WOOD: All wood surfaces shall be sanded to a smooth, even fmish and dusted off. After primer or stain has been applied all nail holes and cracks shall be filled with plastic wood or putty, tinted to match stained wood, and all surfaces sanded smooth between coats. B. STEEL AND IRON: All shop coats shall be touched up and no field or finished painting is to be done until surfaces are satisfactory. C. GAL V ANIZED METAL: Surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with a galvanized primer, Lithofoam metal etch or solution containing four ounces of copper sulphate per gallon of water. Coating shall remain at least twelve hours, after which it shall be dusted off with stiff brushes. D. ALUMINUM: All aluminum surfaces to be painted shall be prepared according to the recommended practice for preparing aluminum for painting given in ASTM Standard D- 1730. E. PROTECTION OF HARDWARE AND FIXTURES: Before painting is started in each area, hardware, accessories, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in that area shall be removed and shall not be replaced until the last coat of paint is dry. Where exceptions are permitted, as on hardware necessary to keep all premises locked, such items shall be carefully protected. Doors shall be temporarily removed to permit painting of the bottom edges. The removal and replacing of the above items shall be done only by skilled mechanics. F. DISSIMILAR METALS: Contact surfaces between dissimilar metals shall be painted with a heavy coat of proper primer or asphalt paint. -05. COLORS: To establish a uniformity of exterior appearance throughout the project, and unless otherwise specified in the schedule of colors or directed by the Engineer, the standard fmish coat paint color shall be H.B. Tnemec-Tufcoat Series 114 IN06 "Black" as manufactured by Tnemec. Actual samples of painted surfaces at least two feet square shall be submitted to the Engineer for review before ordering of any paint. -06. PAINTING SCHEDULE: In order to follow the schedule of finishes, the painting contractor shall be furnished a set of required drawings and a copy of these specifications. All questions should be referred to the Engineer for clarification before work proceeds. The types of paints and numbers of coats required under various surfaces shall be as follows: TS-21-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I A. EXTERIOR: All exterior paint shall be oil based enamel suitable for the materials to be painted, as recommended by the paint manufacturer. -07. 1. Steel and Cast Iron: One coat of rust inhibitive primer. Two coats of gloss industrial enamel. 2. Galvanized Metal: One coat of galvanized metal primer, or special treatment. Two coats of gloss industrial enamel. 3. Stainless Steel: Brush blast with fme formula polyclutch wash primer. Two coats of gloss industrial enamel. 4. Aluminum: One coat of zinc chromate primer. Two coats of gloss industrial enamel. 5. Woodwork: One coat of exterior oil primer. Three coats of gloss acrylic house paint. 6. Metal Doors: One coat of metal primer. Two coats of gloss industrial enamel. Top and edges of doors shall receive one coat. 7. Stucco and Masonry: Two coats vinyl masonry paint. CLEANUP AND PROTECTION: Upon completion of the work, all paint spots and stains shall be removed. Finishes where damaged shall be restored and left in good condition. Exposed edges of doors shall be touched up where refitting has been necessary. All discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans, and rags shall be removed. The work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, shall be protected against damage by painting and finishing work. Any damages shall be corrected cleaning, repairing or replacing and repainting as directed. -08. TOUCH-UP PAINT: The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner one extra unopened gallon of each color and type of paint used on the project for future touch-up. -09. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made for the work covered by this section. Compensation will be included in the prices for the various elements of the project of which painting . is an incidental element. , TS-2l-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-22 SPECIALTY ITEMS -01. GENERAL: This section covers manufacturing, furnishing, and installing specialty items, including benches, game tables, trash receptacles, interpretive plaques, bronze relief map, and Oglethorpe statue, all complete with foundations, all accessories and in place as shown on the plans. -02. BENCHES: Benches shall be constructed with cast iron frames and wood slat seats and backs. Cast iron ends shall be custom made, cast with special lettering and date as shown on the plans. Wood slats shall be mahogany, suitable for outdoor installation and coated with 2 shop coats and 2 field coats of boiled linseed oil. All metal parts and bolts, excepting slat fasteners, shall be painted with the standard dark green color specified elsewhere herein. Slat fasteners shall be stainless steel. Benches with backs shall be Model B-76 as manufactured by Titan Manufacturing Company, Concord, Massachusetts. -03. GAME TABLES: To be added later -04. TRASH RECEPTACLES: Trash receptacles shall consist of an outer cover made up of an upper and lower casting with wood slat sides and a metal liner and cover insert. Painting and wood finishing shall be as specified for the benches and picnic tables. Trash receptacles shall be Model TR-35 as , manufactured by Titan Manufacturing Company, Concord, Massachusetts. -05. NOTICE BOARD: Notice boards shall have a satin anodized aluminum frame unit, with lockable doors mounted on a full length piano hinge that feature acrylic windows. The unit shall have an aluminum backing with silicone sealant for weather resistance. The unit interior shall have a tackable surface made of cork board that has vinyl fabric cover to aid in resisting weather. Notice board shall be an Enclosed Outdoor Cork Board EB23EN as manufactured by Aristocrat Industries, Inc., Mt. Vemon, Ohio or approved equal. -06. BRONZE RELIEF MAP: Bronze relief map shall be furnished in four (4) equal pieces and is to be installed by Contractor per the map manufacturer's (Gregg LeFevre, 29 Bleeker Street, New York, NY 10012, 212-677 -1445) instructions. The Contractor is responsible for prepping the sidewalk per the detail shown on the plans at the location designated on the plans. TS-22-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -07. OGLETHORPE STATUE: Bronze statue of General James Edward Oglethorpe shall be furnished to the Contractor during the construction phase of this project and shall be erected by Contractor per the recommendation of the statue sculptor at the location shown on' the plans. The Contractor is responsible for constructing the cast stone pedestal and appurtenances for the statue. The Contractor is to coordinate with the statue sculptor exact locations of the anchor bolts to set statue. -08. INTERPRETIVE PLAQUES: The Contractor shall construct decorative interpretive plaque structures of concrete, brick and granite masonry, complete with stainless steel frame, as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall furnish and install the frames and plaques. The plaque face design will be furnished to the Contractor during the course of the work. -09. BIKE RACK: Each bike rack shall consist of a concrete pad with six (6) 2 ~ inch x 2 inch slots with a 3/4 inch x 5 foot 0 inch solid galvanized steel bar embedded in the concrete pad to serve as a wheel locking device for bicycles as shown on the plans. The steel bar shall be exposed through the width of each slot. Each slot shall be completed with a 1 inch diameter drain hole. The concrete pads shall be sloped away from the bicycle tire slots as to prevent excessive accumulation of runoff. -010. SHOP DRAWINGS: The Contractor shall furnish five sets of shop drawings, catalogue cuts and other descriptive material covering each of the. speciality items to be furnished under this section. In addition, one sepia shall be furnished for each shop drawing. Shop drawings shall be checked and approved by the Contractor prior to submittal for review. No fabrication shall begin until shop drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer. -011. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Benches, game tables, trash receptacles, interpretive plaques, bike racks, will be paid for at the unit or lump sum price for each size and type item installed. Payment for each will include all accessory items and installation, including slabs, bases and foundations. The bronze relief map foundation and setting will be paid for under a bid item in the bid schedule. The bronze plaque will be provided by the Owner. The Oglethorpe Statue foundation and erection will be paid for under a bid item in the bid schedule. The statue and pedestal will be furnished by the Owner. TS-22-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. SECTION TS-23 IRRIGATION SYSTEM -01. GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: I. Provide an underground irrigation system as shown and specified. The work includes:, a. Irrigation system including piping, fittings, sprinkler heads, and accessories. b. Valves, backflow preventor(s)~ and fittings. c. Controller(s), control wire. d. Testing. e. Excavating and backfilling irrigation system work. f. Associated interior and exterior plumbing, and accessories to complete the system. g. Pipe sleeves. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Installer's qualifications: Minimum of 5 years experience installing irrigation systems of comparable size. 2. Materials, equipment, and methods of installation shall comply with the following codes and standards: a. National Fire Protection Association, (NFPA): National Electrical Code. b. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM). c. National Sanitation Foundation, (NSF). d. The Irrigation Association, (IA). 3. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting operations. a. Test irrigation system prior to installing backfill materials where possible. TS-23-l I 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 I, I I I I I I I I E. C. SUBMITTALS: 1. Submit manufacturer's product data for controllers. 2. Upon irrigation system 'acceptance, ',submit, written' operating and 'maintenance instructi ons. 3. Provide irrigation system record drawings: a. Locate dimensioned locations of all valves. b. Locate path of main line from service point. c. Locate location of wire splices. D. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: 1. Deliver irrigation system components in manufacturer's original undamaged and unopened containers with labels intact and legible. 2. Deliver plastic piping in bundles, packaged to provide adequate protection of pipe ends, both threaded or plain. 3. Store and handle materials to prevent damage and deterioration. 4. Provide secure, locked storage for valves, sprinkler heads, and similar components that can not be immediately replaced, to prevent installation delays. PROJECT CONDITIONS: 1. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the drawings. 2. Protect existing trees, plants, lawns, and other features designated to remain as part of the fmallandscape work. 3. Promptiy repair damage to adjacent facilities caused by irrigation system work operations. Cost of repairs at Contractor's expense. 4. Promptly notify the Engineer of unexpected sub-surface conditions. 5. Irrigation system layout is diagrammatic. Exact locations of piping, sprinkler heads, valves, and other components shall be established by Contractor in the field at time of installation to conform to minor changes in construction. a. Space sprinkler components as indicated. b. Minor adjustments in system layout will be permitted to clear existing fixed obstructions. Final system layout shall be acceptable to the Engineer. TS-23-2 I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I C. -02. PRODUCTS: ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. 1. RAINBIRD SPRINKLER MFG. CORP. B. MATERIALS: 1. General: a. Provide only new materials, without flaws or defects and of the highest quality of their specified class and kind. b. Comply with pipe sizes indicated. No substitution of smaller pipes will be permitted. Larger sizes may be used subject to acceptance of the Architect. Remove damaged and defective pipe. c. Provide pipe continuously and permanently marked with manufacturer's name of trademark, size and National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approval. 2. Plastic pipe, fittings, and connections: a. Polyvinyl chloride pipe: ASTM D224l, rigid, unplasticized,PVC, extruded from virgin parent material. Provide pipe homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, wrinkles, and dents. , (1) 2 W' diameter and under: Bell & socket glued. (Zone Lines class 200, Main Lines Sch. 40 unless noted differently on plans). (2) 3" and up class 200 (Main Lines unless noted differently on plans). Pipe in size 3" and greater shall be integral bell piping supplied with a rubber sealing gasket and sufficient lubricant. All fittings shall be compatible including adapters for joining to other piping materials. All gasketed pipe shall be as manufactured by Certain teed Corporation. b. PVC pipe fittings: ASTMD224l schedule 40 PVC molded fittings suitable for solvent weld, slip joint ring tight seal, or screwed connections. Fittings made of other materials are not permitted. (I) Size slip fitting socket taper to permit a dry unsoftened pipe and to be inserted no more than halfway into the socket. Saddle and cross fittings are not permitted. (2) Schedule SO PVC may be threaded. (3) Use male adapters for plastic to metal connections. Hand tighten male adapters plus one turn with a strap wrench. Sprinkler heads, pumps, valves, and associated equipment: TS-23-3 I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, -03. A. B. 1. Refer to drawings materials list. D. ELECTRICAL CONTROL WIRE: 1. Electrical control and ground wire: 'Shall be color coded and shall be approved for direct burial. Wire shall be sized from the controller to the valves. 2. Wire color code: Provide control or "hot" wires either black or red in color. Provide common or "ground" wires white in color. E. ACCESSORIES: 1. Drainage fill: W' to 3/4" washed pea gravel 2. Fill: clean soil free of stones larger than 2" diameter foreign matter, organic material, and debris. a. Provide imported fill material as required to complete the work. Obtain rights and pay all costs for imported materials. b. Suitable excavated materials removed to accommodate the irrigation system work may be used as fill material subject to the Engineer's review and acceptance. 3 . Valve access boxes: Tapered enclosure of rigid plastic material comprised of fibrous components chemically inert and unaffected by moisture corrosion and temperature changes. Provide lid of same material, green in color. Size according to number of valves in box. a. 12" deep x 18" long x 13" wide base dimensions. b. 10" deep x 13" diameter base dimension. c. 9" deep x 8" diameter base dimension. EXECUTION: INSPECTION 1. Examine fmal grades and installation conditions. Do not start irrigation system work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. If work is started then conditions will be considered acceptable. PREPARATION 1. Layout and stake the location of each pipe run and all sprinkler heads and sprinkler valves. 2. Place sleeves as indicated for installation of piping and control wire. TS-23-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I C. INST ALLA TION 1. Excavating and backfilling: a. All excavation shall be considered unclassified excavation and include all materials encountered. b. Excavate trenches of sufficient depth and width to permit proper handling and installation of pipe and fittings. c. If the pulling method is used, the pipe "plow" shall be a vibratory type. Starting and finishing holes for pipe pulling shall not exceed a 1 '-0" by 3'-0" openmg. d. Excavating to depths required to provide. 2" depth of earth fill or sand bedding for piping when rock or other unsuitable bearing material is encountered. e. Fill to match adjacent grade elevations with approved earth fill material. Place and compact fill in layers not greater than 8" depth. f. Install irrigation lines with a minimum cover of 12" based on fmished grades. 2. Plastic pipe: a. Install plastic pipe in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction. b. Saw cut plastic pipe larger than 1". Use a square-in-sawing vice, to ensure a square cut. Remove burrs and shavings at cut ends prior to installation. c. Make plastic to plastic joints with solvent weldjoints or slip seal joints. Use only solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Install plastic pipe fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions. Contractor shall make arrangements with pipe manufacturer for all necessary field assistance. d. Make plastic to metal joints with plastic male adapters. e. Make solvent weld joints m accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. f. Allow joints to set a least 24 hours before pressure is applied to the system. 3. Sprinklers, fittings, valves, and accessories: a. Install fittings, valves, sprinkler heads, risers, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, except as otherwise indicated. b. Provide concrete thrust blocks where required at fittings and valves. TS-23-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I / 1. J. k. I. c. Set sprinkler heads perpendicular to finished grades, except as otherwise indicated. d. Install pop-up spray heads with King Brother Flex Riser, flexible PVC or ploy pipe nipples. e. Set pop-up spray heads 1 "-2" away from walks, curbs or buildings to allow for mechanical equip. f. Locate sprinkler heads to assure proper coverage of indicated areas. Do not exceed sprinkler head spacing distances indicated. g. Install risers for spray heads in shrub or flower bed areas and planters of sufficient height to prevent interruption of the stream by the plant material. (1) Provide risers of WI schedule SO P.V.C. pipe, threaded each end. (2) Set risers in a row with top level and in-line. (3) Set riser 6" away from any wall. h. Install pop-up gear driven and stream rotor sprinklers with an adjustable triple swing joint riser of at least 3 standard 90 degree elbows. Fabricate triple swing joint risers of schedule SO PVC nipples an schedule 40 PVC elbows. The horizontal nipple connected directly into the side of the lateral line shall be minimum ,of 3" long. All other nipples of the swing joint riser shall be of length as required for proper installation of the sprinkler head. (1) If the sprinkler heads have a side inlet, 2 street ells and a nipple may be used instead ofa double swing joint assembly. (2) Set pop-up heads 1 "-2" away from walks, curbs or borders to allow for mech. edging equip. Install quick-coupling valves with an adjustable double swing joint riser assembled by the used of at least 3 standard 90 degree elbows. Fabricate double swing joint risers of schedule SO PVC nipple and schedule 40 PVC elbows. ' Install in-ground control valves in a valve access box as indicated. Install valve access boxes on a suitable base of gravel to provide a level foundation at proper grade and to provide drainage of the access box. Seal threaded connections on pressure side of control valves with Teflon tape or approved plastic joint type compound. TS-23-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4. Control wiring: ' a. Install electric control cable in the piping trench wherever possible. Place wire in trench adjacent to pipe. Install wire with slack to allow for thermal , ,expansion and contraction. 'Expansion joints in wire may be provided at 200- foot intervals by making 5-6 turns of,the wire around a piece of W' pipe instead of slack. -Where necessary, to run wire in a separate trench, provide a minimum cover of 12". b. Provide sufficient slack at site connections at remote control valves in control boxes, and at all wire splices to allow raising the valve bonnet or splice to the surface without disconnecting the wires when repair is required. c. Connect each remote control valve to one station of a controller except as otherwise indicated. d. Connect remote control valves to common ground wire system. e. Make wire connections to remote control electric valves and splices of wire in the field, using wire connectors and sealing cement 'in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Wire splices shall be made in valve boxes and recorded on. the "record drawings." 5. Sleeves: a. Install pipe sleeves at locations shown on the plans to a depth of approximately 18". 6. Flushing, testing, and adjustment: a. After sprinkler piping and risers are installed and before sprinkler heads are installed, open control valves and flush out the system with full head of water. b. Perform system testing upon completion of each section. Make necessary repairs and retest repaired sections as required. c. Adjust sprinklers after installation for proper and adequate distribution of the water over the coverage pattern. Adjust for the proper arc of coverage. d. Tighten nozzles on spray type sprinklers after installation. Adjust sprinkler adjusting screw on lateral line or circuit as required for proper radius. Interchange nozzles patterns as directed by the Architect, to give best arc of coverage. e. Adjust all electric remote control valve pressure regulators and flow control stems for system balance and optimum performance. f. Test arid demonstrate the controller by operating appropriate day, hour, and station selection features as required to automatically start and shut down TS-23-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I irrigation cycles to accommodate plant requirements and weather conditions. D. DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL 1. Stockpile, haul from site, and legally dispose of waste materials, including unsuitable excavated materials, rock, trash, and debris. 2. Maintain disposal route clear, clean, and free of debris. E. ACCEPTANCE 1. Test and demonstrate to the Architect and Owner the satisfactory operation of the system free of leaks. 2. Instruct the Owner's designated personnel in the operation of the system, including adjustment of sprinklers, controller(s), valves, pump controls, and/or moisture sensing controls. 3. Upon acceptance the Owner will assume operation of the system. F. CLEANING 1. , , Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site all, excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Repair all damage resulting from irrigation system installation. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The irrigation system will be paid for at the lump sum price shown in the bid schedule therefor, installed complete and tested including piping, fittings, sprinkler heads, valves, controllers, control wire, and accessories. TS-23-S I I I I I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I I E. SECTION TS-24 SODDING -01. GENERAL: DESCRIPTION A. 1. Provide sodding lawns as shown and specified. The work includes: a. Soil preparation. b. Sodding lawns and/or other open earth areas so specified. c. Maintenance. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Sod: Comply with American Sod Producers Association (ASP A) classes of sod materials. C. SUBMITTALS 1. Submit sod growers certification of grass species. Identify source location. D. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Cut, deliver, and install sod within a 24-hour period. 2. Do not harvest or transport sod when moisture content may adversely affect sod survival. 3. Protect sod from sun, ~d, and dehydration prior to installation. 4. Do not tear, stretch, or drop sod during handling and installation. PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Work notification: Notify Architect at least 5 working days prior to start of sodding operations. 2. Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from dIDnage caused by sodding operations. 3. Perform sodding work only after planting and other work affecting ground surface has been completed. 4. Restrict traffic from lawn areas until grass is established. Erect signs and barriers, if necessary. 5. Provide hose and lawn watering equipment as required. TS-24-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I D. E. ,;,03. A. F. WARRANTY 1. Provide a uniform lawn by watering, mowing, and maintaining lawn areas until final acceptance. Resod areas, with specified materials, which fail to provide a uniform lawn until all affected areas are accepted by the Architect. -02. PRODUCTS: A. Sod: An "approved" nursery grown sod composed of the following grass species as noted on the plans: Provide sod free of grassy or broadleaf weeds. Provide sod machine stripped to a minimum width of 30" and to a minimum length of 100' and uniformly 1" to 1-1/2" thick with clean cut edges. Mow sod before stripping. Sod shall be placed and shipped on nylon netting to stabilize sod prior to laying. 1. Shanghi Bermuda B. Provide well-rooted, healthy sod, free of diseases, nematodes and soil borne insects. Provide sod uniform in color, leaf texture; density, and free of weeds, undesirable grasses, stones, roots, thatch, and extraneous material; viable and capable of growth and development when planted. C. Fertilizer: 1. Granular, non-burning product composed of not less than 50% organic slow acting, guaranteed analysis professional fertilizer. a. Type A: Starter fertilizer shall be the analysis as per the results of soils tests analyzed by an approved soils testing laboratory. b. Type B: (if installed during growing season) shall be as per the results of soils tests analyzed by an approved soils testing laboratory. Ground Limestone: Containing not less than 85% of total carbonates and ground to such fineness that 50% will pass through a 100 mesh sieve and 90% will pass though a 20 mesh sIeve. Water: Free of substance harmful to sod growth. Hoses or other methods of transportation furnished by Contractor. EXECUTION: INSPECTION 1. Examine fmish surfaces, grades, topsoil quality, and depth. Do not begin sodding work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. If started then the conditions are considered acceptable by the contractor. . ,TS-24-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I c. B. PREPARATION OF OVERALL GRASS AREAS 1. Take numerous soils test over the area to be sodded and obtain lime and fertilization recommendations as per an approved soil testing laboratory. 2. Limit preparation to areas which will be immediately sodded. 3. Loosen topsoil oflawn areas to minimum depth of 4". Remove stones over 1" in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and extraneous matter. 4. Grade lawn areas to smooth, free draining and even surface with a loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake; remove ridges and fill depressions as required to drain. 5. Apply limestone at rate per acre as designated by the recommendations of the soils testing laboratory. Distribute evenly by machine and incorporate thoroughly into topsoil. 6. Apply Type "A" fertilizer at the rate recommended by the soils testing laboratory. Apply fertilizer by mechanical rotary or drop type distributor, thoroughly and evenly incorporated with the soil to a depth of 3 II by discing or other approved methods. Fertilize areas inaccessible to power equipment with hand tools and incorporate it into soil. 7. Dampen dry soil prior to sodding. 8. Restore prepared areas to' specified condition if eroded, settled, or otherwise disturbed after fme grading and prior to sodding. INSTALLATION 1. Sodding: a. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly-fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod strips. Do not overlay edges. Staggerstrips to offset joints in adjacent courses. Remove excess sod to avoid smothering of adjacent grass. Provide sod pad top flush with adjacent curbs, sidewalks, drains, and seeded areas. b. Install initial row of sod in a straight line and then place subsequent rows parallel to and lightly against previously installed row. c. Water sod thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after laying. d. Roll with light lawn roller to ensure contact with sub-grade. e. Where depressions occur lift sod and fill to grade with topsoil or sand. 2. Sod indicated areas within contract limits where shown on plans. TS-24-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E. F. D. MAINTENANCE 1. Maintain sodded lawns until completion and acceptance of the entire project. a. Initially water sod frequently, for short durations keeping sod moist at all times. After two weeks water sod thoroughly every 2 - 3 days, as required to establish proper rooting. b. Repair, rework, and resod all areas that have washed out or are eroded. Replace undesirable or dead areas with new sod. c. Mow lawn areas as soon as lawn top growth reaches a 3" height and can not be pulled up. Cut back to 2" height. Repeat mowing as required to maintain specified height. Not more than 40% of grass leaf shall be removed at any single mowing. d. Apply Type B (if installed during growing season)fertilizer to lawns approximately 30 days after sodding at a rate equal to the recommendations of the soils testing laboratory. Apply with a mechanical rotary or drop type distributor. Thoroughly water into soil. e. Apply herbicides as required to control weed growth or undesirable grass specIes. f. Apply fungicides and insecticides as required to control diseases and insects. g. Apply coarse white sand to any areas that appear low to adjust sod growth to proper grade. ACCEPTANCE 1. Inspection to determine acceptance of sodded lawns will be made by the Architect, upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 5 working days before requested inspection date. a. Sodded areas will be acceptable provided all requirements, including maintenance, have been complied with, and a healthy, even colored viable lawn is estabIlshed, free of weed, undesirable grass species, disease, and insects. Sod shall have been mowed at least twice if installed in growing season. Sod shall have rutted down if out of growing season. Mow sod just before request for fmal inspection. b. Sodded areas shall be smooth. They shall be free of any ruts, depressions and uneven topography. Any area possessing these qualities will be rejected. 2. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume lawn maintenance. CLEANING 1. Preform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. TS-24-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Remove from site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from sodding operations. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Work performed under this section will be paid for at the unit contract price for sod appearing in the Bid Schedule. Payment therefor will include full compensation for all materials, labor and equipment required to establish permanent stand of grass. TS-24-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. SECTION TS-25 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVERS -01. GENERAL A. DESCRIPTION 1. Provide trees, plants, and ground cover as shown and specified. The work includes: a. Soil preparation. b. Trees, plants, and ground covers. c. Planting mixes. d. Mulch and planting accessories. e. Maintenance. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Plant name indicated, comply with "Standardized Plant Names: as adopted by the latest edition of the American Joint Committee of Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not listed conform generally with names accepted by the nursery trade. Provide stock true to botanical name and legibly tagged. 2. Comply with sizing and grading standards of the latest edition of "American Standard for Nursery Stock. A plant shall be dimensioned as it stands in its natural position. 3. All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for a minimum of 2 years. 4. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable upon approval by the Architect, at no additional cost, and providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated. The approval of larger stock for one type of plant will not be grounds to provide smaller stock for other plants. 5. Provide specimen plants with a special height, shape, or character of growth. Plants shall be first quality typical in size for container, root ball or caliper specified. 6. Plants shall be located by the Contractor prior to bidding. They shall be reserved at the time of award of the Contract and lack of availability at the time of installation will not serve as a legitimate excuse for substitution of plant types due to unavailability . TS-25-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E. 7. Plants shall comply with requirements of any and all local ordinances. Trees shall be approved by the Engineer prior to shipment. C. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING. 1. Deliver fertilizer materials in original, unopened, and undamaged containers showing weight, analysis, and riame of manufacturer. Store in manner to prevent wetting and deterioration. 2. Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing plants for moving. Workmanship that fails to meet the highest standards will be rejected. Dig, pack, transport, and handle plants with certificates required by law accompanying each shipment invoice or order to stock, and on arrival the certificate shall be filed with the Architect. Protect all plants from drying out. If plants cannot be planted immediately upon delivery, properly protect them with soil or sawdust or in a manner acceptable to the Architect. Water heeled-in plantings daily.. No plant shall be bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches. 3. Cover plants transported on open vehicles with a protective covering to prevent wind burn. 4. Provide dry, loose topsoil for planting beds. Frozen or muddy topsoil is not acceptable. D. PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Work notification: Notify the Engineer at least 7 working days prior to installation of plant material. 2. Protect existing utilities, pavmg, and other facilities from damage caused by landscaping operations. 3. A complete list of plants, including a schedule of sizes, quantities, and other requirements is shown on the drawings. In the event that there are discrepancies in the quantities noted by the plant list and the planting plan, then the list will govern. WARRANTY 1. Warrant plant material to remain alive and be in healthy, vigorous condition for a period of one year after completion and acceptance of entire project. a. Inspection of plants will be made by the Engineer at completion of planting. 2. Replace, in accordance with the drawings and specifications, all plants that are dead .-TS-25-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -02. A. or, as determined by the Engineer, are in an unhealthy or unsightly condition, or have lost their natural shape due to dead branches, or other causes due to the Contractors' negligence. The cost of such replacement is at Contractors' expense. Warrant all replacement plants for 1 year after installation. Should a plant be damaged due to improper handling or planting, in lieu of replacement, the Engineer may require an additional warranty period, up to an additional year. 3. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or ~ound covers caused by fires, floods, freezing rains, lighting storms, or winds over 75 miles per hour, winter kill caused by extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of planting area; acts of vandalism or negligence on the part of the Owners. 4. Remove and immediately replace all plants, as determined by the Engineer, to be unsatisfactory during the initial planting installation. PRODUCTS MATERIALS 1. Plants: Provide plants typical of their species or variety; with normal, densely- developed branches and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Provide only sound, healthy, vigorous plants free from defects, disfiguring knots, sun scald injuries, frost cracks, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers, and all forms of infestation. Trees shall have been root pruned at least once. All plants shall have a fully developed form without voids and open space. Plants shall not be loose in the container or root ball without adequate root structure to support the top. a. Dig balled and burlapped plants with firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant. Provide ball sizes complying with the latest edition of the "American Standard for Nursery Stock". Strive for a root ball at 150% of the minimum standard root ball size. Cracked or mushroomed balls are not acceptable b. Container-grown stock: Grown in a container for sufficient length of time for the root system to have developed to hold its soil together, firm and whole. (1) No plants shall be loose in the container. (2) Container stock shall not be pot bound or have encircling roots. c. Provide tree species that mature at heights over 25'-0" with a straight single main central leader unbranched to six feet. Trees that are not full branched will not be accepted. Trees shall have no bark damage. Trees shall not be TS-25.,3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I leaning or have noticeable crook or bend. Trees shall have no branch more than ~ the diameter of the main leader. d. Plants planted in rows shall be matched in form. e. Plants larger than those specified in the plant list may be used when acceptable to the Engineer. (1) If the use of large plants is acceptable, increase the spread of roots or root ball in proportion to the size of the plant. f. No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than I" and such wounds must show vigorous bark on all edges. g. Shrubs and small plants shall meet the requirements for spread and height indicated in the plant list. Plants specified in inches(l5-lS") means an average minimum spread (16 W'); Plants specified in feet(S-lO') shall mean an average minimum height (9'). (l) The measurements for height shall be taken from the ground level to the average height of the top of the plant and not the longest branch. (2) Single stemmed or thin plants will not be accepted. (3) Side branches shall be generous, well-twigged, and the plant as a whole well-bushed to the ground. (4) Plants shall be in a moist, vigorous condition, free from dead wood, bruises, or other root or branched injuries. B. ACCESSORIES 1. Topsoil (where noted on plans) for Planting Beds: Fertile, friable, natural topsoil of loamy character, without admixture of subsoil material, obtained from a well-drained arable site, reasonably free from clay, lumps, coarse sands, stones, plants, roots, sticks, and other foreign materials, with acidity range of between pH 6.0 and 6.S. a. Provide topsoil free of substances harmful to the plants which will be grown in the soil. 2. Pre:-emergence herbicide (if noted) shall be Surflan, Ranstar or Deverinol. 3. Mulch: Premium grade double ground hardwood bark shall be installed to a compacted depth of 3". , TS-25-4 '. I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4. Water: Free of substances harmful to plant growth. Hoses or other methods of transportation furnished by contractor. -03. EXECUTION A. INSPECTION 1. Examine proposed planting areas and conditions of installation. Do not start planting work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. INSTALLATION 1; Planting shall be performed only by experienced workmen familiar with planting procedures under the supervision of a qualified supervisor. 2. Locate plants as indicated or as approved in the field after staking(location) by the Contractor. If obstructions or unsuitable subsurface conditions are encountered that are not shown on the drawings, do not proceed with planting operations until alternate plant locations have been selected and approved by' the Engineer. If vegetation is present spray beds with an approved herbicides prior to any planting. 3. Excavate circular plant pits with slanted sides, except for plants specifically indicted to be planted in beds. Provide shrub pits at least two times the root ball and three times for trees. Depth of pit shall accommodate the root system. Scarify soil at the bottom of the pit. Remove excavated materials from the site. 4. Set plant material in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set plants upright, plumb; and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to each other or adjacent structure. Set plant material 1" above the fmish grade. No filling will be permitted around trunks or stems. Do not use frozen or muddy mixtures for backfilling. Plant in a straight line, if so shown on the plans. 5. After balled and burlapped plants are set, muddle planting soil mixture around bases of balls and fill all voids. a. Remove all burlap, ropes, straps and wires from the root balls. If it is not possible to remove burlap from bottom of ball, cut away burlap from sides and remove from hole. 6. Space ground cover plants in accordance with indicated dimensions. Adjust spacing as necessary to evenly fill planting bed with indicated quantity of plants. Plant to within 12" of the trunks of trees or to the constraints of the root ball within the planting bed and to within 6" of edge of bed. TS-25-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 7. Spread and arrange foots of bare-rooted plants In their natural position. Work-in planting mixture. Do not mat roots together. Cut all broken and frayed roots before installing planting mixture. 8. Spread and cut pot bound roots in container material prior to planting. 9. Drainage: Do not plant any plant wherever water is seeping or standing in the hole. Notify the Engineer if such condition occurs. 10. Mulching: a. Mulch tree and shrub planting pits and shrub beds with required mulching material immediately after planting. If the mulched area is not retained by a border material then the mulch shall be trenched in at the edges to a depth of 6" to retain the mulch and establish the bed line. Thoroughly water mulched areas. After watering, rake mulch to provide a uniform fmished surface. b. Apply pre-emergence herbicide to the planting bed prior to mulching as per manufacturer's recommendation. 11. Pruning: a. Prune dead or dying branches, only of deciduous stock, after planting to balance the loss of roots and preserve the natural character appropriate to the particular plant requirements. In general, remove 1/4 to 1/3 of the leaf bearing buds, proportion shall in all cases be acceptable to the Engineer. Remove or cut back broken, damaged, and unsymmetrical' growth of new wood. Never prune where the symmetry of the plant is destroyed. C. MAINTENANCE 1. Maintain plantingsuntil completion and acceptance of the entire project. 2. Maintenance shall include pruning, cultivating, weeding, watering, and application of appropriate insecticides and fungicides necessary to maintain plants free of insects and disease. a. Re-set settled plants to proper grade and position. Remove dead branches and dead plant material. b. Correct defective work as soon as possible after deficiencies become apparent and weather and season permit. c. Water trees, plants, and ground cover beds within the first 24 hours of initial ,TS-25-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I planting, and not less than twice per week until fmal acceptance. D. ACCEPTANCE 1. Planted areas will be inspected at completion of, installation -and submission of completed "Final Inspection Check List" at the end of this section. Acceptance will be subject to compliance with all specified materials and installation requirements. 2. Inspection to determine acceptance of planted areas will be made by the Engineer, upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 5 working days before requested inspection date. a. Planted areas will be accepted provided all requirements, including maintenance, have been complied with and plant materials are alive and in a healthy, vigorous condition. Beds shall be weed free prior to any inspection or acceptance. 3. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume plant maintenance. E. CLEANING 1. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from planting operations. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment will be made only for elements measured in place: Trees will be paid for at the unit contract price for each type and size installed complete according to the Bid Schedule. Shrubs will be paid for at the lump sum price as shown in the bid schedule for each type and size installed complete according to the plans. Ground cover will be paid for at the lump sum price as shown in the bid schedule for each type and size installed complete according to the plans. Annuals will be paid for at the lump sum price as shown in the bid schedule for each type and size installed complete according to the plans. Payment therefor will include full compensation for all materials, labor and equipment required to complete planting installation. TS-25-7 ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. FINAL INSPECTION CHECK LIST - LANDSCAPING CHECK IF COMPLETE I) Plants & trees of correct nomenclature and sized as specified. Grade A nursery stock. All dead or non-compliant plants have been replaced. 2) Trees and shrubs planted even or slightly above grade. 3) All trees plumb; water rings/saucer removed if in irrigated areas. 4) Burlap, straps, ties, wire, etc. removed from sides of root ball. 5) Mulch at compacted thickness as specified. 6) No weeds present in plant beds or tree pits. FINAL INSPECTION WILL NOT BE SCHEDULED UNTIL ALL OF THE ABOVE.ARE COMPLETED AND THIS FORM IS RETURNED TO THE ENGINEER: Compliance with the above does not insure final acceptance. Acceptance will be determined at final inspection. The list above represents a small portion of work that is too often overlooked prior to Contractor's request for final inspection. If the Engineer observes any non-compliance with any of the items in the above list the final inspection will be terminated and the Contractor will be billed for the inspection at a rate of $1 OO.OO/hr. from portal to portal, minimum $100.00. Landscape Contractor Signature Date General Contractor Signature Date TS-25-S I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. B. C. D. E. SECTION TS-26 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS -01. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. All electrical work shall comply with the requirements of: 1. General Conditions 2. Special Conditions 3. Specifications 4. Drawings 5. Modifications incorporated in the documents before their execution. -02. WORK INCLUDED: A. All work shown on the drawings, as specified herein, providing all materials including lighting fixtures and poles, and labor and equipment required to install the electrical, lighting and power systems complete and in operating condition. B. Include in the electrical work all the necessary, supervision and the issuing of all coordinating information to any other trades who are supplying work to accommodate the electrical installations. -03. DRAWINGS: The drawings for electrical work utilize symbols and schematic diagrams which have no dimensional significance. The work shall therefore be installed to fulfill the diagrammatic intent expressed on the electrical drawings. Discrepancies shown on different drawings, between drawings and specifications or between drawings and field conditions shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Engineer. Provide as used on the drawings and in the specifications shall mean, furnish, install, connect, adjust and test. The drawings and specifications are complimentary and any work or material shown in one and omitted in the other, or described in the one and not shown in the other, or which may be implied by both or either, shall be furnished as though shown on both, in order to give a complete and first class installation. . Potential Contractors shall visit the project site prior to bid date to satisfy themselves as to the existing conditions and distances. TS-26-l . -- _ _ _ ._u _. ___ .__.'~''''.~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -04. SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Submit for approval by the Engineer all materials and equipment to be incorporated in the electrical work. B. Submit only shop drawings which comply with the contract documents. Shop drawings shall be checked and corrected by the Contractor before they are submitted to the Engineer. Shop drawings that are not corrected by the Contractor shall be returned for correction without detailed notations by the Engineer as to the necessary corrections. C. Mark each individual submittal item to show specification section which pertains to the item. D. Submit information as required under SUBMITTALS, for each of the individual electrical sections of the specifications. E. Data submitted shall contain all information required to indicate compliance with equipment specified. F. Submit field information drawings to explain fully all procedures involved in erecting, mounting and connecting all items of equipment which differ from that specified. G. When Shop Drawings are reviewed, ,some errors may be detected but others may be overlooked. This does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any information contained in the Shop Drawings, the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications shall be followed and are not waived or superseded in any way by the Shop Drawing review. -05. RECORD DRAWINGS: A. One complete set of electrical drawings shall be reserved for as-built drawings. Any , approved deviation from the contract drawing shall be recorded on these drawings. Drawings shall be checked monthly for completeness. B. Completed as-built drawings shall be presented to the Engineer prior to fmal inspection. -06. CODES AND PERMITS: A. All work shall meet or exceed the latest requirements of all National, State, County, Municipal and/or other authorities exercising jurisdiction over the electrical construction work and the project. B. All required permits and inspection certificates shall be obtained, and made available at the completion of the work. Permits, inspections, and certification fees shall be paid for as a part of the electrical work. ". ,..:J:S-26-2 I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I -07. DEVIATIONS: A. No deviations from the plans and specifications shall be made without the full knowledge and consent of the Engineer or his authorized representative. B. Should the Contractor find at any.time during progress of the work that, in his judgement, , existing conditions make desirable a modification in requirements covering any particular item or items, he shall report such items promptly to the Engineer for his decision and instruction. -08. COOPERATION: A. This Contractor shall schedule his work and in every way possible cooperate with all other Contractors on the job to avoid delays, interferences, and unnecessary work. He shall notify them of all openings, excavations, etc., so that proper provisions shall be made for his work. This shall not relieve him of the cost of cutting, when such is required. B. This Contractor shall do all cutting and excavating necessary for the complete installation of his work, but he shall not cut the work of any other Contractor without fIrst consulting the Engineer. He shall repair any work damaged by him or his workmen, employing the services of the Contractor whose work is damaged. C. Any conflict between electrical and other trades shall be reported before construction starts. No extra charges will be approved for work resulting from failure to coordinate with other trades. -09. INSTALLATION: A. Raceways, fixtures, devices, and other electrical equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and in accordance with recognized good practice for a first class installation. B. The Engineer or his representative shall have the authority to reject any workmanship not complying with the contract documents. C. The Electrical Contractor shall personally or through an authorized licensed and competent electrician, constantly supervise the work from beginning to complete and final inspection. D. Electrical equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Consult owner and utility companies for underground lines before any underground work is started. Contractors shall be responsible for any damage. -010. EXCAVATION. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING: A. GENERAL: The Contractor shall perform all excavation to install conduit structures and , TS-26.,3 ,.. -, I I I I I .1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I C. D. E. equipment specified in this Section of the Specifications. During excavation, materials for backfilling shall be piled back from the banks of the trench to avoid overloading and to prevent slides and cave-ins. All excavated materials not to be used for backfill shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. Grading shall be done to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches and other excavations and 'water accumulating therein shall be removed by pumping. All excavations'shall be made 'by the open cut. .No tunneling shall , be done. All requirements of OSHA shall be complied with. B. TRENCH EXCAVATION: The bottom of the trenches shall be graded to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of the conduit on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length. Overdepths shall be backfilled with loose, granular, moist earth, tamped. Removed unstable soil that is not capable of supporting the conduit and replace with specified material. C. BACKFILLING: The trenches shall not be backfilled until it is reviewed by the Engineer or his representative. The trenches shall be backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, and gravel or soft shale, free from large clods of earth or stones, deposited in 6-inch layers and tamped until the conduit has a cover of not less than the adjacent existing ground but not greater than 2 inches above existing ground. The backfilling shall be carried on simultaneously on both sides of the trench so that conduit is not displaced. The compaction of the filled trench shall be at least equal to that of the surrounding undisturbed material, except that trenches occurring under paved areas or in areas to be filled shall be backfilled in 6" maximum layers and each layer compacted to 95% maximum density.' Settling the backfill with water will not be permitted. Any trenches not meeting compaction requirements or where settlement occurs shall have backfill removed down to the top of the conduit, then backfilled with approved materials as specified hereinbefore. -011. MATERIALS: A. Materials specified by, manufacturer's name shall be used unless approval of other manufacturers is listed in addenda to these specifications. B. All materials shall be new and in accordance with applicable standards, i.e., American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Underwriters' Lab (UL), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA), Edison Electric Institute (EEl), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), UL approved equipment shall beUL Label. Material of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer. Material not readily available from local sources shall be ordered immediately upon approval. The Engineer shall have authority to reject any materials, or equipment, not complying with these specifications and have the Contractor replace materials so rejected immediately upon ,,",.TS-26-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I D. -014. A. ,B. C. D. -015. A. B. notification of rejection. F. Any material or equipment so rejected shall be removed from the job within 24 hours of such rejection; otherwise the Engineer may have same removed at the Contractor's expense. -012. EQUIPMENT CO~ECTIONS: A. All equipment requiring electrical power connections shall be connected under Electrical Sections of these specifications. B. Where electrical connections to equipment requires specific locations, such locations shall be obtained from shop drawings and civil drawings. -013. EQUIPMENT PROTECTION: A. Pack or crate the equipment and materials so they will not be damaged during shipping, storing and handling. B. Protect the painted surfaces with removable heavy kraft paper or equal installed at the factory . C. Store the equipment and materials where they will have adequate dryness prior to installation. Remove the protective coverings prior to the final inspection. CLEANING AND PAINTING: Thoroughly vacuum clean all equipment immediately before testing and immediately before putting the equipment into'service. Prior to the final inspection, wipe clean the interiors and exteriors of the equipment. Repaint damaged surface on .the equipment and materials with spray painting equipment and the same quality of paint and workmanship as used at the factory so the repainted areas will not be noticed. Panels, exposed conduit, boxed and other items shall be painted under the PAINTING AND CAULKING SECTION of these specifications. GUARANTEE: General lamps shall be replaced as required up-to-date of project acceptance. All systems and component parts shall be guaranteed for one year from the date of fmal acceptance of the complete project. Defects found during this guaranteed period shall be <,TS;.,26~,S I,".,: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I promptly corrected at no additional cost to the Owner. -016. SERVICE: A. The electrical service for this project has been"coordinated between the Engineer and the Utility Company. However, before installing service conduit (underground or mast), , Contractor shall contact Utility Company and verify voltage; location and type of service. -017. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section. Payment will be included in the lump sum price for the items in which the work under this section falls. ;:"TS-26-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. -02. A. -03. A. B. -01. SECTION TS-27 LIGHTING AND POWER LOADCENTERS SUBMITTALS: Complete loadcenter shop drawings shall be submitted, listing as a minimum the following items: 1. Voltage rating. 2. Bus assembly rating. 3. Main breaker rating by capacity, number of poles and interrupting rating in RMS symmetrical amperes. 4. Surface or flush mounting. 5. Listing of branch breakers by capacity, number of poles and interrupting rating in RMS symmetrical amperes. 6. Top or bottom feed. 7. A schedule similar to that shown on the drawings, depicting branch breaker arrangement and breaker sizes and giving full explanation for any difference between the two. MANUFACTURERS: F or the purpose of electing quality and types of loadcenters, equipment as manufactured by Square "D" Company has been specified. Following manufacturers meeting these specifications are acceptable. 1. G.E. 2. Siemens 3. Cutler Hammer EQUIPMENT: Furnish and install circuit breaker loadcenters as indicated in the loadcenter schedule and where shown on the plans. Loadcenters shall be of the dead-front safety type, equipped with thermal magnetic molded case, bolt-on circuit breakers with frame and trip rating as shown in the schedule.' Circuit breakers shall have quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic, trip-indicating, and have common trip on all multi-pole breakers. Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking position between ON and OFF, when the breaker is tripped. Branch circuit breakers feeding convenience outlets shall have sensitive instantaneous trip setting of not more than 10 times the trip rating of the breakers. Connection to bus in all panels shall be bolted. All breakers shall be 20 ampere trip, unless otherwise shown. All breakers shall be minimum 10,000 A.I.C. sym. unless otherwise noted. All breakers shall be bolt on type. .. '..-.:;TS:-27.."'}_, " I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I C. Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breakers shall be the distributed phase type. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be copper. Main ratings shall be as shown in the panelboard schedule on the drawings. D. A steel circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. The directory card shall provide a space at least 1/4" high x 3" long for each circuit. E. All panels shall be equipped with an equipment grounding bar. The bar shall have lugs of sufficient size to handle all grounding conductors. F. Sub-feed circuit breakers are not permitted in panels unless specifically called for. G. Panelboard circuit numbering shall be such that starting at the top, odd numbering shall be used in sequence down the left hand side and even numbers down the right hand side. Two breakers shall have only one number, not a combination of two or three numbers. H. Locate the cabinets so that present and future conduits can be connected to them conveniently. Coordinate the dimensions of the cabinets with the dimensions of the spaces designated for installation prior to fabrication of the cabinets. Cabinet shall be maximum 20" wide. I. Wiring in panelboards shall be neatly grouped and secured with ty-wraps. 1. Electrical panels shall not be used as wireways or junction boxes for control conductors. K. Where spaces are called for in a loadcenter, all mounting hardware shall be provided for the frame size indicated. L. Splices in panelboards are not permitted. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section. Payment will be included in the lump sum price for the items in which work under this section falls. 'C'.:;-:ril..::r/rS.,2 7 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ii I I I I I SECTION TS-28 CONDUIT -01. SUBMITTALS: Submit manufacturer's literature for each type of conduit or tubing used in the project. -02. MANUFACTURERS: A.. Acceptable manufacturers of conduit are: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Co. 2. Wheatland Tube Co. 3. Triangle 4. . L.T.V. 5. American Brass 6. Carlon 7. Can-Tex 8. E.T.P. 9. Certainteed 10. Robroy 11. Georgia Pipe B. All conduit and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States. -03. MATERIALS: A. All conduit and electric metallic tubing shall be steel, of standard pipe dimensions, smooth inside and out, and shall be galvanized. Where the word "conduit" is used hereinafter it shall mean either rigid steel conduit, electrical metallic tubing, flexible steel conduit, liquid tight flexible steel conduit or schedule 40 plastic conduit. B. Galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be used for service laterals and in all areas where it will be exposed to physical damage. Schedule 40 plastic conduit shall be used underground and in slab on grade. In no case shall plastic conduit be exposed; switch to rigid steel conduit when turning up exposed. C. Plastic conduit shall be made from virgin polyvinyl chloride C-300 compound. Conduit and fittings shall carry a UL label. Fitting and cement shall be produced by the same manufacturer as the conduit to assure system integrity. D. Rigid steel conduit shall be not less than ~ inch trade size, schedule 40 plastic conduit shall not be less than 3/4" trade size and not less than required by the NBC or indicated. . TS-28,.1 I I I I I I '1 I I I I I I I I I I I I, K. L. M. E. Galvanized rigid steel conduit couplings and connections: 1. Install standard, conduit-threaded fittings. 2. Ream the ends of conduits after cutting and threading them. 3. For connection to sheet metal 'boxes, cabinets and other sheet metal enclosures, , install locknuts on the inside and outside of the enclosure for each connection. F. Installation of plastic conduit: 1. Shall be installed in complete accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Shall bea minimum of 2'-0" below finished grade when not covered by concrete. 3. Shall have a properly sized bond wire installed with all circuits. 4. Bends and turns shall be kept to a bare minimum. 5. Extreme care shall be taken to avoid crushing or cracking conduit. "DO NOT" run vehicles over exposed conduit under any conditions. 6. All conduit and fittings shall be solvent welded. G. Insulated bushings: 1. Install nylon insulated bushings on the end of all rigid conduit. 2. The insulating material shall be designed for rugged, long service. 3. Bushings which consist of only insulating material will not be accepted. 4. ' Fittings which incorporate insulated bushipgs will be considered for approval in lieu of fittings with separate bushings. H. All couplings and connections in location where water or other liquid or vapors might contact the conduit shall be watertight. I. Close empty conduit as complete runs before pulling in the cables and wires. 1. Avoid bends or offsets where practicable. 1. Do not install more bends, offsets or equivalent in any conduit run than permitted by the NBC. 2. Make bends with standard conduit bending machines. 3. Conduit hickeys may be used for making slight offsets and for straightening conduits stubbed out of concrete. 4. Conduit bent with a pipe tee or vise will not be accepted. 5. Do not install crushed or deformed conduits. Clogged raceways shall be entirely free of obstructions or shall be replaced. Rigid steel conduit installed underground shall be painted with 2 coats of an asphaltic paint. All empty conduit shall have nylon pull cord installed to provide .for installation of cables, . ,,-":;.::s,;.TS-28-2 I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I conductors or wiring. N. Do not combine conduit homeruns. Each homerun shall be routed directly to panel unless specifically noted otherwise. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for work completed under this section will be included in the lump sum price for the electrical service bid item as shown in the Bid Schedule. ,.~' '.., ,:..,TS~28,,:3, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-29 CONDUCTORS -01. SUBMITTALS: Shop drawings shall be submitted and shall consist of manufacturer's published literature. -02. MANUFACTURERS: A. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. General Electric Okonite Senator Triangle Anaconda 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Cyprus Rome Essex Carol Southwire American B. All wiring shall be manufactured in the United States. -03. MATERIAL: A. Ratings and sizes: 1. Shall be not less than indicated on the drawings and not less than required by the NBC. 2. Minimum size shall be No. 12 A WG copper provided the maximum voltage drops in the control circuits will not adversely affect the operation of the controls. 3. Conductor sizes indicated on the drawings are for copper conductors. B. Conductors and ground wires: 1. Shall be copper. 2. Size No.8 A WG and larger shall be stranded. 3. Size No. 10 A WG and smaller shall be solid. ,C. Conductor insulation: 1. Conductor insulation shall be the NBC type THHN. Under no circumstances shall asbestos insulation be used. D. Wire shall be factory color coded in size No.8 and smaller. Color shall be by integral pigmentation with a separate color for each phase, neutral and grounding conductor. Color code per phase shall be continuous throughout the project. .'. . .:'~::.;'zr.r;'~..,:rS~29-J I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E. Manufacturer's name and other pertinent information shall be mark~d or molded clearly on the overall jacket's outside surface or incorporated on marker tapes within the cables and wires at reasonable intervals. F. All wiring shall be in conduit unless specifically noted otherwise.' G. Every coil of wire shall be in the original wrapping and shall bear the Underwriters' Label of Approval. H. Where wires are left for connection to any fixture or an apparatus, spare wire or cables shall be provided at the ends for connections. Fixture connections at the outlet box shall be made with insulated wire connectors. I. Outer jackets shall be color coded as follows: 1. Three phase single phase circuits, l20/20S volts: a. Phase A - Black. b. Phase B - Red. c. Neutral - White. d. Insulated ground wires - Green. 2. Only for large power cables and wires which do not have color coded jackets: No. 6 and larger. a. Install bands of adhesive non-fading colored tape or slip-on bands of colored plastic tubing over the cables and wires at their originating and terniinations points and at all of the outlets of junction boxes. b. Color shall be permanent and shall withstand cleanings. J. No circuit wiring shall be smaller than number 12. Where the homertm exceeds SO'-O" in length, number 10 (minimum) wire shall be used even though all such circuits are not indicated on the plans. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for work completed under this section will be included in the lump sum price for the electrical service bid item as shown in the Bid Schedule. ,.C 'c.""TS~29~2.".....:,, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I c. D. E. -03. A. B. C. D. SECTION TS-30 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS -01. SUBMITTALS: A. Lighting fixtures submittals shall consist ofmanufacturer's literature including photometric data and shall note on the submittals any special requirements which have been specified. B. The Engineer reserves the right to require sample fixtures for approval. C. "Manufacturer's literature" for all lamps. -02. MANUFACTURERS: A. Lighting fixtures shall be furnished and installed by Contractor under this contract. B. Lighting fixtures will include fixtures, lamps, ballast, poles and mounting hardware. Also included will be a weatherproof receptacle and brackets for banners and Christmas decorations. Contractor shall provide in-line fuses in the base to protect the fixture and receptacle. Fuses shall be Buss single pole type HEB-AA, 15 amp for receptacle and fixture fuse size for lamp wattage installed on pole. Poles shall be mounted plumb with no space showing between pole base and concrete foundation. Concrete base for lighting standards shall be provided by the Contracto~ and shall be as described on the plans. Lamps: 1. Sylvania 2. Phillips 3. General Electric 4. E.Y.E. EQUIPMENT Fixtures shall be selected from the fixture schedule not only by catalog number but with consideration to mounting, number and types of lamps, and reference notes as contained in the fixture schedule and as noted on the drawings and in the specifications. Align, mount and level the lighting fixtures uniformly.. A void interference with and provide clearance for equipment. Lighting fixtures shall be located as shown on the lighting plan. If for any reason this is '. ,.';'..~7:'.';o~~ ;T.S-30-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I impossible or impractical, the Engineer shall be notified immediately for a decision as to the best direction for the shift. E. Upon completion of installation, lighting fixtures and equipment shall be in first class operating order, in perfect condition as to fmish, free from defects. At final inspection, fixtures shall be completely lamped; be complete with other components necessary to complete fixtures. All fixtures and equipment shall be clean and free from dust, insects, or paint spots. Any reflectors, diffusers, or other parts broken prior to final inspection shall be replaced by Contractor. F. Lamps shall be provided for all fixtures: 1. Metal Halide lamps shall be mogul base, of the wattage called for in the fixture schedule and shall be of the diffuse type. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for the Historical Lamp Post and Lamp will be included in the bid item for Historical Lamp Post & Lamp as shown in the bid schedule. Payment for the Flush Recessed Fixtures will be included in the bid item for Flush Recessed Fixtures as shown in the bid schedule. Payment for work included under this section shall include all material, equipment, and labor required to complete installation. -, - TS-30,,2;-,... . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - SECTION TS-31 PHOTO CONTROL AND CONTACTOR -01. SUBMITTALS: Submittal shall be manufacturer's published literature. -02. MANUFACTURERS: A. Photo Controls: 1. Tork 2. Paragon 3. General Electric Company 4. I.T.E. B. Contactors: 1. 2. 3. 4. Square "D" Company Westinghouse ASCO G.E. -03. EOlliPMENT: A. Photo control shall be rated at 1800 V.A., 90% power factor on 120 volt system. Switching mechanism shall be hermetically sealed and shall be calibrated to close circuit when illumination falls below five foot candles. Switching mechanism shall contain delay feature to prevent circuit opening in transient illumination such as headlights from passing vehicles. (Photo Control shall contain manually adjustable light level slide.) Orient photo control light sensing element north. B. Contractor shall be electrically held, 120 volt operating coil and in NEMA 1 enclosure. The number and rating of poles shall be as noted on the drawings. -04. MEASUREMENT AND'PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section. Payment will be included in the lump sum price for the items in which work under this section falls. =':-.'..;";.~:, :;TS~31-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I U I o o SECTION TS-32 PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES AND FITTINGS -01. PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES AND FITTINGS: A. Boxes shall be provided in the raceway systems wherever required for the pulling of wires and the making of connections. B. Pull boxes of not less than the minimum size required by the National Electrical Code Article 370 shall be constructed of code-gauge galvanized sheet steel. Boxes shall be furnished with screw-fastened covers. Boxes located on the exterior shall be watertight. Covers shall be secured with tamperproof screws. C. Boxes shall be securely and rigidly fastened to the surface of which they are mounted or supported either directly or by using a substantial and approved metal rod or brace. D. All boxes shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them can be rendered accessible. E. Where several circuits pass through a common pull box, the circuits shall be tagged to indicate clearly their electrical characteristics, circuit number and designation. ' F. Device boxes for GFI receptacles shall be cast metal with threaded hubs. Boxes shall be sized to accommodate number and size of conductors, color coding of conductors shall be carried throughout the system. Minimum box size shall be 4 11116" with extension collar as required. G. Receptacle: All receptacles shall be of the GFCI type, of the configuration shown on the drawings. Color shall be ivory. Ground fault interrupter receptacle: 20 ampere, 125 volts, NEMA type 5-20R, 2-pole, 3-wire with grounded U slot. Arrow Hart AHGF 5342. Equals by Bryant, P&S, Hubbell, G.E., Leviton, and Eagle. -02. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for work completed under this section shall be included in the bid item for Flush Recessed Utility boxes with two GFI Receptacles in each, installed complete. _' ,'.' .TS.-32:,:L.~,.:, I I E I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION TS-33 GROUNDING -01. GENERAL: A. 'Grounding shall strictly conform to the requirements of the 1999 National Electric Code and the National Electrical Safety Code. B. Service ground shall be connected to a driven ground rod and shall be sized as shown on the drawings or as required by the National Electrical Code. 1. Ground rods shall be 3/4" copper weld rods, 10'-0" in length. Top of rod shall be 6" inches below finished grade unless noted. Connections to ground rods shall be made by chemical weld process. Resistance to ground shall not exceed twenty-five ohms. Not more than two ground rods shall be required and these shall be spaced not less than three feet apart. 2. Upon completion of the ground rod installation, the Contractor shall record the grounding reading. Grounding resistance reading shall be taken before connection is made to the ground rod. Ground resistance reading shall not be taken within forty- eight hours of rainfall. Results of ground resistance readings shall be forwarded, in writing, immediately to the Engineer. C. All non-current carrying parts of electrical equipment shall be grounded. Continuity of ground shall be maintained through whether called for on the plans or not with properly sized green insulated grounding conductor installed in all raceway systems. D. All screwed conduit connections shall be securely and fIrmly tightened with pipe wrenches. E. Bonding and grounding bushing with nylon insulated throat and screw lugs shall be installed on all feeder conduits and metal conduit I" or larger for positive bonding to the enclosure. F. Ground rods shall be provided in the concrete base of each lighting standard and securely grounded to the lighting standard. -02. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section. Payment will be included in the lump sum price for the bid items in which work under this section falls. __d__~ ;,-':t_':o~':::; TS-33-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,J SECTION TS;.34 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION -01. SUBMITTALS: Submit sample of laminated plastic identification plate with lettering. -02. MA TERIAL: A.. Laminated plastic plates with 3/16" high white letter etched on black background. B. Plates shall be permanently mounted utilizing pop rivets. C. Painted, stenciled or indented tape identification is not acceptable. -03. ITEM IDENTIFICATION: A. All electrical apparatus such as wiring troughs, panelboards, individual circuit breakers, transformers and disconnect switches shall have laminated plastic identification plates. Identification shall match labeling shown on plans. B. A "steel" circuit directory frame, and a directory card with a plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of each panel door. The directory shall be typed to identify the load fed by each circuit and the areas served. C. Circuit breakers and disconnects shall identify the equipment served and circuit and panel from which it is served. D. On all panel boards the exterior identification plate shall match that on the drawings and the panel and circuit number serving the p~el shall be designated within'the panel. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section. Payment will be included in the "Jump sum price for the bid items in which work under this section falls. .TS:-3~.L ., , I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I ~ >. . "~' SECTION TS-35 CONSTRUCTION REVIEWS INSPECTION AND TESTING -01. GENERAL: Comply with Division I - Special Conditions. -02. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWS: A. The Engineer or his representative shall observe and review the installation of all electricai systems shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B. Before covering or concealing any conduit below grade or slab, the contractor shall notify the Engineer so that he can review the installation. -03. CONTRACTOR'S FINAL INSPECTION: A. At the time of the Contractor's fmal inspection, all systems shall be checked and tested for proper installation and operation by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer or his representative. B. The Contractor shall furnish the personnel, tools and equipment required to inspect and test all systems. C. Following is a list of items that the Contractor must demonstrate to the Engineer or his representative as complying with the plans and specifications. Please note that this list does not necessarily represent all items to be coveted in the final inspection, but should give the Contrac~or an idea of what is to be reviewed. 1. 2. 3. Service ground, show connection to ground rod. Demonstrate that main service equipment is properly bonded. Demonstrate that all panels have breakers as specified, ground bar, copper bus, typed directory for circuit identification and that they are free of trash. Demonstrate that all conduits are supported as required by the National Electrical Code. Demonstrate that all fixtures have specified lamps, ballast and lens, and that they are supported as required by the National Electrical Code or as called for on the drawings or in the specifications. Demonstrate that all regeptacles are operating correctly. 4. 5. 6. -04. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: No separate payment will be made under this section. Payment will be included in the lump sum price for the bid items in which work under this section falls. .. ,~,',,~pTS-35-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I APPENDIX A ASBESTOS REPORT I , ' : I:' . ' I . . I .' , I . ' . " , , ' , ,. , " I,; I', I I I ==GSCSERVICES; INC. . Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev, 3 Date: 05/31/01 Report No: 1308-1001-01 Laboratory No. 01050462 01050463 01050464 01050465 01050466 Sample 10 1A 1B 2A 2B 2C Color WHT/GRAY WHT/GRAY WHITE WHITE WHITE Homogeneous LAYERED LAYERED YES YES YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 8 10 85 85 85 Amosite Crocidol ite Other Total Asbestos 8 10 85 85 85 . Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 15 25 Cellulose Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 77 65 15 15 15 . Other Analyst: ~At. t 'AICh1l~.r NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 ~ .. '/ j EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Analysis Method: Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I f==GSCSERVICES~ INC. _ Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev, 3 Date: 05/31/01 Report No: 1308-1001-01 , Laboratory No. 01050467 01050468 01050469T 01050469M 01050470T Sample ID 3A 3B 4A 4A 4B Color WHT/BRN WHT/BRN BROWN BLACK BROWN Homogeneous LAYERED LAYERED YES YES YES Type & Percent As bes tos Chrysotile 10 8 10 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO NAO 10 8 10 Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 90 90 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 10 10 90 92 90 Other Analyst: diJ ~c1h..).'I r NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 I Analysis Method: E:PA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I I I I I =GSCSERVICES, INC. Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 05/31/01 Report No: 1308-1001-01 Laboratory No. 01050470M 01050471T 01050471M Sample ID 4B 4C 4C Color BLACK BROWN BLACK Homogeneous YES YES YES Type & Percent r. Asbestos Chrysotile 10 8 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO 10 8 Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 90 Other Non-Fibrous Materia I Paint Binder/Filler 10 90 92 Other Analyst: ~~L NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I =GSCSERVICES, INC. Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 05/31/01 Report No: 1308-1001-01 Laboratory No. 01050472 01050473 01050474 01050475 01050476 Sample 10 5A 5B 6B 6B 7A Color WHT/GRAY WHT/GRAY AMBER AMBER WHT/WHT Homogeneous LAYERED LAYERED YES YES LAYERED Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAG NAG NAO NAG NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 30 30 Cellulose 20 20 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 50 50 100 100 100 Other Analyst: rA9 .An (~, JJLL~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 ""'---"" I ,,/" Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PL~l wi th dispersion staining. Percentage estilnates are based on stereo rnocLoscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the ana.lyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO No Asbestos Observed . , = I I I I I I I I F==GSCSERVICES, INC. Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev, 3 Date: 05/31/01 Report No: 1308-1001-01 . Laboratory No. 01050477 01050478 01050479 01050480 01050481 Sample ID 7B 8A 9A 9B 9C Color WHT/WHT BRN/WHT BRN/WHT TAN TAN Homogeneous LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED YES YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO NAO NAO NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose <1 <1 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 100 75 75 100 100 Other Analyst: Ai~ ~~ m-. IiI w NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 ~ ..... .v Analysis Method: ~PA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I, I =GSCSERVICES, iNC. Form #AS-04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 05/31/01 Report No: 1308-1001-01 Laboratory No. 01050482 01050483 01050484 01050485 01050486 Sample ID 9C lOA lOB 10C 11A Color TAN YEL/WHT YEL/WHT/GY YEL/WHT/GY BLACK Homogeneous YES LAYERED LAYER LAYERED YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile Amosite Croci dol ite Other Total Asbestos NAO NAO NAO NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose <1 10 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 100 100 100 100 90 Other Analyst: ~.t Ufh. 7l~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 . . ~ , y Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I 1 I I 1 I 'I I I I, I I I I F==GSCSERVICES', INC. I BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Analyst: -4eAa.l1% Jj~J~ - itA I ';VI Ana Iys is Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. , Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope. observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. Date: 05/31/01 I I I Report No: 1308-1001-01 laboratory No. 01050487 Sample 10 11B Color BLACK YES I I Homogeneous Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile I Amosite I Crocidolite Other I I Total Asbestos NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 5 I I Cellulose 12 Other Non-Fibrous Material I Paint Binder/Filler 83 I I Other I I ,I M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed 01050488 01050489 11C 12A BLACK BLK/GRAY LAYER YES NAO NAO 3 12 5 88 92 01050490 12B BLK/GRAY LAYERED NAO 4 8 88 Form #AS.04 Dee 18. 1990 Rev, 3 01050491 12C BLK/GRAY LAYERED NAO 5 12 83 NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 1-" I =GSCSERVICES, INC. Form ItAS.04 Dec 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-02 Laboratory No. 01050492T 01050492M 01050493T 01050493M 01050494 Sample 10 lA lA IB IB 2A Color TAN BLACK TAN BLACK BLACK " Homogeneous YES NO YES NO YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 25 <1 25 <1 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos 25 <1 25 <1 NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 5 5 65 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 75 95 75 95 35 O)her ;~ ~t-7' ;:~v.:~ d. NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analys : ~~ M0. .' -- I" Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO No Asbestos Observed I = I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I F=GSCSERVICES, INC. Form IIAS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-02 Laboratory No. 01050495 01050496T 01050496M 01050497T 01050497M Sample ID 2B 3A 3A 3B 3B Color BLACK CREAM BLACK CREAM BLACK Homogeneous YES YES YES YES YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 20 15 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO 20 NAO 15 NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 65 5 5 I Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 35 80 95 85 95 Other Fo, ~~1r~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: ~~If)^" '1. Iln. ' 7 ' Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' sestimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed - .., I I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I =GSCSERV/CES, INC. Date: Report No: Laboratory No. Sample 10 Color Homogeneous Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotite Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose - Other Non-Fibrous Material I I I I I I I I I Paint Binder/Filler I I I I I' Other poI2- om Analyst: -(;it BULKSAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS 06/01/01 1308-1001-02 01050498T 01050498M 01050499T , Form #AS.04 Dee 18.1990 Rev. 3 01050499M 01050500T 4A 4A 4B TAN YES BLACK TAN YES YES 10 10 10 NAO 10 3 90 97 90 01?O eA~~ /In., fJ. "'. 7 NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non':homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed 4B 5A BLACK YES NAO 5 95 WHITE YES NAO 100 I F==GSCSERVICES, INC. Form IIAS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-02 Laboratory No. 01050500M 01050501T 01050501M 01050502 01050503 Sample ID 5A 5B 5B 6A 6B Color BLACK WHITE BLACK WHITE WHITE Homogeneous YES YES YES YES YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 8 8 18 28 Am os ite Crocidolite Other , Total Asbestos 8 NAO 8 18 28 Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 32 32 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 92 100 92 50 40 Other poeA ~~,~j~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: / /. MI. ~ I Analysis Method: ~PA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on ,the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'f'"7GSCSERVICES, INC. Form tlAS.04 " Dec 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-02 Laboratory No. 01050504 01050505 01050506 01050507 01050508 Sample 10 7A 7B 8A 8B 9A ,Color WHITE WHT/CREAM WHT/BROWN WHT/BROWN WHT/GRAY Homogeneous YES LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 70 75 8 28 Amosite Crocidolite <1 Other Total Asbestos 70 75 8 NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 20 Cellulose 5 10 94 3 35 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint 3 3 5 Binder/Filler 25 15 3 94 40 Other if: 6srry PO(2,.6-r.-S NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analys: ~~ Analysis Method: 8PA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. ~ M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I I I 'I I =GSCSERVICES, INC. ' , Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-02 Laboratory No. 01050509 01050510 01050511 01050512 01050513 Sample ID 9B lOA lOB llA lIB Color WHT/GRAY GR/BROWN GR/BROWN ~HT/TAN/WHT WHTx2/GRAY Homogeneous LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED Type & Percent Asbestos ChrysotiJe Amosite - Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO NAO NAO NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers , Glass/Wool 15 Cellulose 35 95 92 30 2 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint 5 3 5 20 13 , - Binder/Filler 45 2 3 50 85 Other Co?:!Jl ~O!!..<:s~ . NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: ~.J.-- , Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM wi th dispersion staining. Percentage es rima tes are based on stereo rllocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC I T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I =GSCSERVICES, INC. Report No: Date: 06/01/01 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS I I I I I Laboratory No. Sample 10 Color Homogeneous Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos Type & Percent Other Fibers ; Glass/Wool Cellulose Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint I I I I I I I Binder / Fi lIer I I Other 1308-1001-02 01050514 01050515 01050516 11C 12A 12B WHT x 3 GR/GRAY LAYERED GR/GRAY LAYERED LAYERED NAO NAO NAO 1 5 2 4 95 98 95 toe 8~71V 'Fo(z'~ Analyst: d~@ ,. Analysis Method: I I I', 01050517 12C GR/GRAY LAYERED NAO 1 3 96 Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 Rev. 3 01050518 13A BLACK YES NAO <1 100 NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations; The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I ~GSCSERVICES, INC. Form nAS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-02 laboratory No. 01050519 01050520 01050521 01050522 01050523 Sample ID 13B 13C 14A 14B 14C Color BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLK/BROWN Homogeneous YES YES YES YES LAYERED Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 30 35 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos 30 35 NAO NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 8 3 15 15 15 Cellulose 12 17 5 10 I I Other Non-Fibrous Materia I Paint , , Binder/Filler 50 45 85 80 75 Other ~ol2 ;AlV /='0 // ~L Analyst: . rA1.._ il.C7J.'A ,1 NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 '-----J I ' Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on , stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE !I NAO = No Asbestos Observed !I I I I I I I I I I I,~:." ... . -:: ~ ~ . ~ .~...-' -'-.....:t ..,,- ~'''''''.'''~',"L'''''''-'''~'~= ~ ..f ,.;......:<1"-...,'" "'.... ':-"~ .....' . .-- ~...........;,...J,......,_.."...,.~-..;...t...._.__;.....::.:,.:.,'::.;; ~.$t. ._ .:.... _.' ...".:';' ..." :.. c' ":.....~J ,..~....~.".. .........c~":''!'',~.;~~:..........t_''~'.u3... ..... ~..;.. ..,...... '_" \. ~ ...... "0-. '-:f" -' '.1- .;;.. I =GSCSERVICES, INC. I Date: 06/12/01 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS I I I Report No: 1308-1001-04 Laboratory No. 01050524 Sample ID A01 Color WHITE YES I I Homogeneous Type & Percent Asbestos 60 Chrysotile I Amosite Crocidolite I Other I Total Asbestos 60 Type & Percent Other Fibers I Glass/Wool I I Cellulose Other Non-Fibrous Material I Paint Binder/Filler 40 I I Other ~AI4, /, r /L Ii . Analyst: c7Jftv/x..'1Y (/1" AI ., " Analysis Method: 01050525 A02 WHITE YES 60 60 40 01050526 B01 GRAY YES NAO <1 100 01050527 B02 GRAY YES NAO <1 100 Form IIAS.04 Dee 18. 1990 Rev. 3 01050528 C01 WHITE YES NAO 100 NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 I EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. I ..I M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I :i~k 1 =GSCSERVICES'::INC. Form #AS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev, 3 \ Date: 06/12/01 Report No: 1308-1001-04 laboratory No. 01050529 0],050530 01050531 01050532 01050533 Sample ID CO2 DOl D02 E01 E02 Color WHITE BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK Homogeneous YES YES YES YES YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO NAO NAO NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool <1 <1 Cellulose 80 80 80 80 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 100 20 20 20 20 Other /J1 tYlh /L ~ . NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: I .~ Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the anaiyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed .. I I 1 I I I I I I, I I I 1 I I I ---I I =GSCSERVICES, INC. Form IIAS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANAL YS'IS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/12/01 '. Report No: 1308-1001-04 Laboratory No. 01050534T 01050534M 01050535T 01050535M 01050536 Sample ID F01 F01 F02 F02 G01 Color RED BLACK X 2 RED BLACK X 2 YEL/WH/GR Homogeneous YES LAYERED YES LAYERED LAYERED Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 8 8 Am os ite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos 8 NAO 8 NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 60 60 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder / Filler 92 40 92 40 100 Other ~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Ana Iyst: Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed . .. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . . ,- I. r~';.' . 1 F=GSCSERVICES, t'NC. Form IlAS.04 Dec 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev, 3 Date: 06/12/01 Report No: 1308-1001-04 Laboratory No. 01050537 01050538 01050539 01050540 01050541 Sample ID G02 HOI H02 IOI I02 Color YEL/WH/GR YEL/BLK/BR YEL/ BLK/ BR BLACK/SIL BLACK/SIL Homogeneous LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 5 Am os ite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO NAO NAO 5 NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 3 <1 Cellulose 35 35 5 3 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder / Filler 100 65 65 87 97 Other Analyst: ,Aj'Nl (;~/0h,. /1/J1 . NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 I . Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLN with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed Ii I I I I I I I I 1 I I I '1 I I I . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I =GSCSERVICES,INC. BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Form #AS.04 Dec 18, 1990 Rev, 3 Date: 06/12/01 Report No: 1308-1001-04 Laboratory No. Sample 10 Color Homogeneous Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile Am os ite , Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler Other 01050542 01050543 01050544 01050545 I03 JOl J02 J03 BLACK/SIL BLACK/SIL BLACK/SIL BLACK LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED YES 12 15 15 NAO 12 15 15 5 3 8 5 97 80 80 80 Analyst: .d4~4~ . Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogen'eous.. and 'layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed Ii . .o.::~ .:.t-. ~ -f .~.:'~ ""'~~"'l"":'':'':':'1;P_~''7f;(.~;;';-~;'" ~'~'t ~ '/~r..:l-~' ~"'~':f!~:"':f'~"""""'l~":;'~;'!I"':":;~'~: .,._:....="',,.:~.'F"..'1..~~~:.:;;..:..T.;...;;;;.\'~,~,....~I::-~~>.!:--o:.':.;.J.-;..i~._i;.~.t..c- ....:.....~.:;!!":-7;,.;{:/,!,.;~~:".:_.........,....~":'....~,_.~~.t~:~~~:1~f.....f~~-:':::r.....~l~;::.~~.~.~:-:'.:":"-~ _-:.......~":'"_"-~_.._...~.-=.,:~~ I. I 1''-' ", ',' I':, :,. . I I =GSCSERVICES, INC.-;- , Form IIAS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev, 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-05 laboratory No. 01050588 01050589 01050590 01050591 01050592 Sample 10 A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 Color BLACK BLACK SILVER/BLK BLACK BLACK Homogeneous NO NO LAYERED NO NO Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 4 15 20 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO NAO 4 15 20 Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 5 5 Cellulose 20 30 15 20 Other 5 Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 75 70 96 65 55 Other ~07L t~7. rm;'l!~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: f)- / 'i/ 'J 'bi WI '" Analysis Method: E:PA Recommended PLM wi th dispersion staining. Percentage - estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. NAO = No Asbestos Observed ..~\".~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I =GSCSERVICES, INC. Form #AS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-05 Laboratory No. 01050593 01050594T 01050594M 01050595T 01050595M Sample ID B3 C1 C1 C2 C2 Color BLACK CREAM BLACK CREAM BLACK Homogeneous NO YES YES YES YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 10 2 2 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos 10 2 NAO 2 NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 10 Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 80 98 100 98 100 Other pefl ~. ~~;fZft~ ~ ~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: -- ./~ .L. ,--- ""----- 7" , Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentago: estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogo:neous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed . , I I I I I 1 I I 1 I' 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I. I =GSCSERVICES, INC. ; Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-05 laboratory No. 01050596T 01050596M 01050597 01050598 01050599 Sample ID C3 C3 D1 D2 D3 Color CREAM BLACK WHT/BROWN WHT/BROWN WHT/BROWN Homogeneous YES YES LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED Type & Percent , Asbestos Chrysotile 2 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos 2 NAO NAO NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 95 98 97 Other Non-Fibrous Materia I Paint 5 2 3 Binder/Filler 98 100 Other pee: ~~ffl.c! 1..--o7il3'Ji NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: Az ",,'iJ,//1hn ~ ........ I '7 " Analysis Method: EPA Re<:ommended PLM 'with dispersion staining. Fercentag"! estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homog"!neous and layered samples are based on t he analyst' s estima ted composi te for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J I I F=GSCSERVICES, INC. Form #AS.04 Dee 18, 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-05 laboratory No. 01050600 01050601 01050602 01050603 01050604 Sample 10 E1" E2 F1 F2 Gl Color ' WHITE GRAY WHT/TAN WH/TAN/WH WHITE Homogeneous YES YES LAYERED LAYERED YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 70 30 15 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos 70 30 NAO NAO 15 Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose 5 30 3 1 Other Non-Fibrous Materia I Paint Binder/Filler 25 40 97 99 85 Other FU;,~ FOfl'}l . NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: '&,rt ~2;u '~ Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The resul ts of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I O==GSCSERVICES, INC. Form #AS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/01/01 Report No: 1308-1001-05 Laboratory No. 01050605 01050606T 01050606M 01050607T 01050607M Sample ID G2 H1 H1 H2 H2 Color WHITE WHITE X 2 WHT/BLACK TAN/WHITE WHITE Homogeneous YES LAYERED LAYERED LAYERED YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 15 25 <1 25 Am os ite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos 15 25 <1 25 NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cellulose I I I Other Non-Fibrous Materia I Paint Binder/Filler 85 75 100 75 100 Other f'O~Y F1'~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst:_~ ~<f'"-' W1-~ Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst's estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE II NAO = No Asbestos Observed . , , . , .- - -c- ." I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I.. I I F=GSCSERVICES/:INC. Form #AS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev, 3 Date: 06/12/01 Report No: 1308-1001-03 laboratory No. 01050578 01050579 01050580 01050581 01050582 Sample ID AOl A02 A03 BOl B02 Color GREEN BLACK X 2 BLACK BLACK BLACK Homogeneous NO LAYERED NO NO YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 25 20 25 45 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO , 25 20 25. 45 Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 15 20 15 15 Cellulose 5 10 5 Other Non-Fibrous Materia I Paint Binder / Filler 85 50 55 55 55 Other r<>1/;~"~t1V ~1~5. NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst: r~ 'K~f7jJ1. '~/1' . ~ I. Analysis Method: E:PA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observa tions. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I F=GSCSERVICES;:INC. Form tlAS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/12/01' Report No: 1308-1001-03 laboratory No. 01050583 01050584T 01050584M 01050585T 01050585M Sample ID B03 C01 C01 CO2 CO2 Color BLACK GREEN BLACK GREEN BLACK Homogeneous YES YES YES YES YES Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotile 45 20 15 Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos 45 20 NAO 15 NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool Cell ulose Other Non-Fibrous Material Paint Binder/Filler 55 80 100 85 100 Other '~ 's:''1''fY q-...o ~ ~ NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst~d'~ iJPIn. ld. H . , .;- Analysis Method: E:PA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst' s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed "(~/ ""l' ", I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I F=GSCSERVICES',' INC. .- Form t#AS.04 Dee 18. 1990 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS FOR ASBESTOS Rev. 3 Date: 06/12/01 Report No: 1308-1001':'03 Laboratory No. 01050586 01050587 Sample ID 001 E01 Color CREAM/WHT BL/WHT/TAN . Homogeneous LAYERED LAYERED Type & Percent Asbestos Chrysotite Amosite Crocidolite Other Total Asbestos NAO NAO Type & Percent Other Fibers Glass/Wool 10 Cellulose 2 Other Non-Fibrous Material , Paint 3 Binder / Filler 90 95 Other fOd2, Btt1(V pd (l. 6i:.S NVLAP Code Number: 101626-0 Analyst:,~/~ Analysis Method: EPA Recommended PLM with dispersion staining. Percentage estimates are based on stereo mocroscope observations. The results of non-homogeneous and layered samples are based on the analyst I s estimated composite for each individual component. M=MASTIC T=TILE NAO = No Asbestos Observed I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~.... ~.~..., ...~"""" _...~'" -'-~~?; .:~":'--":-~ i"'7':-'J ....':~;'! " '~''''l:~:''~:''~r.''''':';<OI,:..t''WV ~'7'~~.'.'rl,; ""'~:"'~""" ~,.t.<.:.:",!!,,'~.u~""':':""'~"''''' ~,,"-., ...."!':., "-.-r'. :;~.... :;~'"-~: '~,-"~1~::'~":':-: ~.::' "T";c~.::-~.:...~:: ',:."I'~~.';"'I~.1 ~''''~.'' :'; ......~':.':'>--::.t!.!"";;.~-~.;r:.t..':'...\l\.y~,,'t.t"~I'..:....,t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I APPENDIX B ASBESTOS ABATEMENT SPECIFICATION I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SITE WORK SECTION 02081 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL 1.01 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK A The scope of work in the Augusta Commons proj ect involves the removal and disposal of the following friable and non- friable aSbestos-containing materials (ACM): 1. Computer Land Building a. 25 square feet pipe elbow and joints, utility corridor and above ceiling in restroom b. 75 linear feet pipe insulation, utility corridor and above ceiling in restroom c. 1,935.square feet 9x9 floor tile and mastic, 1,000 square feet under carpet (dispose of carpet as contaminated waste) 2. Health Department Building a. 500 square feet 9x9 floor tile, 2n d floor dressing room b. 375 square feet 9x9 floor tile, 2n d floor offices c. 8,400 square feet 9x9 floor tile, 2n d floor hallway and open offices d. 900 square feet mastic under 12x12 floor tile in staff lounge ' e. 15 square feet pipe joints in, mechanical room f. 40 linear feet pipe insulation in mechanical room g. 17,000 square feet built up roof 3. Rayless Building a. 120 square feet boiler insulation in cr8wl space 1,500 square feet 9x9 floor tile on 2n floor 15,000 square feet built up roof 500 square feet roof mastic b. c. d. 4. World of Music Building a. 8,500 square feet built up roof 400 square feet roof mastic 500 square feet 9x9 floor tile, bathroom and 2n d floor recital room b. c. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I e. 15 square feet pipe joinf.s in 2 nd floor atorage 60 linear feet pipe insulation in 2n floor storage 600 square feet wall tile in rehearsal room 60 square feet linoleum in bath and back office d. f. g. 5. AMBASSA Building a. 3,000 square feet built up roof b. 300 square feet roof mastic c. 700 square feet 9x9 floor tile in closets and storage area B. In addition, all construction debris and trash generated by the abatement of ACM shall be sealed in containers, removed from the building on a daily basis, and placed in an enclosed truck and/or covered dumpster and disposed as asbestos-containing waste. C. If Contractor encounters any ACM in the course of his work that has not been previously identified, work shall stop and the Architect notified immediately. Work shall not resume until authorized to do so by the Architect. 1.02 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Medical Examinations. Before exposure to airborne asbestos fibers, the contractor will provide workers with a comprehensive medical examination as required by 29 CFR 1926.1101. This examination consists of a pulmonary function test and 0 a chest x-ray at the discretion of the physician performing the physical. The same examination is required on an annual basis to all employees engaged in an occupation involving asbestos fibers. B. Medical Records. The contractor shall establish .apd maintain accurate medical surveillance records for each employee subject to medical surveillance by 29 CFR 1926.1101 and shall maintain the records for the duration of employment plus 30 years in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20. 1.03 TRAINING CERTIFICATION AND PROJECT SUPERVISION A. supervisor/Foreman. A supervisor/foreman shall be present at all times that asbestos abatement is in progress. The supervisor/foreman shall have completed a course at an EPA approved training center, or equivalent certificate course, in asbestos abatement procedures. The supervisor/foreman shall 'have a minimum of two years on-the-job experience in asbestos abatement procedures. The supervisor/foreman shall be a cofupetent person as described in 29 CFR 1926.1101, and be inside the work area at all times abatement activity is in progress. The supervisor/foreman shall possess a current license issued by the state of Georgia Environmental I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Protection Division. at the job site at progress. A copy of the license shall be posted all times asbestos abatement is in B. Worker Training. Prior to assignment to this asbestos work project, the contractor shall provide instruction to each asbestos worker with regard to the hazards of asbestos safety and health precautions and the use and requirements of protective clothing and equipment including respirators. This instruction shall fully cover engineering and other hazard control techniques and procedures, and shall conform to training required by 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E. Evidence of the successful completion of each worker of such training shall be posted at the job site at all times asbestos abatement is in progress. 1.04 PERMITS, LICENSES AND NOTIFICATIONS A. The contractor shall secure the necessary permits in conjunction with asbestos removal, hauling and disposal, and shall provide timely notification of such actions as may be required by Federal, State or Local authorities. Ten days notice prior to the start of work. shall be required to secure a work permit from. the Georgia Environmental Protection Division and a copy of this permit shall be submitted to the Architect prior to the start of this work. A copy of the permit shall be posted at the job site at all times. 1.05 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION A. The contractor shall have a written respiratory protection program that governs the selection, use, maintenance and care of respirators. The written respiratory protection program shall be in compliance with 29 CFR 1910-134 and be made available to the Owner upon request. B. Contractor shall provide workers with personally issued and marked respirators approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety & Health (NIOSH). The respirators shall be used in accordance with occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards. Cartridge filters shall be approved for respiratory protection against dusts, fumes and mists having a permissible exposure limit of less than 0.05 milligrams per cubic meter (a high efficiency particulate absolute filter). C. All individuals entering the regulated area after the commencement of asbestos abatement work shall be required to wear proper respiratory protection. D. When using a heat gun to remove mastics, an organic filter must be used in conjunction with the HEPA filter. I I I I I g I I I I' I I I I I I I I I L 1.06 LOOSE EQUIPMENT OR FURNISHINGS A. It shall be the Owner's responsibility to relocate all moveable furnishings and equipment. Any equipment or furnishings not removed from the regulated area shall be considered contaminated, and must be decontaminated before sealing in polyethylene plastic sheeting. 1.07 CONTINGENCY PLAN A. Prepare a contingency plan for emergencies including fire, accident, power failure, pressure differential system failure, supplied air system failures, or other events that may require modification or abridgement of decontamination or work area isolation procedures. B. Note that nothing in this abatement plan should impede safe exiting or providing adequate medical attention in the event of an emergency. 1.09 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. The contractor shall take note electrical hazards are located precautions in these areas. where mechanical and/or and take the necessary 1.10 COMPLIANCE WITH OSHA STANDARDS A. It is the intent of this section for the Contractor to comply fully with all Federal, state and Local regulations and codes regarding removal and disposal of asbestos- containing materials. Nothing in this section should be interpreted to conflict with this intent. Contractor is responsible to ensure worker safety complies with 'Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) safety requirements. Hard hats, eye goggles, gloves, safety belts, etc., shall be worn when work tasks require this additional safety protection. B. No attempt has been made to specify all applicable Federal and/or state requirements dealing with worker safety or public safety within the confines of these specifications. This should not be construed as an abridgement of these requirements. As is always the case, the contractor has the responsibility to determine which non-specified requirements apply to his work and the responsibility to initiate steps to comply with these non-specified requirements on an as needed or required basis. 1.11 SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTATION A. Submit the following documentation to the Architect prior to beginning work. D U I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1. Copy of an ~pproved notificatibrt for demolition and/or renovation from governing agency giving dates when removal will begin and be completed. 2. Proof of insurance naming Augusta Public Works and Engineering as additional certificate holder. 3. Copy of state of Georgia Asbestos Contractor's license. 4. Copy of state of Georgia asbestos license of the general supervisor(s) involved in the project. 5. Proof of asbestos worker training for each employee of the Contractor involved in the project. 6. Medical examination report for each employee of the Contractor involved in the project. 7. Respirator training for each employee of the Contractor involved in the project. 8. A "Worker Release Form" for each employee of the Contractor involved in the project. 9. Material Safety Data Sheets for all hazardous chemicals that will be incorporated in the work. B. Submittals shall be bound in a three-ring binder with each section tabbed or separated by a colored sheet of paper and cross-referenced to an index. The cover shall be labeled with the project name and inclusive dates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WETTING AGENTS AND ENCAPSULANTS A. Surfactant. Provide water to which a surfactant has been added. Use a mixture of surfactant and water that results in wetting of the asbestos containing material and retardation of fiber release during disturbance. B. Encapsulant. Provide an encapsulant designed specifically to lock down asbestos fibers during and following asbestos abatement. Use in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.,02 POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC SHEETING A. Provide polyethylene plastic sheeting in the largest sheet size possible to minimize seams, 4-mil and 6-mil thickness, clear, frosted and/or black, as required. D I o o H I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Provide reinforced polyethylene plastic sheeting largest sheet size possible to minimize seams, thickness, clear, frosted or black. C. Polyethylene plastic sheeting shall be flame resistant and conform to the National Fire Protection Association standard 701, "Small-Scale Fire Test for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films." B. in the 6-mil 2.03 ADHESIVES A. Provide duct tape at least three inches wide with an adhesive formulated to stick aggressively to polyethylene plastic sheeting. B. Provide spray adhesive formulated to stick aggressively to polyethylene plastic sheeting. 2.04 DISPOSAL BAGS A. Provide 6-mil thick, leak-tight polyethylene plastic bags labeled in accordance with Paragraph k(7) (iii), 29 CFR 1926.1101. 2.05 HIGH EFFICIENCY PARTICULATE ABSOLUTE (HEPA) FILTERS A. Provide vacuum cleaner, air filtration machine, and respirators with a HEPA filter capable of filtering particles of 0.3 microns or greater at 99.97% efficiency. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT A. Personal Protection 1. Respirators. Provide workers with respirators that are the most comfortable and afford the best seal and protection. cartridge filters shall be approved for respiratory protection against dusts, fumes and mists having a permissible exposure limit of less than 0.05 milligrams per cubic meter (a HEPA filter). At a minimum, workers shall be provided half-face, negative pressure respirators equipped with a HEPA filter. A clean set of cartridge filters shall be provided workers upon each entry into the regulated area.. All individuals entering the asbestos control area after the commencement of asbestos removal work shall be required to wear respiratory protection. 2. Protective Clothing. A sufficient number of disposable full body coveralls shall be available to provide each I I I -I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I worker a clean suit upon each entry into the regulated area. B. Ground Fault Protection 1. Equip all circuits for any purpose entering the regulated area with ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCI) . Locate GFCls outside the regulated area so that all circuits are protected prior to entry into the regulated area. Provide circuit breaker type GFCI equipped with test button and reset switch for all circuits to be used for any purpose in the regulated area, decontamination unit, exterior, or as otherwise required by National Electrical Code, OSHA or other authority. Locate the panel exterior to the regulated area. 2. Use only grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Use single lengths or use waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas of work. C. Signs and Labels 1. Warning signs shall be displayed at the entrance to the regulated area. Signs shall be posted at such a distance from the regulated 'area that an employee may read the signs and take necessary protective steps before entering the area marked by the signs. The warning signs shall bear the following information: DANGER ASBESTOS CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA 2. Labels shall be affixed to all waste bags or waste wrapped in polyethylene plastic. Labels shall be printed in large, bold lette~son a contrasting background and used in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard, and shall contain the following information: DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD 3.02 AIR CIRCULATION AND FILTRATION SYSTEM o I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. Diminished pressUre inside the regulated area shall be maintained 24 hours per day for the duration of the project. Duration shall be considered from the time critical barriers are installed through the time acceptable, final air clearance results are obtained. B. A high efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) filtration system shall be used. The HEPA system shall be capable of collecting and retaining 99.97 per cent of airborne particles with an aerodynamic diameter of .3 microns or larger. C. Diminished pressure inside the regulated area shall be maintained with the use of HEPA filtered machines, shall exhaust directly to the exterior of the building, and shall have the capacity to produce at a minimum four air changes per hour. 3.03 DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES A. A worker decontamination unit shall be constructed adjacent to the regulated area. This facility will consist of a clean room where workers will change from street clothes and don clean disposable full-body coveralls and respirators, a decontamination shower with hot and cold water, and an equipment room for storage of contaminated equipment and other tools, and removal of dirty clothing prior to entering the shower from the work area. B. An equipment decontamination unit shall be constructed adjacent to the regulated area. This facility will consist of a wash down station, holding room and clean room, and will serve as a cleaning station for contaminated equipment and tools, as well as cleaning bags containing asbestos waste before the bags are placed in a disposal dumpster or truck. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CRITICAL BARRIERS A. Enclose regulated areas by installing critical barriers over all windows, doorways, drains, ducts, grills, grates, diffusers, skylights, etc. Critical barriers shall consist of at least 4-mil thick polyethylene plastic sheeting secured in place with duct tape and/or spray adhesive. B. Owner will remove all movable obj ects from the regulated area. Cover all non-movable objects remaining in the regulated area with at least one layer of 4-mil polyethylene plastic sheeting secured in place with duct tape and/or spray adhesive. Non-movable objects include but are not limited to:' ceiling mounted light fixtures, cabinets, stoves, refrigerators, toilet fixtures, etc. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PRIMARY BARRIERS I I I I I I, U I B o 0, o U I g m I - I A. In areas where only non-friable f'i66r coverings are to be removed, place at least one layer of 4-mil polyethylene plastic sheeting on walls. The plastic sheeting shall - be secured to within six inches of the floor to a distance of at least three feet up the wall. The plastic sheeting shall be installed to minimize seams. No seams shall be located at wall/wall joints. Seams shall be overlapped a minimum of 12 inches and sealed with duct tape and/or spray adhesive. B. In regulated areas where pipe fittings and pipe insulation will be abated: 1. Place at least two layers of 6-mil polyethylene plastic sheeting on floors. The plastic slieeting shall extend up the walls at least 12 inches and secured with duct tape and/or spray adhesive. No seams shall be located at wall/floor joints. Seams shall be overlapped a minimum of 12 inches and sealed with duct tape and/or spray adhesive. 2. Place at least one layer of 4-mil polyethylene plastic sheeting on walls. Wall sheeting shall be installed to minimize joints and shall extend beyond wall/floor joint at least 12 inches. Secure wall plastic sheeting with duct tape and/or spray adhesive. No seams shall be located at wall/wall joints. Furring strips or other mechanical devices may be used to hold wall sheeting in place; however, contractor shall be responsible for repair of wall surfaces to original condition upon removing wall sheeting - 3.06 STOP WORK A. If critical and/or primary barriers fall or are breached in any manner, stop work immediately. Do not start work until the situation has been corrected and written authorization obtained from the Owner's Representative. 3.07 REMOVAL OF FLOOR TILE, MASTIC AND LINOLEUM A. Use of destructive methods to remove asbestos containing floor tile, mastic and/or linoleum that renders this material friable are discouraged. Following are three al ternate methods for removing floor tile, mastics and/or linoleum that aids in this objective. One or a combination of each may be successfully used. 1. Sufficiently wet the flooring material with an amended water solution. Allow ample time for the amended water to penetrate to the mastic. 2. Heat from an infrared gun may soften the mastic enough so that tiles and/or linoleum can be pulled up easily. D o u o g I I I I I I I I I I I I I - The use of fi~at guns is liIiiited to electric-powered flameless guns operating below 1,100 degrees Fahrenheit. If tiles are heated and can be removed intact, wetting may be omitted. Tiles must still be wet when placed in disposal bags. Heat guns may not be used on a wood floor substrate. Under OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926.150, a fully charged ABC-type 20-pound (minimum) fire extinguisher must be available within 100 feet of work utilizing a heat gun. When using the heat gun, an organic filter must be used in conjunction with the HEPA filter. 3. Dry ice may be used in well-ventilated areas only to allow the tiles to contract and break loose from the substrate. Before using dry ice, permission must be obtained from the Architect. B. Once floor tile and/or linoleum are removed, and while still wet, place in a 6-mil leak-tight disposal bag and then into a second pre-labeled disposal bag. Seal the disposal bag with three wraps of duct tape. Move disposal bags to the washroom of the equipment decontamination unit. C. Remove remaining mastic and/or adhesive with an approved solvent or cleaner. Petroleum based solvents shall not be used. Scraping of residual mastic shall be performed using wet methods. ' D. All waste materials, including mops and cleaning rags used to remove mastic, shall be disposed as contaminated waste. 3.08 REMOVAL OF THERMAL SYSTEMS INSULATION A. Thermal System Insulation (TSI) removal, involves boiler insulation, pipe joints, and piping insulation. B. The boiler at the Rayless Building is located in the crawl space. 1. Insulation on the boiler shall be removed using the wet method. Wet the insulation with a fine mist of amended water or removal encapsulant. Allow time for amended water to saturate material to the substrate. Do not over saturate to cause dripping. Scrape material from substrate. Remove material in manageable quanti ties. If amended water is used, mist the surface continuously during work process. If using removal encapsulant, follow manufacturer's instructions. 2. Remove residue remaining on the boiler scraping, using a stiff nylon bristled removal encapsulant is used, remove encapsulant is allowed to dry. Keep during cleaning.' Do not allow to dry. substrate after hand brush. If residue b~fore substrate moist I I D I o I I I I I I I I I I I I I J 3. Place material in pre-labeled disposal bags while still wet. Wipe bags clean and place in a second disposal bag and move to the equipment wash down station. Do not permit large quantities of material to collect before bagging, and do not allow material to dry. C. Pipe joints and pipe insulation is located in Computer Land, Health Department Building, and World of Music. 1. Pipe joint and/or pipe insulation shall be removed using the wet method. Wet the insulation with a fine mist of amended water or removal encapsulant. Allow time for amended water to saturate material to the substrate. Do not. over saturate to cause dripping. Scrape material from pipe joint and/or pipe substrate. Remove material in manageable quanti ties. If amended water is used, mist the surface continuously during work process. If using removal encapsulant, follow manufacturer's instructions. 2. Remove residue remaining on the boiler substrate after scraping, using a stiff nylon bristled hand brush. If removal encapsulant is used, remove residue before encapsulant is allowed to dry. Keep substrate moist during cleaning. Do not allow material to dry. 3. Place material in pre-labeled disposal bags while still wet. Wipe bags clean and place in a second disposal bag and move to the equipment wash down station. Do not permit large quantities of material to collect before bagging, and do not allow material to dry. 3.09 DECONTAMINATION OF REGULATED AREAS A. Decontamination of regulated areas shall consist of a three step cleaning process. B. Carry out a first cleaning of all surfaces in the regulated area where TSI and/or floor tile, mastic and/or linoleums were removed by spraying a fine mist of amended water followed by wiping with clean rags or towels. C. Immediately following this cleaning, remove the equipment decontamination unit leaving: 1. critical barriers over openings, doorways, windows, HVAC ducts, etc. 2. Decontamination condition. unit for personnel in operating 3. Air filtration system in continuous operation. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I I J D. Perform a second cieaning in the exact manner and order as the first cleaning. 3.10 ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR'S INSPECTION L A. Following this second cleaning, visually inspect all surfaces. Re-clean if any dust, debris, etc., is found. Continue this cleaning process until no debris, dust or other material is found. 3.11 FINAL CLEANING A. Carry out a final cleaning of all surfaces in the regulated area in the same manner as the previous cleaning. 3.12 VISUAL INSPECTION A. After final cleaning perform a complete visual inspection of the' entire regulated area including all surfaces as specified above; look for debris from any source, residue on surfaces, dust or other matter. When the area is visually clean and no debris, residue, dust or other material is found, complete the certification at the end of this section. Visual inspection is not complete until confirmed in writing. B. Provide a minimum of 100 foot candles of lighting on all surfaces in the areas to be subjected to visual inspection. Provide hand held lights providing 150 foot candles at 4 feet capable of reaching all locations in regulated area. 3.13 REMOVAL OF REGULATED AREA ISOLATION A. After all requirements of Paragraphs 3.09, 3.10, 3.11 and 3.12 have been met and the regulated area is certified to be visually clean and encapsulated: 1. Shut down and remove the air filtration system. Seal HEPA filtered fan units, HEPA vacuums and similar equipment with 6-mil polyethylene sheet and duct tape to form a tight seal at intake end before being moved from regulated area. 2. Remove critical barriers. Remove any small quantities of residual material found upon removal of the plastic sheeting by wet wiping, HEPA filtered vacuum cleaners and local area protection. If significant quantities as determined by the Owner's Representative are found then the entire area affected shall be decontaminated. 3. Remove all equipment, material, and debris from work site. I I I I I I I I I I - 4. Dispose of all aSbestos-containing waste material in accordance, ~ith Federal, state .and Local regulations, and in compliance with instructions found elsewhere in this abatement plan. 5. Perform a final visual inspection. Use HEPA vacuum and/or wet methods to clean any loose debris found. PART 4 - AIR MONITORING 4.01 AREA AIR MONITORING A. Engage the services' of an independent air monitoring firm to perform air monitoring activities during asbestos abatement. The independent air monitoring firm must have the approval of the Architect prior to beginning work. I I I I I I I I J B. Collection media for air samples shall be a mixed cellulose ester filter having a pore size less than or equal to 0.8 to 1.2 micrometer and a backup pad. Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM), NIOSH Method 7400, shall be used to analyze air samples collected and verbal results shall be available within 12 hours and written results posted at the job site within 24 hours. Hand-written chain-of-custody forms ,indicating analysis results shall be acceptable for posting at the job site. 4.02 AIR MONITORING DURING ASBESTOS ABATEMENT A. PCM air samples shall be collected and analyzed on the following daily, schedule: 1. At lease one air sample at the entrance to the clean room of each personnel decontamination facility in use. 2. At lease one air sample at the equipment (dirty) room of decontamination facility in use. entrance to the each personnel 3. One air sample outside the regulated area in an uncontaminated area of the building. 4. One air sample at the exhaust of the air circulation and filtration system. B. If more than one regulated area is active at the same time, or if more than one air circulation and filtration machine is used, air samples shall be collected on the above schedule at each regulated area. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J C. Air monitoring required by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) is the. responsibility of the Contractor and is not covered by these specifications. PART 5 - DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING WASTE 5.01 ASBESTOS WASTE A. Asbestos containing waste shall be sealed in pre-labeled, 6- mil polyethylene plastic disposal bags. The bag will be wiped clean and placed inside a second disposal bag and sealed with duct tape. Disposal bag labels shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101, 40 CFR Part 61 Subpart M, and 49 CFR 172. B. All sealed and'bagged waste will be placed in a locked truck cargo area or dumpster to prevent access by unauthorized personnel. Exercise care before and during transport to insure that. no unauthorized persons have access to the material. All waste is to be transported to a landfill by a waste hauler with all required licenses, and can only be transported to a landfill licensed to receive asbestos containing waste. C. Retain receipts from landfill or processor. At completion of the project, submit copies of waste manifests, chain of custody forms, and landfill receipts to the Architect with request for final payment. PART 6 I ROOF AND ROOF MASTIC REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL 6.01 REGULATION AREA PREPARATION A. 'A regulated area shall be established a minimum of 10 feet from the building in either direction, by erecting barriers of warning tape and caution signs which will alert unprotected individuals and prevent them from accidentally entering the regulated area. 1. Prepare the regulated area by placing one layer of 6- mil polyethylene plastic sheeting on the ground to catch any loose debris. Extend the plastic sheeting from as close to the building foundation as possible from a minimum of 10 feet to a maximum of 20 feet from the exterior wall of the building, covering bushes, shrubs and plants, if necessary. Plastic sheeting shall be a minimum of 10 feet to each side of the work area. Create. a berm around the perimeter of the plastic sheeting to catch and hold contaminated water I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J and/or loose debris. Regulated areas no closer than 10 feet from the roof edge will not require ground cover. 2. Barriers shall be erected using two strands of warning tape between stanchions: the first tape shall be 12 inches from tpe ground; the second tape no more than 36 inches higher than the first tape. Caution signs shall be suspended between the strands of warning tape at intervals of no more than 10 feet. 6.02 ROOF AND ROOF MASTIC REMOVAL A. All interior abatement work shall be completed prior to roof removal activity. Workers shall don disposable suits and respirators, employ the use of amended water to wet the material, and place all roofing material waste generated by the abatement in properly lined dumpsters, trucks, or other properly enclosed containers. B. ASbestos-containing roof, roof flashing, gutter flashing and patch compound shall be removed in such a manner as not to render the material friable during removal. Wet methods shall be used. Cutting edges shall be continuously misted with amended water during use, unless a competent person determines that misting substantially decreases worker safety. C. The following tools are approved for use during roofing material removal: 1. Powered equipment with non-rotating blades having sharp or tapered edges. 2. Equipment that slices, i.e., axes, hatchets, knives. 3. Power removers or power tear-off machines. 4. Spud bars, pry bars, and shovels. D. To prevent the non-friable aSbestos-containing roofing material from becoming friable during removal, rotating blade roof cutters or other equipment that sand, grind, cut or abrade the roofing material, including saws, are prohibited. E. All loose dust left by the removal operation shall be HEPA vacuumed immediately. Unbagged or unwrapped roofing material shall be immediately lowered to the ground via dust chute, crane or hoist, and transferred to a closed receptacle in such a manner as to preclude the dispersion of dust. All asbestos waste materials are to be contained in one of the following: